msgid "&okular; is a &kde; universal document viewer based on &kpdf; code."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:44
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keyword>KDE</keyword>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:45
#, no-c-format
msgid "okular"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:46
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keyword>pdf</keyword>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:47
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keyword>ps</keyword>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:48
#, no-c-format
msgid "postscript"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:49
#, no-c-format
msgid "tiff"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:50
#, no-c-format
msgid "djvu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:51
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keyword>dvi</keyword>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:52
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keyword>chm</keyword>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:53
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keyword>xps</keyword>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:54
#, no-c-format
msgid "comicbook"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:55
#, no-c-format
msgid "fictionbook"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:56
#, no-c-format
msgid "markdown"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:57
#, no-c-format
msgid "mobipocket"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:58
#, no-c-format
msgid "plucker"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:59
#, no-c-format
msgid "annotation"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:63
#, no-c-format
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:64
#, no-c-format
msgid "&okular; is a &kde; universal document viewer based on the code of the &kpdf; application. Although being based on &kpdf; code, &okular; has some unique features such as overview mode, improved presentation support and annotation support."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:68
#, no-c-format
msgid "&okular; supports a lot of different formats like &PDF;, &PostScript;, Tiff, CHM, DjVU, Images (png, jpg, &etc;) XPS, Open Document (ODT), Fiction Books, Comic Book, Plucker, EPub, Fax and Markdown. For all supported formats and their features see <ulink url=\"http://okular.kde.org/formats.php\"> &okular; Document Format Handlers</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:75
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>&okular;s Main Window</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:81
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>&okular;s Main Window</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:87
#, no-c-format
msgid "Basic Usage"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:89
#, no-c-format
msgid "Opening Files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:90
#, no-c-format
msgid "To view any supported file in &okular;, select <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open...</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>, choose a supported file in the dialog and click <guibutton>Open</guibutton>. Your file should now be displayed in the main window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:96
#, no-c-format
msgid "The new document will be opened in a new tab should the <guilabel>Open new files in tabs</guilabel> option on the <link linkend=\"configgeneral\">General configuration page</link> is checked."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:100
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you have already opened files in &okular; before, you can quickly access them by selecting them in the <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>Open Recent</guisubmenu></menuchoice> menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:104
#, no-c-format
msgid "&okular; is the default &kde; application for &PDF; and &PostScript; files, launched when you click with the &LMB; on such a file type in the filemanager. If you want to open any file whose format is supported by &okular; use <menuchoice><guimenu>Open with...</guimenu><guimenuitem>&okular;</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> from context menu in the filemanager."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:109
#, no-c-format
msgid "After having a file opened you probably want to read it and therefore navigate through it. Go to the <link linkend=\"navigating\">next section</link> to learn more about this."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:115
#, no-c-format
msgid "Navigating"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:116
#, no-c-format
msgid "This section describes how you can navigate through a document in &okular;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:117
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are multiple ways of scrolling the viewing area. One is to use the <keysym>Up Arrow</keysym> and <keysym>Down Arrow</keysym> keys. You may also use the scrollbar, your mousewheel or the <keycap>Page Up</keycap> and <keycap>Page Down</keycap> keys."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:123
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can also use <application>vim</application>-like navigation keys, namely <keycap>H</keycap> to move to the top of the previous page, <keycap>L</keycap> to move to the top of the next page, <keycap>J</keycap> to move one line down, and <keycap>K</keycap> to move one line up."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:126
#, no-c-format
msgid "Another way is to hold the &LMB; down at any place on the document while dragging the mouse in the opposite direction of where you want to move. This procedure only works if the Browse tool is enabled, which you can select by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Browse</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:133
#, no-c-format
msgid "When viewing a document in the <link linkend=\"presentationMode\">Presentation mode</link> use <keysym>Up Arrow</keysym> and <keysym>Down Arrow</keysym> keys to switch between pages or slides. The number and the position of the current slide will be shown in the overlay at the right upper corner of screen."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:137
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you want to read a document with several pages use the automatic scrolling feature of &okular;. Start automatic scrolling with <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Shift;<keysym>Down Arrow</keysym></keycombo> or <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Shift;<keysym>Up Arrow</keysym></keycombo>. Then use these keys to increase and decrease the scrolling speed. You can start or stop automatic scrolling temporarily by pressing the &Shift; key; pressing any other key deactivates this feature."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:143
#, no-c-format
msgid "Another way to navigate through a document with several pages is to use the mouse pointer. Drag the page up or down, continue to drag even while reaching the bottom or top of the screen and behold. Once you cross the border of a page, the mouse cursor appears on top or bottom of the screen again and you can just continue to drag."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:146
#, no-c-format
msgid "The navigation panel on the left side of the screen enables two more ways of navigating through a document:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:152
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you click on a page thumbnail the viewing area will be brought to that page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:158
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the document has a table of contents, clicking on a table of contents item will bring the document to the page linked to that item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:165
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the document has layers, you can control the layers shown by checking or unchecking the items in the <guilabel>Layers</guilabel> list."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:171
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the document has bookmarks, enable the <guilabel>Bookmarks</guilabel> view and click them to go to the associated page. If bookmarks are not only shown for the current document, you can quickly switch to bookmarks in all recently opened files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:179
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the document has annotations, enable the <guilabel>Reviews</guilabel> view and click the annotations or select them with the <keysym>Up Arrow</keysym> and <keysym>Down Arrow</keysym> keys and press <keycap>Return</keycap> to go to the associated page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:185
#, no-c-format
msgid "Some documents have links. In this case you can click on them and the view will change to the page it links to. If the link is to a web page or some other document the default &kde; handler for that format will be invoked. For example, clicking on a link pointing to <quote>http://www.kde.org</quote> will open the web page in the default &kde;'s web browser."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:193
#, no-c-format
msgid "The document internal links work only when <link linkend=\"menutools\">Browse Tool</link> is used."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:197
#, no-c-format
msgid "Additionally, you may use the following functionality to quickly move to specific places in the document:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:203
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can go to the beginning of the document using <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo> or using <menuchoice> <guimenu>Go</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Beginning of the document</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:214
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can go to the end of the document using <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>End</keycap></keycombo> or using <menuchoice> <guimenu>Go</guimenu> <guimenuitem>End of the document</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:225
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can go forward in the document using <keycap>Space</keycap> or <keycap>Page Down</keycap>. To go to the next page of the document use the <guibutton>Next Page</guibutton> Toolbar button or <menuchoice> <guimenu>Go</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Next Page</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> in the menubar."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:236
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can go back in the document using &Backspace; or <keycap>Page Up</keycap>. To go to the previous page of the document use <guibutton>Previous Page</guibutton> Toolbar button or <menuchoice> <guimenu>Go</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Previous Page</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> in the menubar."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:247
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can go back to the positions in the document where you came from in a chronological order. Consider ⪚ reading the phrase <quote>As shown in [15], …</quote>, and you want to know quickly lookup reference [15]. So you click on it, and &okular; will jump to the list of references. Using <keycombo>&Alt;&Shift;<keysym>Left</keysym></keycombo> or <menuchoice> <guimenu>Go</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Back</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> in the menubar will bring you back to exactly the position where you came from."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:259
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can go forward in the document after the jumping back as described above using <keycombo>&Alt;&Shift;<keysym>Right</keysym></keycombo> or <menuchoice> <guimenu>Go</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Forward</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> in the menubar."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:269
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can go to the next match when searching using <keycap>F3</keycap> or &Enter; (when the focus is on <guilabel>Find</guilabel> text field) keys or <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Find Next</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> menu item or move back to the previous match using <keycombo>&Shift;<keysym>F3</keysym></keycombo> or <keycombo>&Shift;&Enter;</keycombo> (when the focus is on <guilabel>Find</guilabel> text field) keys or <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Find Previous</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> menu item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:288
#, no-c-format
msgid "Presentation Mode"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:289
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Presentation mode represents another way to view documents in &okular;. It can be enabled in <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Presentation</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. It shows the document on a page per page basis. The pages are shown with zoom to page, that means all the page is visible."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:297
#, no-c-format
msgid "&PDF; documents can even specify that they are always opened in presentation mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:301
#, no-c-format
msgid "When in presentation mode, you have an helper bar located on the top of the screen. Just move the mouse cursor to the top of the screen to make it appear."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:306
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>&okular; in Presentation Mode</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:312
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>&okular; in Presentation Mode</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:316
#, no-c-format
msgid "To navigate between pages you may use the &LMB; (next page) and the &RMB; (previous page), the mouse wheel, the arrow icons or the line edit in the top bar, or the keys specified in the <link linkend=\"navigating\">Navigating</link> section."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:323
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use <guilabel>Play/Pause</guilabel> button in the top bar to start playing presentation or pause it, correspondingly."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:326
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can exit presentation mode at any time by pressing the &Esc; key or clicking the <guiicon>Quit</guiicon> icon in the top bar."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:330
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can also draw on the current page with a pencil. Click on the <guilabel>Toggle Drawing Mode</guilabel> icon in the top bar to enable or disable the possibility to draw in the presentation mode. The drawings are cleared automatically when leaving the presentation mode. You can also click on the <guilabel>Erase Drawings</guilabel> icon to remove the drawings in the current page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:337
#, no-c-format
msgid "The presentation mode has support for more than one screen in a multi-monitor configuration. With more than one screen a new button will appear in the top bar, with the icon of a screen: this is a drop down box that allows you to move the presentation to any of the other available screens."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:342
#, no-c-format
msgid "Presentation mode has some configuration options, you can find their description in the chapter <link linkend=\"configpresentation\">Configuring &okular;</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inverse Search between &latex; Editors and &okular;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:351
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inverse search is a very useful feature when you are writing a &latex; document yourself. If everything is set up properly, you can click into &okular;'s window with the <mousebutton>left</mousebutton> mouse button while pressing &Shift;. After that editor loads the &latex; source file and jumps to the proper paragraph."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:355
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inverse search cannot work unless:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:358
#, no-c-format
msgid "The source file has been compiled successfully."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:359
#, no-c-format
msgid "&okular; knows which editor you would like to use."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:360
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Browse tool has to be enabled, which you can select by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Browse </guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:365
#, no-c-format
msgid "With this feature of &okular;, a left mouse click while pressing &Shift; in the &DVI; or &PDF; document will result in editor opening the corresponding &latex; document and attempt to go to the corresponding line. Remember to tell &okular; to use proper editor, in &okular;'s menu item <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure Okular...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> (on the page <guimenuitem>Editor</guimenuitem>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:371
#, no-c-format
msgid "For more details on editor configuration please refer to the <link linkend=\"configeditor\">corresponding section of this manual</link>."
msgid "<phrase>Configuring editor in &okular;</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:382
#, no-c-format
msgid "<para>Configuring editor in &okular;</para>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:389
#, no-c-format
msgid "&okular; Advanced Features"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:391
#, no-c-format
msgid "Embedded Files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:392
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the current document has some files embedded in it, when you open it a bar will appear above the page view to notify you about the embedded files."
msgid "In this case, you can either click on the link in the text of the bar or choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Embedded Files</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to open the embedded files dialog. The dialog allows you to view the embedded files and to extract them."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:415
#, no-c-format
msgid "Forms"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:416
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the current document has forms, when you open it a bar will appear above the page view where you can enable the forms."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:421
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>The forms bar</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:427
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>The forms bar</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:431
#, no-c-format
msgid "In this case, you can either click on <guilabel>Show Forms</guilabel> in the bar or choose <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show Forms</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to enter data into the form fields."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:438
#, no-c-format
msgid "Signatures"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:439
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the current document has signatures a bar will appear above the page view after the document opening. It allows you to open the <guilabel>Signatures</guilabel> panel."
msgid "This feature is available for &PDF; documents only. You need to install at least version 0.51 of <ulink url=\"http://poppler.freedesktop.org/\">Poppler</ulink> to get most signature information, version 0.68 to get signature location/reason information, and version 0.73 to get signature certificate information."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:475 index.docbook:2457
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Annotations</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:476
#, no-c-format
msgid "&okular; allows you to review and annotate your documents."
msgid "&okular; has two different kind of annotations:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:491
#, no-c-format
msgid "Text annotations like <guilabel>Yellow Highlighter</guilabel> and <guilabel>Black Underlining</guilabel> for files with text like ⪚ &PDF;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:493
#, no-c-format
msgid "Graphic annotations like <guilabel>Pop-up Note</guilabel>, <guilabel>Inline Note</guilabel>, <guilabel>Freehand Line</guilabel>, <guilabel>Highlighter</guilabel>, <guilabel>Straight Line</guilabel>, <guilabel>Polygon</guilabel>, <guilabel>Stamp</guilabel>, <guilabel>Underline</guilabel>, <guilabel>Ellipse</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Typewriter</guilabel> for all formats supported by &okular;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:494
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the context menu either in the <guilabel>Reviews</guilabel> view of the navigation panel or in the main window you can open a <guilabel>Pop up Note</guilabel> for any kind of annotation and add or edit comments."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:495
#, no-c-format
msgid "Annotations are not only limited to &PDF; files, they can be used for any format &okular; supports."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:496
#, no-c-format
msgid "&okular; has the \"document archiving\" feature. This is an &okular;-specific format for carrying the document plus various metadata related to it (currently only annotations). You can save a \"document archive\" from the open document by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guisubmenu>Save As</guisubmenu></menuchoice> and selecting <guilabel>Okular document archive</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Filter</guilabel> selector. Documents saved this way will get <filename>.okular</filename> as their filename extension. To open an &okular; document archive, just open it with &okular; as it would be ⪚ a &PDF; document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:499
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can <emphasis>also</emphasis> save annotations directly into &PDF; files. You can use <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to save it over the current file or <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Save As...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> to save it to a new file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:503
#, no-c-format
msgid "Due to DRM limitations (typically with &PDF; documents), adding, editing some properties or removing annotations could not be possible."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:509
#, no-c-format
msgid "Any action on annotations (creation and removal of annotations, editing arbitrary annotation properties, relocating annotations with &Ctrl;+drag, and editing the text contents of an annotation) can be <link linkend=\"edit-undo\">undone</link> or <link linkend=\"edit-redo\">redone</link> using the corresponding item from the <guimenu>Edit</guimenu> menu. It is also possible to undo the action by pressing <keycombo>&Ctrl;<keycap>Z</keycap></keycombo> and redo the undone action by pressing <keycombo>&Ctrl;&Shift;<keycap>Z</keycap></keycombo>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:513
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can configure the default properties and appearance of each annotating tool. Please refer to the <link linkend=\"configannotations\">corresponding section in this documentation</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:517
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adding annotations"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:518
#, no-c-format
msgid "To add some annotations to the document, you have to activate the annotating toolbar. This is done by either selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Tools</guimenu><guimenuitem>Review</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or pressing <keycap>F6</keycap>. Once the annotating toolbar is shown, just press one of its buttons or use keyboard shortcuts (keys from <keycap>1</keycap> to <keycap>9</keycap>) to start constructing that annotation."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:525
#, no-c-format
msgid "The annotating toolbar helps you to make annotations with drawings, shapes, and text messages. You can use the annotating toolbar to mark up a document (⪚ add lines, ellipses, polygons, stamps, highlights, underlines &etc;). The table below describes exactly what the default set of annotating toolbar buttons does."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:532
#, no-c-format
msgid "Button"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:535
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tool Name"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:538
#, no-c-format
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:555
#, no-c-format
msgid "Pop-up Note"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:560
#, no-c-format
msgid "To draw multiline note. The note will can be viewed by double clicking on an icon in the document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:563
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click on the tool button, then click on the place in the document where the pop-up note should be added. Enter the text of pop-up note then click on the <guilabel>Close this note</guilabel> button in the top right corner of the pop-up window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:566
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is possible to define the <guilabel>Color</guilabel>, <guilabel>Opacity</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Icon</guilabel> for the note. Just right-click on the note icon created and select the <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:582
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inline Note"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:587
#, no-c-format
msgid "To draw inline note. The note will be shown inline as is."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:590 index.docbook:815
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click on the tool button, then click with the &LMB; and hold to place the top-left corner of the note, then drag to place the bottom-right one. Enter the text of the note then click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to save the note, <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to cancel note entering or <guibutton>Clear</guibutton> to clear the note."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:593
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is possible to define the <guilabel>Color</guilabel>, <guilabel>Opacity</guilabel>, <guilabel>Font</guilabel>, <guilabel>Align</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Border width</guilabel> for the note. Just right-click on the note icon created and select the <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:609
#, no-c-format
msgid "Freehand Line"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:614
#, no-c-format
msgid "To draw free-form lines."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:617
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click on the tool button, then click with the &LMB; and hold to place the start of the line, then drag to draw the line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:620
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is possible to define the <guilabel>Color</guilabel>, <guilabel>Opacity</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Width</guilabel> for the line. Just right-click on the line created and select the <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:636
#, no-c-format
msgid "Highlighter"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:641
#, no-c-format
msgid "To highlight text in the document with some given background color."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:644
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click on the tool button, then click with the &LMB; and hold to place the beginning of the highlighted text snippet, then drag to highlight it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:647
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is possible to define the <guilabel>Type</guilabel> (<guimenuitem>Highlight</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Squiggle</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Underline</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Strike out</guimenuitem>), <guilabel>Color</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Opacity</guilabel> for the highlighter. Just right-click on the highlighted text and select the <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:663
#, no-c-format
msgid "Straight Line"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:668
#, no-c-format
msgid "To mark with a line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:671
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click on the tool button, then click with the &LMB; to place the starting point of the line, then drag to place of the ending point of the line should be and click once more."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:674
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is possible to define the <guilabel>Color</guilabel>, <guilabel>Opacity</guilabel>, <guilabel>Width</guilabel>, <guilabel>Line start</guilabel>, <guilabel>Line end</guilabel>, <guilabel>Leader line length</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Leader line extension length</guilabel> for the line. Just right-click on the line created and select the <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:690
#, no-c-format
msgid "Polygon"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:695
#, no-c-format
msgid "To draw a closed plane figure from three or more segments. The corresponding note can be viewed by double clicking inside the polygon."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:698
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click on the tool button, then click with the &LMB; to place the first vertex of the polygon, then drag to place of the second vertex. Proceed until you draw the whole polygon up to the first vertex. Click twice if you want to add some note to the polygon. Enter the text of the note then click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to save the note, <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to cancel note entering or <guibutton>Clear</guibutton> to clear the note."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:701
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is possible to define the <guilabel>Color</guilabel>, <guilabel>Opacity</guilabel>, <guilabel>Shape fill</guilabel> (and its color), and <guilabel>Width</guilabel> for the polygon. Just right-click on the polygon created and select the <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:717
#, no-c-format
msgid "Stamp"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:722
#, no-c-format
msgid "To mark the text or image with some predefined shape."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:725
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click on the tool button then click with the &LMB; to place the stamp."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:728
#, no-c-format
msgid "A single click just places a square stamp (useful for icons). To add a rectangular stamp you can click with the &LMB; and hold to place the top-left point, then drag to place the bottom-right one."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:732
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is possible to define the <guilabel>Opacity</guilabel> and <guilabel>Stamp symbol</guilabel> for the stamp. Just right-click on the stamp icon created and select the <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:736
#, no-c-format
msgid "This feature is experimental. Custom stamps inserted in &PDF; documents are not visible in &PDF; readers other than &okular;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:753
#, no-c-format
msgid "Underline"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:758
#, no-c-format
msgid "To underline some text."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:761
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click on the tool button, then click with the &LMB; and hold to place the beginning of the underlined text snippet, then drag to underline it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:764
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is possible to define the <guilabel>Type</guilabel> (<guimenuitem>Highlight</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Squiggle</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Underline</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Strike out</guimenuitem>), <guilabel>Color</guilabel>, and <guilabel>Opacity</guilabel> for the underline. Just right-click on the underlined text and select the <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:780
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ellipse"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:785
#, no-c-format
msgid "To draw an ellipse or rectangle around some chosen area."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:788
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click on the tool button, then click with the &LMB; and hold to place the top-left corner of the circumscribed rectangular for the ellipse, then drag to place the bottom-right one."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:791
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is possible to define the <guilabel>Type</guilabel> (<guimenuitem>Rectangle</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Ellipse</guimenuitem>), <guilabel>Color</guilabel>, <guilabel>Opacity</guilabel>, <guilabel>Shape fill</guilabel> (and its color), and <guilabel>Width</guilabel> for the border. Just right-click on the border created and select the <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:807
#, no-c-format
msgid "Typewriter"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:812
#, no-c-format
msgid "Typewriter features opaque letters on transparent background, so that it is useful to fill noninteractive forms."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:818
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is possible to define the <guilabel>Font</guilabel> and <guilabel>Text color</guilabel> for the text. Just right-click on the typewriter text created and select the <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem> menu item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:826
#, no-c-format
msgid "These are the default annotations provided by &okular;. Using the <link linkend=\"configannotations\">Annotations page</link> of the configuration dialog you can add your own annotations like custom stamps, text markup with <guilabel>Squiggle</guilabel> or <guilabel>Strike out</guilabel>, a geometrical shape like a <guilabel>Rectangle</guilabel> with inner color to highlight regions &etc;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:831
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is possible to add &latex; code into the text of annotations. Please add <userinput>$$<replaceable>code</replaceable>$$</userinput> to the text of annotation, where <replaceable>code</replaceable> is any valid &latex; equation, and follow instructions on the screen to make it render by a &latex; distribution installed in your system."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:835
#, no-c-format
msgid "The contents of the annotating toolbar can be configured using the <link linkend=\"configannotations\">Annotations page of &okular; configuration dialog</link>. This page can be opened with &RMB; clicking on the annotating toolbar then choosing <guimenuitem>Configure Annotations...</guimenuitem> from the context menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:838
#, no-c-format
msgid "With a single &LMB; click on an annotation tool button you can use a tool once. If you ⪚ want to highlight all important parts of a text, activate that tool permanently by double clicking on the tool button. Press the <keycap>Esc</keycap> key or click the tool button again to leave the permanent mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:845
#, no-c-format
msgid "The annotating toolbar can be docked in any side of the viewing area: just drag it to move it to another place."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:851
#, no-c-format
msgid "Activating the annotating toolbar will make you switch to the Browse Mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:855
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can stop the construction any time by pressing again on the button of the annotation you are constructing, or by pressing the &Esc; key."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:859
#, no-c-format
msgid "The newly constructed annotation will have as author the author you set in the <link linkend=\"configannotations\"><guilabel>Annotations</guilabel> page</link> in &okular;s configuration dialog. The <guilabel>Annotations</guilabel> page can also be used to configure the content of the annotating toolbar."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:866
#, no-c-format
msgid "Removing annotations"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:867
#, no-c-format
msgid "To remove an annotation, just click on it with the &RMB;, and select <guimenuitem>Delete</guimenuitem> or select an annotation using the &LMB; and press the ∇ key."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:871
#, no-c-format
msgid "When removing the annotation, its window will be closed if open."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:875
#, no-c-format
msgid "This option could not be enabled because the document does not allow removing annotations."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:882
#, no-c-format
msgid "Editing annotations"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:883
#, no-c-format
msgid "To edit an annotation, click on it with the &RMB; and select <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. A dialog will appear with the general annotation settings (like color and opacity, author, &etc;) and the settings specific to that annotation type."
msgid "To move an annotation, hold down the &Ctrl; key, move the mouse pointer on it and then start dragging with the &LMB;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:904
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you click with the &LMB; on an annotation, it gets selected. Resize handles appear on the selection rectangle. When the cursor is moved over one of the 8 resize handles on the corners or edges, the cursor shape changes to indicate the resize mode. Click anywhere else on the annotation to move it. Pressing &Esc; or clicking an area outside the annotation cancels a selection."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:910
#, no-c-format
msgid "Resizing is only applicable for annotation types Inline Note, Typewriter, Stamp and Ellipse."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:913
#, no-c-format
msgid "Depending on the document permissions (typically with &PDF; documents), some options can be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:921
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bookmark Management"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:922
#, no-c-format
msgid "&okular; has a very flexible bookmark system. &okular; saves the position on the page in bookmark and allows you to define more than one bookmark per page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:925
#, no-c-format
msgid "To manage bookmarks in &okular; you can use <guilabel>Bookmarks</guilabel> view from <guilabel>Navigation Panel</guilabel>, <link linkend=\"menubookmarks\">Bookmarks menu</link> or context menu of document view (click with &RMB; to open it)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:929
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bookmarks view"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:930
#, no-c-format
msgid "To open <guilabel>Bookmarks</guilabel> view click on <guilabel>Bookmarks</guilabel> item on the <guilabel>Navigation Panel</guilabel>. If the <guilabel>Navigation Panel</guilabel> is not shown, use <menuchoice><shortcut><keycap>F7</keycap></shortcut> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show Navigation Panel</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> main menu item to make it visible."
msgid "The filter bar at the top of <guilabel>Bookmarks</guilabel> view can be used to filter the content of bookmark list pane according to the text in the box."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:948
#, no-c-format
msgid "The list pane permits to view the bookmark list in a tree-like fashion: each document in the list can be <quote>expanded</quote> or <quote>collapsed</quote> by clicking on the <guiicon><</guiicon> or <guiicon>v</guiicon> icon next to it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:951
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click on <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"bookmarks.png\" format=\"PNG\"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> icon below the list to show only the bookmarks from the current document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Right-click menu of document item can be used to open document, rename its item or remove it from the list. Remember that the removal of a document item leads to the removal of all bookmarks in the corresponding document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:957
#, no-c-format
msgid "Right-click menus of individual bookmark items allow you to go to the bookmark, rename or remove it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:960
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Right-click menu of items in the table of contents can be used to create bookmarks or go to the next or previous bookmark."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:967
#, no-c-format
msgid "Command Line Options"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:968
#, no-c-format
msgid "Though &okular; may most often be started from the &kde; program menu, or a desktop icon, it can also be opened at the command line prompt of a terminal window. There are a few useful options that are available when doing this."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:972
#, no-c-format
msgid "Specify a File"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:973
#, no-c-format
msgid "By specifying the path and name of a particular file the user can have &okular; open that file immediately upon startup. This option might look something like the following:"
msgid "For &PDF; documents, the name can be given as <replaceable>document_name</replaceable>#<replaceable>named_destination</replaceable> where <replaceable>named_destination</replaceable> is a particular named destination embedded in the document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:985
#, no-c-format
msgid "Other Command Line Options"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:986
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following command line help options are available"
msgid "Open a page with a given number in the document. Also available through <userinput><command>okular</command> <option>-p <replaceable>number</replaceable></option></userinput>"
msgid "Tries to find and highlight a given string in the document. Only works if just one document is given as an argument of the <userinput><command>okular</command></userinput> command."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1029
#, no-c-format
msgid "Fit window to page"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1030
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Fit window to page feature resizes the window so that it is exactly the same size as the page at the current zoom factor. If the page doesn't completely fit on the screen, the window is enlarged so that the largest possible part of the page is shown."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1034
#, no-c-format
msgid "This feature can be accessed by using the keyboard shortcut <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>J</keycap></keycombo>"
msgid "<action>Open</action> a supported file or &okular; document archive. If there is already an opened file it will be closed. For more information, see the section about <link linkend=\"opening\">Opening Files</link>."
msgid "<action>Open</action> a file which was used previously from a submenu. If a file is currently being displayed it will be closed. For more information, see the section about <link linkend=\"opening\">Opening Files</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1095
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Import PostScript as &PDF;...</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1101
#, no-c-format
msgid "<action>Open</action> a &PostScript; file and convert it to &PDF;."
msgid "<action>Open</action> folder that contains the current document in your favorite file manager. This action is especially useful for the case when you have downloaded a &PDF; file from the internet that opens itself in &okular;. The location of this file may not be clear or easy to find without this feature."
msgid "<action>Saves</action> the document including all the changes (annotations, form contents, &etc;), provided the document backend supports saving those changes. If the backend does not support saving the changes, the user will be given the option to either discard or to save them together with the document in an &okular; document archive."
msgid "<action>Saves</action> the document under a new name including all the changes (annotations, form contents, &etc;), provided the document backend supports saving changes. If the backend does not support saving the changes, the user will be given the option to either discard or to save them together with the document in an &okular; document archive."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1149
#, no-c-format
msgid "Note that, due to the way this is implemented, even if there are no changes to the file, the new file need not to be an exact bit-for-bit copy of the original file (⪚ can have a different SHA-1 hash, &etc;)."
msgid "<action>Print</action> the currently displayed document. Please take into account that &okular; has some specific options for printing &PDF; which are available via pressing the <guibutton>Options >></guibutton> button then choosing the <guilabel>&PDF; Options</guilabel>. Use these options to print your annotations or configure rasterization mode if you have problems with printing some symbols or need to change the scale mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1182
#, no-c-format
msgid "The scale mode options are only available when you check the <guilabel>Force rasterization</guilabel> option."
msgid "<action>Display some basic information</action> about the document, such as title, author, creation date, and details about the fonts used. The available information depends on the type of document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1216
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please pay attention on the information about substituting font in the <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> tab of the <guilabel>Properties</guilabel> dialog. Many problems with font rendering can be solved by installing of the substituted fonts."
msgid "<action>Show the files embedded</action> in the document, if the document has any. For more information, see the section about the <link linkend=\"embedded-files\">Embedded Files</link>."
msgid "This item contains the export formats the current document can be exported to. The first entry for all kind of documents is always <guimenuitem>Plain Text...</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1244
#, no-c-format
msgid "The second entry is <guimenuitem>Document Archive</guimenuitem>, which allows you to save the document with your annotations into an &okular;-specific archive format. Thus it is easily possible to share the original document and your annotations with other &okular; users or work with them collaboratively."
msgid "This item contains the services which can be used to share the current document with other people or send it to your devices. The entries in this sub-menu are controlled by the system. They depend on the current document format and the installed KPurpose plugins."
msgid "<action>Undo</action> the last annotation editing command (creation and removal of annotations, editing arbitrary annotation properties, relocating annotations with &Ctrl;+drag, and editing the text contents of an annotation)."
msgid "<action>Activates</action> the Presentation Mode. For more information, see the section about <link linkend=\"presentationMode\">Presentation Mode</link>."
msgid "<action>Change the magnification</action> of the document view to a value that, depending on the size relation between the page and the view area, automatically either makes the pages' width equal to the document view's width (like fit-width), the pages' height equal to the document view's height (like fit-height), or the whole page visible (like fit-page)."
msgid "<action>Enable the continuous page mode</action>. In continuous mode, all pages of the document are shown, and you can scroll through them without having to use the <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Previous Page</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and <menuchoice><guimenu>Go</guimenu><guimenuitem>Next Page</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> options."
msgid "This submenu makes you choose the view mode for the pages. The possible options are: <guimenuitem>Single Page</guimenuitem> (only one page per row), <guimenuitem>Facing Pages</guimenuitem> (two pages per row, in a book style), <guimenuitem>Facing Pages (Center First Page)</guimenuitem> and <guimenuitem>Overview</guimenuitem> (the number of columns is the one specified in the <link linkend=\"configure\">&okular; settings</link>)."
msgid "This submenu allows you to <action>changes the orientation</action> of the pages of the document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1533
#, no-c-format
msgid "The rotation is applied to the orientation of every page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1537
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can select <guimenuitem>Original Orientation</guimenuitem> to restore the orientation of the document, discarding all the rotations applied manually."
msgid "This submenu allows you to remove the white border of pages when viewing pages (<guimenuitem>Trim Margins</guimenuitem> item) or trim viewport to selection (<guimenuitem>Trim To Selection</guimenuitem> item)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1574
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <quote>trim to selection</quote> mode allows you to draw a selection over the rendered page in order to define a visible bounding box to be applied to <emphasis>all pages</emphasis> in the document. Selecting a small trim bounding box enforces minimum dimensions size (20% as a percentage of total page size)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1577
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <quote>trim margins</quote> mode is persistent across &okular; restarts. The <quote>trim to selection</quote> mode is forgotten across &okular; restarts."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1580
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you switch &okular; from <quote>trim margins</quote> mode to <quote>trim to selection</quote> mode, the view jumps out of <quote>trim margins</quote> mode for the bounding box selection interaction."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1583
#, no-c-format
msgid "The trim mode can be deactivated by selecting the same menu item that activates it once again."
msgid "<action>View the next page</action> of the document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1639
#, no-c-format
msgid "<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>Home</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>Go</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Beginning of the document</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1646
#, no-c-format
msgid "<action>Go to the beginning</action> of the document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1651
#, no-c-format
msgid "<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;<keycap>End</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>Go</guimenu> <guimenuitem>End of the document</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1658
#, no-c-format
msgid "<action>Go to the end</action> of the document."
msgid "This is an always disabled action that appears in this menu only if the current document has no bookmarks. Otherwise a list of all bookmarks is displayed here. Clicking on these bookmarks allows you to go directly to the associated position."
msgid "The mouse will work as a zoom tool. Clicking &LMB; and dragging will zoom the view to the selected area, clicking &RMB; will bring the document back to the previous zoom."
msgid "The mouse will work as a rectangular region selection tool. In that mode clicking &LMB; and dragging will draw a selection box and provide the option of copying the selected content to the clipboard, speaking the selected text, or transforming the selection region into an image and saving it to a file."
msgid "The mouse will work as a text selection tool. In that mode clicking &LMB; and dragging will give the option of selecting the text of the document. Then, just click with the &RMB; to copy to the clipboard or speak the current selection."
msgid "Draw a rectangle around the text for the table, then use the click with the &LMB; to divide the text block into rows and columns. A &LMB; click on a existing line removes it and merges the adjacent rows or columns."
msgid "Activates the magnifier mode for the mouse pointer. Press and hold the &LMB; to activate magnifier widget, move the pointer for panning through the document. The magnifier scales each pixel in the document into 10 pixels in the magnifier widget."
msgid "<action>Open the review toolbar</action>. The review toolbar allows you to add annotations on the document you are reading. For more information, please see the section about <link linkend=\"annotations\">Annotations</link>."
msgid "These items allow you to speak the whole document or just the current page and stop speaking using the system speech service. This service is provided by a &Qt; library which wraps speech-dispatcher on &Linux;, and native speech systems on other platforms. It is possible to choose the current voice via &okular; <link linkend=\"configaccessibility\">Accessibility</link> configuration page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1891
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guilabel>Speak ...</guilabel> actions are enabled only if a speech service is available in the system."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1898
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Settings and Help Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Apart from the common &kde; <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> and <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menus described in the <ulink url=\"help:/fundamentals/menus.html\">Menu</ulink> chapter of the &kde; Fundamentals documentation &okular; has these application specific menu entries:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:1899
#, no-c-format
msgid "Apart from the common &kde; <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> and <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menus described in the <ulink url=\"help:/fundamentals/ui.html#menus\">Menu</ulink> chapter of the &kde; Fundamentals documentation &okular; has these application specific menu entries:"
msgid "<action>Enables the full screen mode</action>. Note that full screen mode is different from <link linkend=\"presentationMode\">presentation mode</link> insofar as the only peculiarity of full screen mode is that it hides the window decorations, the menubar and the toolbar."
msgid "Using backend configuration pages for EPub, FictionBook, Mobipocket, Markdown, TXT, and OpenDocument Text you can define the font to render documents in the corresponding formats. The <guibutton>Choose...</guibutton> button in these pages opens standard &kde; font configuration window. Please refer to the <ulink url=\"help:/fundamentals/fonts.html\">&kde; Fundamentals documentation</ulink> for the details."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1981
#, no-c-format
msgid "The description of Markdown, &PostScript; and &PDF; backends configuration pages can be found below."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1985
#, no-c-format
msgid "Markdown backend configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1986
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can configure &okular; Markdown rendering backend based on <ulink url=\"https://www.pell.portland.or.us/~orc/Code/markdown/\">Discount</ulink> by choosing <guilabel>Markdown</guilabel> from the list on the left part of the configuration dialog. An additional configurable option is as follows."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1993
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enable SmartyPants formatting"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:1996
#, no-c-format
msgid "When checked this option allows &okular; to process <ulink url=\"https://daringfireball.net/projects/smartypants/\">SmartyPants</ulink> formatting. Such formatting can be troublesome in the technical texts because of unwanted substitutions (⪚, it replaces <literal>(C)</literal> with a copyright symbol). This option is checked by default."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2004
#, no-c-format
msgid "&PostScript; backend configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2005
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can configure &okular; &PostScript; rendering backend based on <ulink url=\"http://www.ghostscript.com/\">Ghostscript</ulink> by choosing <guilabel>Ghostscript</guilabel> from the list on the left part of the configuration dialog. The only configurable option is as follows."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2012
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use platform fonts"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2015
#, no-c-format
msgid "This option determines whether Ghostscript should be allowed to use platform fonts, if unchecked only usage of fonts embedded in the document will be allowed. This option is checked by default."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2023
#, no-c-format
msgid "&PDF; backend configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2024
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can configure &okular; &PDF; rendering backend based on <ulink url=\"http://poppler.freedesktop.org/\">Poppler</ulink> by choosing <guilabel>&PDF;</guilabel> from the list on the left part of the configuration dialog. The only configurable option is as follows."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2031
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enhance thin lines"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2034
#, no-c-format
msgid "Drawing lines in &okular; is implemented in two steps: generation of the clipping path and filling this clipping path. When the line in the original document is less than one pixel this two step implementation could cause problems. For those lines, the clipping path is filled with the filling color that depends on the thickness of the line part inside the clipping area. If the part of the line inside the clipping area gets very small the contrast between the shape and the background color can become too low for the line to be recognizable. The grids of such lines then looks very unpretty."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2065
#, no-c-format
msgid "Thin line (red), its clipping path (dashed line) and pixel boundaries (black solid lines)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2066
#, no-c-format
msgid "Thin line shown at a low contrast"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2071
#, no-c-format
msgid "To enhance the look of the thin lines &okular; implements two options."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2074
#, no-c-format
msgid "The first option is <guimenuitem>Solid</guimenuitem>. With this option &okular; adjusts clipping path and line position so that clipping path and line are on the same pixel boundary, &ie; &okular; enlarges the thin lines to one pixel on the output device. This mode is similar to the <guilabel>Enhance thin lines</guilabel> in <trademark class=\"registered\">Adobe</trademark> <trademark class=\"registered\">Reader</trademark>. If this option is chosen, the thin lines are always enlarged."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2085
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Thin line with <guimenuitem>Solid</guimenuitem> enhancement</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2088
#, no-c-format
msgid "<para>Thin line with <guimenuitem>Solid</guimenuitem> enhancement</para>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2093
#, no-c-format
msgid "The second option is <guimenuitem>Shape</guimenuitem>. With this option the clipping path and line are adjusted to pixel boundary as well, but the line intensity is corrected according to its width."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2103
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Thin line with <guimenuitem>Shape</guimenuitem> enhancement</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2106
#, no-c-format
msgid "<para>Thin line with <guimenuitem>Shape</guimenuitem> enhancement</para>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2111
#, no-c-format
msgid "The thin lines are not enhanced by default (option <guimenuitem>No</guimenuitem>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2121
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Configuring &okular;</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2123
#, no-c-format
msgid "General configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2124
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can configure &okular; by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure &okular;...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The configuration dialog is split into six sections. This chapter describes the available options in detail."
msgid "Depending on the currently installed backends, the <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Configure Backends...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item could be enabled. This particular configuration dialog holds the configurations of the backends that can actually be configured."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2169
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>General</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2172
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show scrollbars"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2174
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whether to show scrollbars for the document view."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2178
#, no-c-format
msgid "Link the thumbnails with the page"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2180
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whether the thumbnails view should always display the current page or not."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2185
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show hints and info messages"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2187
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whether to show some informative messages on startup, file load, &etc;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2192
#, no-c-format
msgid "Display document title in titlebar if available"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2194
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whether to show the current document title in the titlebar of &okular; window. If no metadata for title found in the document or this item is unchecked &okular; shows filename of the document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2200
#, no-c-format
msgid "When not displaying document title"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2202
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can choose any of two options, <guilabel>Display file name only</guilabel> or <guilabel>Display full file path</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2207
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use custom background color"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2209
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enables <ulink url=\"help:/fundamentals/colors.html\">choosing the document background color</ulink> (the color around the displayed page). By default, the &Qt; toolkit color is used when this option is unchecked."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2214
#, no-c-format
msgid "Open new files in tabs"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2216
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whether to open new documents in tabs. The tabs are disabled by default."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2217
#, no-c-format
msgid "The default shortcuts to switch between tabs are <keycombo>&Ctrl;<keycap>.</keycap></keycombo> (<guilabel>Next tab</guilabel>) and <keycombo>&Ctrl;<keycap>,</keycap></keycombo> (<guilabel>Previous tab</guilabel>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2223
#, no-c-format
msgid "Obey DRM limitations"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2225
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whether &okular; should obey <firstterm>DRM</firstterm> (Digital Rights Management) restrictions. DRM limitations are used to make it impossible to perform certain actions with &PDF; documents, such as copying content to the clipboard. Note that in some configurations of &okular;, this option is not available."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reload document on file change"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2235
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whether opened files should be automatically checked for changes and updated, if necessary."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2240
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show backend selection dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2242
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whether &okular; should ask the user which backend to use in case of more than one backend able to open the current file. If unchecked, &okular; will use the backend with the highest priority."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2248
#, no-c-format
msgid "Right to left reading direction"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2250
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whether to use right to left reading direction by default for the opened files. Can be useful for <ulink url=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Right-to-left\">some writing systems</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2256
#, no-c-format
msgid "Overview columns"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2258
#, no-c-format
msgid "This option represents the number of columns to use in the overview mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2264
#, no-c-format
msgid "Page Up/Down overlap"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2266
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here you can define the percentage of the current viewing area that should be visible after pressing <keycap>Page Up</keycap>/<keycap>Page Down</keycap> keys."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2272
#, no-c-format
msgid "Default Zoom"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2274
#, no-c-format
msgid "This options specifies the default zoom mode for file which were never opened before. For those files which were opened before the previous zoom mode is applied."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2284
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Accessibility</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2287
#, no-c-format
msgid "Draw border around links"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2289
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whether to draw a border around links."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2293
#, no-c-format
msgid "Change colors"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2295
#, no-c-format
msgid "<action>Enables</action> the color changing options."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2299
#, no-c-format
msgid "Invert Colors"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2301
#, no-c-format
msgid "<action>Inverts</action> colors on the view, &ie; black objects will be shown white."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2305
#, no-c-format
msgid "Change Paper Color"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2307
#, no-c-format
msgid "<action>Changes</action> the paper's color, &ie; the document's background."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2311
#, no-c-format
msgid "Change Dark & Light Colors"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2313
#, no-c-format
msgid "<action>Changes</action> the dark and light color to your preference, that means black will not be rendered as black but as the selected dark color and white will not be rendered as white but as the selected light color."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2319
#, no-c-format
msgid "Convert to Black & White"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2321
#, no-c-format
msgid "<action>Converts</action> the document to black and white. You can set the threshold and the contrast. Setting the threshold to a higher value by moving it to the right will result in lighter grays used."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2327
#, no-c-format
msgid "Engine"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2329
#, no-c-format
msgid "<action>Allows you to choose</action> the text-to-speech (<abbrev>TTS</abbrev>) engine to be used by &okular;. The default is <application>speechd</application> <abbrev>TTS</abbrev>, but you can use all languages and voices depending on the available synthesizers on your platform. On &Linux;, speech-dispatcher is used by default to determine available voices."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2338
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Performance</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2341
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enable transparency effects"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2343
#, no-c-format
msgid "Draw selections and other special graphics using transparency effects. Disable the option to draw them using outline or opaque fill styles and increase speed on selections."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2349
#, no-c-format
msgid "Memory Usage"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2351
#, no-c-format
msgid "&okular; can achieve best performance by tuning the memory usage, based on your system and your tastes. The more memory you let it to use, the faster the program will behave. The Default profile is good for every system, but you can prevent &okular; from using more memory than necessary by selecting the Low profile, or let it get the most out of your system using Aggressive. Use Greedy profile to preload all pages without risk of system memory overfull (only 50% of total memory or free memory will be used)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2359
#, no-c-format
msgid "Rendering"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2361
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using this group of options you can improve text and image rendering in &okular;. The result depends on the device to display the document. <guilabel>Enable Text Antialias</guilabel> and <guilabel>Enable Graphics Antialias</guilabel> items can be used to switch on and off <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spatial_anti-aliasing\">spatial anti-aliasing</ulink> of text and images in document, correspondingly. <guilabel>Enable Text Hinting</guilabel> item is meant to be a switcher for <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Font_hinting\">font hinting</ulink>. Antialiasing and hinting change how the documents are displayed, you may want to tweak them to your preference."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2370
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Presentation</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2373
#, no-c-format
msgid "Advance every"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2375
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enables automatic advancing of pages given a time period."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2379
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loop after last page"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2381
#, no-c-format
msgid "When navigating on presentation mode and going past the last page the first page will appear."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Touch navigation"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid "Allows you to fine-tune touchscreen navigation with tapping in the presentation using the following three possible values:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2390
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Tap left/right side to go back/forward</guilabel>: Tapping on the left (right) half of the screen makes the presentation go to the previous (next) slide."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2393
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Tap anywhere to go forward</guilabel> (default): Tapping on the screen makes the presentation go to the next slide, no matter where the screen is being tapped."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2396
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Disabled</guilabel>: Screen tapping does not do anything."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2402
#, no-c-format
msgid "Background color"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2404
#, no-c-format
msgid "The color that will fill the part of the screen not covered by the page when on presentation mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2408
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mouse cursor"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2410
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whether the mouse should be always hidden, always shown or hidden after a small time of inactivity."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2414
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show progress indicator"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2416
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whether to show a progress circle that shows the current page and the total number of pages on the upper right corner of the presentation screen every time you change the page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2421
#, no-c-format
msgid "Show summary page"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2423
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whether to show a summary page at the beginning of the presentation with the title, author and number of pages of the document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2427
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enable transitions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2429
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use this check box to enable or disable transition effects between pages."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2433
#, no-c-format
msgid "Default transition"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2435
#, no-c-format
msgid "The transition effect between page and page if the document does not specify one. Set this to <guilabel>Random Transition</guilabel> to make &okular; randomly choose one of the available effects."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2440
#, no-c-format
msgid "Placement"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2442
#, no-c-format
msgid "In this section you can select the <guilabel>Screen</guilabel> used to display the presentation."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2443
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Current Screen</guilabel> is same screen of the &okular; window that starts the presentation mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2444
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Default Screen</guilabel> is the screen marked as default in the xinerama configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2445
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Screen 0</guilabel>, <guilabel>Screen 1</guilabel> &etc; are the available screens."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2449
#, no-c-format
msgid "Drawing Tool Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2451
#, no-c-format
msgid "Manage the colors of the pencil used when drawing on the pages during the presentation mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2459
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>The Annotations page of the configuration dialog</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2465
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>The Annotations page of the configuration dialog</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2471
#, no-c-format
msgid "Author"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2473
#, no-c-format
msgid "The author of the contents added on a document. Default is the name from the <guilabel>Password & User Account</guilabel> page of the &systemsettings; module <guilabel>Account Details</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2478
#, no-c-format
msgid "Annotation tools"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid "This pane is used to configure your <link linkend=\"annotations-add\">annotating toolbar</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2483
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are five buttons (<guibutton>Add</guibutton>, <guibutton>Edit</guibutton>, <guibutton>Remove</guibutton>, <guibutton>Move Up</guibutton>, <guibutton>Move Down</guibutton>) and a list box (which lists the contents of the current annotating toolbar) which are used to configure the toolbar."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2486
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you need to add some tool button on the toolbar click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. You can choose the <guilabel>Name</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Type</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Appearance</guilabel> of the created tool."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2490
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please remember that annotation tools in &okular; are highly configurable. For example, you can have two buttons of the same tool but with different color. Do not hesitate to experiment in choosing the button set that is exactly tailored to your workflow."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2494
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click on some item in the list box then click on the corresponding button at the right part of the page to edit, remove, move up or move down the item. The keyboard shortcut of the tool (keys from <keycap>1</keycap> to <keycap>9</keycap>) depends on its position in the list of annotating toolbar."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2500
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using Custom Stamps"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2503
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create the icon you want to use for your own stamp and save it in any graphics format supported by &okular;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2504
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, select type <guilabel>Stamp</guilabel> and enter a name for your stamp."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2505
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enter the full path to your custom icon into the dropdown box in the <guilabel>Stamp Symbol</guilabel> group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2512
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Editor</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2515
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Editor</guilabel>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2517
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose the editor you want to launch when &okular; wants to open a source file. This is the case when the document has references to the various points (usually row and column number) of sources it was generated from. The &DVI; format supports natively the addition of the information about the sources the LaTeX document was generated from. A similar system exists for &PDF; documents, called <acronym>pdfsync</acronym>, which stores these extra information in an external file named after the &PDF; file itself (for example <filename>mydocument.pdfsync</filename> for <filename>mydocument.pdf</filename>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
-#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#. +> trunk5
+#: index.docbook:2520
+#, no-c-format
+msgid "&okular; ships with preconfigured settings for the following editors: <ulink url=\"https://kate-editor.org/\">&kate;</ulink>, <ulink url=\"https://kile.sourceforge.io/\">Kile</ulink>, <ulink url=\"https://www.scintilla.org/SciTE.html\">SciTE</ulink>, <ulink url=\"https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/\">&Emacs; client</ulink>, <ulink url=\"https://www.lyx.org/\">LyX client</ulink>, <ulink url=\"https://www.texstudio.org/\">TeXstudio</ulink>, and <ulink url=\"https://github.com/hannah-sten/texify-idea\">TeXiFy IDEA</ulink>."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Tag: para
+#. +> stable5
#: index.docbook:2520
#, no-c-format
msgid "&okular; ships with preconfigured settings for the following editors: <ulink url=\"https://kate-editor.org/\">&kate;</ulink>, <ulink url=\"https://kile.sourceforge.io/\">Kile</ulink>, <ulink url=\"https://www.scintilla.org/SciTE.html\">SciTE</ulink>, <ulink url=\"https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/\">&Emacs; client</ulink>, <ulink url=\"https://www.lyx.org/\">LyX client</ulink>, and <ulink url=\"https://www.texstudio.org/\">TeXstudio</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2524
#, no-c-format
msgid "To use inverse search in <application>Kile</application>, you have to compile your &latex; file with the <guilabel>Modern</guilabel> configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2531
#, no-c-format
msgid "Command"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2533
#, no-c-format
msgid "This is the command and its parameters to invoke the selected editor with the source file of the actual document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2534
#, no-c-format
msgid "This field will be filled automatically if you use one of the preconfigured editors. Otherwise, please choose <guimenuitem>Custom Text Editor</guimenuitem> in <guilabel>Editor</guilabel> drop down box and refer to the documentation on your favorite editor to find the proper command."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2536
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can use the following placeholders:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2539
#, no-c-format
msgid "%f - the file name"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2542
#, no-c-format
msgid "%l - the line of the file to be reached"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2545
#, no-c-format
msgid "%c - the column of the file to be reached"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2548
#, no-c-format
msgid "If %f is not specified, then the document name is appended to the specified command."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2555
#, no-c-format
msgid "Credits and License"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2558
#, no-c-format
msgid "Program Copyright:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:2559
#, no-c-format
msgid "&Albert.Astals.Cid; &Albert.Astals.Cid.mail; Current maintainer"
msgid "Learn to multiply numbers within a limited period of time"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_by/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Multiplication tables from 1 to 10"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_by/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A multiplication is displayed on the screen. Quickly find the result and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type the product of the numbers. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins in their balloon land!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_by/Algebra.qml:77
msgctxt "Algebra|"
msgid "Speed"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_div/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Division of numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_div/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice the division operation"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_div/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Find the result of the division within a limited period of time"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_div/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Division of small numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_div/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A division is displayed on the screen. Quickly find the result and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type it. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins in their balloon land!"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_minus/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Subtraction of numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_minus/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice the subtraction operation"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_minus/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn to find the difference between two numbers within a limited period of time"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_minus/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Subtraction of small numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_minus/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A subtraction is displayed on the screen. Quickly find the result and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type it. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins in their balloon land!"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_plus/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Addition of numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_plus/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice the addition of numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_plus/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn to find the sum of two numbers within a limited period of time"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_plus/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Simple addition. Can recognize written numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algebra_plus/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "An addition is displayed on the screen. Quickly find the result and use your computer's keyboard or the on-screen keypad to type it. You have to be fast and submit the answer before the penguins land in their balloon!"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algorithm/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Logical associations"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algorithm/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Complete the arrangement of fruits"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algorithm/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Logic training activity"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/algorithm/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Look at the two sequences. Each fruit in the first sequence has been replaced by another fruit in the second sequence. Complete the second sequence by using the correct fruits, after studying this pattern."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4-2players/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Align four (with a friend)"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4-2players/ActivityInfo.qml:29
#: activities/align4/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Arrange four tokens in a row"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4-2players/ActivityInfo.qml:32
#: activities/align4/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Create a line of 4 tokens either horizontally (lying down), vertically (standing up) or diagonally."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4-2players/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play with a friend. Take turns to click the line in which you want to drop a token. You can also use the arrow keys to move the token left or right, and the down or space key to drop a token. First player to create a line of 4 tokens wins"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Align four (against Tux)"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/align4/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play with the computer. Take turns to click the line in which you want to drop a token. You can also use the arrow keys to move the token left or right, and the down or space key to drop a token. First player to create a line of 4 tokens wins"
msgid "Catch the alphabet letters. With a keyboard use the arrow keys to move the helicopter. With a pointing device you just click or tap on the target location. To know which letter you have to catch you can either remember it or check the bottom right corner."
msgid "Select the object to form. Move a piece by dragging it. The symmetrical button appears on items that supports it. Click on the rotation button or drag around it to show the rotation you want. More complicated levels can be found in tangram activity."
"Just type on the real or virtual keyboard like in a wordprocessor.\n"
" Clicking on the 'Title' button will make the text bigger. Similarly, the 'subtitle' button will make the text slightly less bigger. Clicking on 'paragraph' will remove the formatting.\n"
" Press 'Shift' and use the arrow keys to select the text. Use Ctrl+C to copy, Ctrl+V to paste and Crtl+X to cut text. Ctrl+Z can be used to undo changes.\n"
" Try to fiddle around and find more shortcuts. For example, what is the shortcut to select all the text?"
msgid "Drag and Drop the items to make them match"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/babymatch/ActivityInfo.qml:35
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Motor coordination. Conceptual matching."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/babymatch/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Cultural references."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/babymatch/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "In the main board area, a set of objects is displayed. In the vertical box (at the left of the main board) another set of objects is shown, each object in the group on the left matching exactly one object in the main board area. This game challenges you to find the logical link between these objects. How do they fit together? Drag each object to the correct red space in the main area."
msgid "Ambrosius Bosschaert the Elder, Flower Still Life - 1614"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/ActivityInfo.qml:30
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Balance Box"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Navigate the ball to the door by tilting the box."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/ActivityInfo.qml:35
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice fine motor skills and basic counting."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Navigate the ball to the door. Be careful not to make it fall into the holes. Numbered-contact buttons in the box need to be touched in the correct order to unlock the door. You can move the ball by tilting your mobile device. On desktop platforms use the arrow keys to simulate tilting.\n"
"\n"
"In the <b>configuration dialog</b> you can choose between the default 'Built-in' level set and one that you can define yourself ('User'). A user-defined level set can be created by choosing the 'user' level set and start the level editor by clicking on the corresponding button.\n"
"\n"
"In the <b>level editor</b> you can create your own levels. Choose one of the editing tools on the left side to modify the map cells of the currently active level in the editor:\n"
" Cross: Clear a map cell completely\n"
" Horizontal Wall: Set/remove a horizontal wall on the lower edge of a cell\n"
" Vertical Wall: Set/remove a vertical wall on the right edge of a cell\n"
" Hole: Set/remove a hole on a cell\n"
" Ball: Set the starting position of the ball\n"
" Door: Set the door position\n"
" Contact: Set/remove a contact button. With the spin-box you can adjust the value of the contact button. It is not possible to set a value more than once on a map.\n"
"All tools (except the clear-tool) toggle their respective target on the clicked cell: An item can be placed by clicking on an empty cell, and by clicking again on the same cell with the same tool, you can remove it again.\n"
"You can test a modified level by clicking on the 'Test' button on the right side of the editor view. You can return from testing mode by clicking on the home-button on the bar or by pressing escape on your keyboard or the back-button on your mobile device.\n"
"In the editor you can change the level currently edited by using the arrow buttons on the bar. Back in the editor you can continue editing the current level and test it again if needed.\n"
"When your level is finished you can save it to the user level file by clicking on the 'Save' button on the right side.\n"
"To return to the configuration dialog click on the home-button on the bar or press Escape on your keyboard or the back button on your mobile device."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/balancebox/balancebox.js:116
#, qt-format
msgctxt "balancebox|"
msgid ""
"The file '%1' is missing!<br>"
"Falling back to builtin levels."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:519
+#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:525
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid "Built-in"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:520
+#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:526
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid "User"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:531
+#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:537
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid "Select your level set"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:540
+#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:546
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid "Start Editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:549
+#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:555
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid "Load saved levels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:586
+#: activities/balancebox/Balancebox.qml:592
msgctxt "Balancebox|"
msgid ""
"You selected the user-defined level set, but you have not yet defined any user levels!<br/>"
" Either create your user levels by starting the level editor or choose the 'built-in' level set."
msgid "Press the left and right arrow keys at the same time, to make the ball go in a straight line."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/ballcatch/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Press the left and right arrow at the same time, to make the ball go in a straight line. On a touch screen you have to hit the two hands at the same time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/ballcatch/Ballcatch.qml:228
msgctxt "Ballcatch|"
msgid "Tap both hands at the same time, to make the ball go in a straight line."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/ballcatch/Ballcatch.qml:230
msgctxt "Ballcatch|"
msgid "Press left and right arrow keys at the same time, to make the ball go in a straight line."
msgid "Click the number of balls you wish to place in the holes and then click the OK button. The winner is the one who hasn't put a ball in the red hole."
msgid "Place balls in the holes. You win if your friend has to place the last ball."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Binary bulbs"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "This activity helps you to learn the concept of conversion of decimal number system to binary number system."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "To get familiar with the binary number system"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Decimal number system"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Turn on the right bulbs to represent the binary of the given decimal number. When you have achieved it, press OK."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:31
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "This activity teaches how to convert decimal numbers to binary numbers."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:35
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "Computers use transistors to count and transistors have only two states, 0 and 1. Mathematically, these states are represented by 0 and 1, which makes up the binary system of numeration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:39
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "In the activity 0 and 1 are simulated by bulbs, switched on or off."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:43
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "Binary system uses these numbers very efficiently, allowing to count from 0 to 255 with 8 bits only."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:47
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "Each bit adds a progressive value, corresponding to the powers of 2, ascending from right to left: bit 1 → 2⁰=1 , bit 2 → 2¹=2 , bit 3 → 2²=4 , bit 4 → 2³=8 , bit 5 → 2⁴=16 , bit 6 → 2⁵=32 , bit 7 → 2⁶=64 , bit 8 → 2⁷=128."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:51
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "To convert a decimal 5 to a binary value, 1 and 4 are added."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:55
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "Their corresponding bits are set to 1, the others set to 0. Decimal 5 is equal to binary 101."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/binary_bulb/binary_bulb.js:59
msgctxt "binary_bulb|"
msgid "This image will help you to compute bits' value."
msgid "The screen has 3 sections: an interactive braille cell, an instruction telling you the letter to reproduce, and at the top the Braille letters to use as a reference. Each level teaches a set of 10 letters."
msgid "Each Braille character, or cell, is made up of six dot positions, arranged in a rectangle containing two columns of three dots each. As seen on the left, each dot is referenced by a number from 1 to 6."
msgid "When you are ready, click on me and try reproducing Braille characters."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:23
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:27
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:31
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:35
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:39
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:43
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:47
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:51
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:55
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:59
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:65
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:69
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:73
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:77
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:81
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:85
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:89
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:93
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:97
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:101
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:107
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:111
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:115
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:119
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:123
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:127
#, qt-format
msgctxt "questions|"
msgid "Click on the dots in braille cell area to produce the letter %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:133
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:137
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:141
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:145
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:150
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:154
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:158
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:162
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:166
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:170
#, qt-format
msgctxt "questions|"
msgid "Click on the dots in braille cell area to produce the number %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:176
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:180
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:184
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:188
#: activities/braille_alphabets/questions.js:192
#, qt-format
msgctxt "questions|"
msgid "Click on the dots in braille cell area to produce the symbol %1."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_fun/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Braille Fun"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_fun/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Braille the letters"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_fun/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Braille Alphabet Codes"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/braille_fun/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Enter the braille code in the tile for the letters on the banner pulled by Tux in his plane across the screen. Check the braille chart by clicking on the toggle button for help."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Calendar"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Read the instructions and select the correct date on the calendar"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn how to use a calendar"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Concept of week, month and year"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Read the instructions and select the correct date on the calendar."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:266
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Sunday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:267
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Monday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:268
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Tuesday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:269
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Wednesday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:270
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Thursday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:271
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Friday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/Calendar.qml:272
msgctxt "Calendar|"
msgid "Saturday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:46
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 23"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:50
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:54
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 16"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:58
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 28"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:62
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 11"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:66
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day 20"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:86
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of week is the 4th of given month?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:90
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 12th of given month?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:94
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 20th of given month?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:98
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 28th of given month?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:102
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 22nd of given month?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:106
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 16th of given month?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:110
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "What day of the week is the 10th of given month?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:130
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Monday between days 1 and 7 of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:134
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Tuesday between days 8 and 16 of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:138
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Wednesday between days 15 and 22 of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:142
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Thursday between days 26 and 31 of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:146
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Friday between days 20 and 25 of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:150
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Saturday between days 13 and 23 of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:154
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select a Sunday between days 5 and 17 of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:173
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select second day before the 15th of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:177
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select fourth Sunday of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:181
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select day one week after 13th of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:185
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select fifth Thursday of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:189
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Select third day after 27th of given month"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:208
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the month starting a Thursday and having 28 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:212
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find a month starting a Monday and having 31 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:216
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the month between June and August"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:220
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find a month starting a Saturday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:224
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find a month having 30 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:244
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the first Monday of January month of year 2019"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:248
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the second Wednesday of February month of year 2019"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:252
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the third Friday of March month of year 2019"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:256
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the fifth Sunday of April month of year 2018"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:260
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the fourth Tuesday of July month of year 2018"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:264
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the first Monday of August month of year 2018"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:268
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the third Thursday of September month of year 2017"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:272
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the fifth Sunday of October month of year 2017"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:276
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid "Find the second Friday of December month of year 2017"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:295
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid ""
"Human Rights Day is celebrated five days after December 5.<br>"
" Find the date of Human Rights Day in 2017."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:299
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid ""
"Braille Day is celebrated one day before January 5.<br>"
" Find the date of Braille Day in 2018"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:303
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid ""
"Mark's birthday is on November 4. In 2017 his party was exactly two weeks later.<br>"
" Find the date of his party in 2017"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:307
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid ""
"International Women's Day is celebrated two days before March 10.<br>"
" Find the date of International Women's Day in 2018."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/calendar/calendar_dataset.js:311
msgctxt "calendar_dataset|"
msgid ""
"Sports competition was held on last Friday of September 2017.<br>"
" Select the date of sports competition on the calendar."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Operate a canal lock"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tux is in trouble, and needs to take his boat through a lock. Help Tux and find out how a canal lock works."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You are in charge of the canal lock. Open the gates and the locks in the right order, so Tux can travel through the gates in both directions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/ActivityInfo.qml:37
#: activities/watercycle/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drawing by Stephane Cabaraux."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/CanalLock.qml:62
msgctxt "CanalLock|"
msgid "Your goal is to get Tux across the canal lock to get the wooden logs, using the different types of water locks available."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/CanalLock.qml:64
msgctxt "CanalLock|"
msgid "The vertical colored bars represent the water locks, which can be operated by clicking them. Two locks of the same type cannot be operated simultaneously."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/canal_lock/CanalLock.qml:66
msgctxt "CanalLock|"
msgid "The water level inside the lock will change according to the side of the canal it is connected with. Use this property to help Tux get the job done."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/categorization/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Categorization"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/categorization/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Categorize the elements into correct and incorrect groups"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/categorization/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Build conceptual thinking and enrich knowledge"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/categorization/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can drag elements using mouse"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/categorization/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Review the instructions and then drag and drop the elements as specified"
msgid "You don't have all the images for this activity. Press Update to get the complete dataset. Press the Cross to play with demo version or 'Never show this dialog later' if you want to never see again this dialog."
"Checkers is played by two opponents, on opposite sides of the gameboard. One player has the dark pieces; the other has the light pieces. Players alternate turns. A player may not move an opponent's piece. A move consists of moving a piece diagonally to an adjacent unoccupied square. If the adjacent square contains an opponent's piece, and the square immediately beyond it is vacant, the piece may be captured (and removed from the game) by jumping over it.\n"
"Only the dark squares of the checkered board are used. A piece may move only diagonally into an unoccupied square. Capturing is mandatory. The player without pieces remaining, or who cannot move due to being blocked, loses the game.\n"
"When a man reaches the crownhead or kings row (the farthest row forward), it becomes a king, and is marked by placing an additional piece on top of the first man, and acquires additional powers including the ability to move backwards. If there is a piece in a diagonal that a king can capture, he can move any distance along the diagonal, and may capture an opposing man any distance away by jumping to any of the unoccupied squares immediately beyond it.\n"
msgid "The checkers library is draughts.js <https://github.com/shubhendusaurabh/draughts.js>. Manual is from wikipedia <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Draughts>"
"In this activity you discover the chess game by playing against the computer. It displays the possible target position for any selected piece which helps the children understand how pieces moves. At first level the computer is fully random to give the most chances to the children. As level increases, better the computer plays.\n"
"\n"
"You can achieve a mate sooner if follow these simple rules:\n"
" Trying to drive opponent's King in the corner.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way opponent's piece would have only 3 directions to move instead of 8 from a best position.\n"
" 'Making a trap'. Use your pawns as baits.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way you can lure the opponent out of his 'comfort zone'.\n"
" Be patient enough.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: don't rush too quick, be patient. Let yourself think a little bit and try to predict your opponent's future moves, so you can catch him on it or secure your pieces from his attacks."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/ActivityInfo.qml:44
#: activities/chess_partyend/ActivityInfo.qml:44
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The chess engine is p4wn <https://github.com/douglasbagnall/p4wn>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:131
msgctxt "chess|"
msgid "Black's turn"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:131
msgctxt "chess|"
msgid "White's turn"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:136
msgctxt "chess|white wins"
msgid "White mates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:136
msgctxt "chess|black wins"
msgid "Black mates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:146
msgctxt "chess|"
msgid "Drawn game"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:150
msgctxt "chess|black king is under attack"
msgid "White checks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:150
msgctxt "chess|white king is under attack"
msgid "Black checks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess/chess.js:153
msgctxt "chess|"
msgid "Invalid, your king may be in check"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess_2players/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play chess against your friend"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess_2players/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"In this activity you discover the chess game by playing against a friend. It displays the possible target position for any selected piece which helps the children understand how pieces moves.\n"
"\n"
"You can achieve a mate sooner if follow these simple rules:\n"
" Trying to drive opponent's King in the corner.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way opponent's piece would have only 3 directions to move instead of 8 from a best position.\n"
" 'Making a trap'. Use your pawns as baits.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way you can lure the opponent out of his 'comfort zone'.\n"
" Be patient enough.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: don't rush too quick, be patient. Let yourself think a little bit and try to predict your opponent's future moves, so you can catch him on it or secure your pieces from his attacks."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess_partyend/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "End of chess game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess_partyend/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play the end of the chess game against Tux"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chess_partyend/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"In this activity you discover the chess game by playing only the end of a game. It displays the possible target position for any selected piece which helps the children understand how pieces moves.\n"
"\n"
"You can achieve a mate sooner if follow these simple rules:\n"
" Trying to drive opponent's King in the corner.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way opponent's piece would have only 3 directions to move instead of 8 from a best position.\n"
" 'Making a trap'. Use your pawns as baits.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: this way you can lure the opponent out of his 'comfort zone'.\n"
" Be patient enough.\n"
"<b>Explanation</b>: don't rush too quick, be patient. Let yourself think a little bit and try to predict your opponent's future moves, so you can catch him on it or secure your pieces from his attacks."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:31
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Chronos"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:33
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and Drop the items to organize the story"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Sort the pictures into the order that tells the story"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tell a short story"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Pick from the pictures on the left and put them on the red dots"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Moon photo is copyright NASA. The space sounds come from Tuxpaint and Vegastrike which are released under the GPL license. The transportation images are copyright Franck Doucet. Dates of Transportation are based on those found in <https://www.wikipedia.org>."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: activities/chronos/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Moon photo is copyright NASA. The space sounds come from Tuxpaint and Vegastrike which are released under the GPL license. The transportation images are copyright Franck Doucet. Dates of Transportation are based on those found in <http://www.wikipedia.org>."
msgid "A letter is spoken. Click on the matching letter in the main area. You can listen to the letter again, by clicking on the mouth icon in the bottom box."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickanddraw/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click and draw"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickanddraw/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Draw the picture by clicking on the selected points."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickanddraw/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can move the mouse and click accurately on points."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickanddraw/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Draw the picture by clicking on each point in sequence. Each time a point is selected the next blue one appears."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click On Me"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Catch all the swimming fish before they leave the fish tank"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Motor coordination: moving the hand precisely."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can move mouse and click on the correct place"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Catch all the moving fish by simple clicking or touching them with your finger."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clickgame/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Fish are taken from the Unix utility xfishtank. All image credits belong to Guillaume Rousse."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learning Clock"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn how to tell the time on an analog clock"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Distinguish between time-units (hour, minute and second). Set and display time on an analog clock."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The concept of time."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Set the clock to the given time, in the time-units shown (hours:minutes or hours:minutes:seconds). Drag the different arrows, to make the respective time unit go up or down."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/Clockgame.qml:106
msgctxt "Clockgame|"
msgid "Set the watch to:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/Clockgame.qml:109
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Clockgame|"
msgid "%n hour(s)"
msgid_plural "%n hour(s)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/Clockgame.qml:112
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Clockgame|"
msgid "%n minute(s)"
msgid_plural "%n minute(s)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/clockgame/Clockgame.qml:115
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Clockgame|"
msgid "%n second(s)"
msgid_plural "%n second(s)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mixing color of paint"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Discover paint color mixing."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mix the primary colors to match to the given color"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"\n"
"The activity deals with mixing primary colors of paint (subtractive mixing).\n"
"\n"
"In case of paints the inks absorb different colors of light falling on it, subtracting it from what you see. The more ink you add, the more light is absorbed, and the darker the combined color gets. We can mix just three primary colors to make many new colors. The primary colors for paint/ink are cyan (a special shade of blue), magenta (a special shade of pink), and yellow.\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/color_mix/ActivityInfo.qml:42
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Images from https://openclipart.org"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ActivityInfo.qml:42
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Images from http://openclipart.org"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:97
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Match the color"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:208
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough red"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:210
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much red"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:213
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough green"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:215
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much green"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:218
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough blue"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:220
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much blue"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:224
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough magenta"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:226
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much magenta"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:229
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough yellow"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:231
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much yellow"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:234
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Not enough cyan"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix/ColorMix.qml:236
msgctxt "ColorMix|"
msgid "Too much cyan"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mixing colors of light"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Discover light color mixing."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mix the primary colors to match to the given color."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/color_mix_light/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"\n"
"The activity deals with mixing primary colors of light (additive mixing).\n"
"\n"
"In case of light it is just the opposite of mixing color with paints! The more light you add the lighter the resultant color will get. Primary colors of light are red, green and blue."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/colors/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Colors"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/colors/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click on the right color"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/colors/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "This activity teaches you to recognize different colors. When you hear the name of the color, touch the duck wearing it."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/colors/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Identifying colours"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/colors/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Listen to the color and touch the matching duck."
msgid "Move the items in the left frame to copy their position in the right model. Next to the crane itself, you will find four arrows that let you move the items. To select the item to move, just click on it. If you prefer, you can use the arrow keys and the space or tab key instead. On a mobile version, you can also swipe up/down/left/right to move the items in the left frame."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: NOTE: Word list for crane activity. Translate this into a list of 15–25 simple 3-letter words separated by semi-colons. The words can only contain lowercase ASCII letters (a–z). Example: cat;dog;win;red;yes
#. Translators: NOTE: Word list for crane activity. Translate this into a list of 10–20 simple 4-letter words separated by semi-colons. The words can only contain lowercase ASCII letters (a–z). Example: blue;best;good;area
#. Translators: NOTE: Word list for crane activity. Translate this into a list of 10–20 simple 5-letter words separated by semi-colons. The words can only contain lowercase ASCII letters (a–z). Example: happy;child;white;apple
msgid "Drag electrical components from the selector and drop them in the working area. In the working area, you can move the components by dragging them. To delete a component, select the deletion tool on top of the component selector, and select the component. You can click on the component and then on the rotate button to rotate it or info button to get information about it. You can click on the switch to open and close it. To connect two terminals, click on first terminal, then on second terminal. To deselect terminal or delete tool, click on any empty area. The simulation is updated in real time by any user action."
msgid "BCD to 7 segment converter takes 4 binary inputs in its input terminals and gives 7 binary outputs which allow to light BCD number segments (binary-coded decimal) to display numbers between 0 and 9. The output for BCD To 7 Segment converted is:"
msgid "Comparator takes 2 numbers as input, A and B. It compares them and outputs 3 values. First output is 1 if A < B, 0 otherwise. Second is 1 if A = B, 0 otherwise. Third is 1 if A > B, 0 otherwise. "
msgid "NOR gate outputs the opposite of OR gate. As soon as there is a 1 in input the output is equal to 0. To obtain a 1 all the inputs must be equal to 0:"
msgid "Digital electronics works with only two states: 0 and 1. This allows to operate mathematical operations such as additions, subtractions... It is the basics of computer technics. In reality, 0 is often the representation of a voltage nearly equal to ground voltage and 1 is the representation of the supply voltage of a circuit."
msgid "7 segment display takes 7 binary inputs in its input terminals. The display consists of 7 segments and each segment gets lighted according to the input. By generating different combination of binary inputs, the display can be used to display numbers from 0 to 9 and a few letters. The diagram is:"
msgid "Signal Generator is used to generate alternating signals of 0 and 1. The time between two changes can be modified by pressing the arrows on the generator."
msgid "Switch is used to connect or disconnect two terminals. If the switch is turned on, current can flow through the switch. If the switch is turned off, then the connection between terminal is broken and current can not flow through it."
msgid "XOR gate outputs 1 if the number of '1' in input is odd, and 0 if number of '1' in input is even. In this activity, a 2 input XOR gate is shown. Output for 2 input XOR gate is:"
msgid "Digital electronics works with only two states: 0 and 1. This allows to operate mathematical operations such as additions, subtractions... It is the basics of computer technics. In reality, 0 is often the representation of a voltage nearly equal to ground voltage and 1 is the representation of the supply voltage of a circuit."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:30
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Zero input"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:37
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "One input"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:44
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Digital light"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:51
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "AND gate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:58
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "OR gate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:65
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "NOT gate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:72
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "XOR gate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:79
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "NAND gate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:86
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "NOR gate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:93
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Switch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:100
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Comparator"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:107
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "BCD to 7 segment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:114
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "7 segment display"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:121
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Signal generator"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:128
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "BCD counter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:155
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The digital light will glow when its terminal is connected with an input of 1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:156
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Turn the digital light on using the inputs provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:169
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The AND gate produces an output of one when both of its input terminals are of value 1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:170
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Turn the digital light on using an AND gate and the inputs provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:183
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The OR gate produces an output of 1 when at least one of its input terminals is of value 1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:184
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Turn the digital light on using an OR gate and the inputs provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:197
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Note: You can draw multiple wires from the output terminal of a component."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:210
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The NOT gate takes a single binary input and flips the value in the output."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:223
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The NAND gate takes two binary inputs and produces one binary output."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:224
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The output of the NAND gate will be zero if both of its inputs are \"1\". Else, the output will be one."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:225
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:289
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "For a more detailed description about the gate, select it and click on the info button."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:226
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Light the bulb using the NAND gate provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:242
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid ""
"Light the bulb using the components provided such that the bulb will glow under the following two circumstances:\n"
"1. The first switch is turned ON, or\n"
"2. Both of the second and the third switches are turned on."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:257
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The XOR Gate takes two binary inputs and produces one binary output."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:258
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The output of the XOR gate will be one if the number of \"1\" in the input is odd. Else, the output will be zero."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:259
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Light the bulb using the XOR gate provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:275
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Light the bulb using the three switches such that the bulb glows when odd number of the switches are turned on."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:288
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "A NOR gate takes 2 binary input and outputs 1 if both of them are 0, otherwise produces an output of 0."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:290
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Light the bulb using the NOR gate provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:303
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:364
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Use the gates such that the bulb will glow only when the switch is turned off and remain off when the switch is turned on."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:319
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:380
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Create a circuit using the components provided such that the bulb glows only when both of the switches are turned on."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:335
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:396
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Create a circuit using the components provided such that the bulb glows when either of the switches are turned on."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:351
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Create a circuit using the components provided such that the bulb glows only when both of the switches are turned off."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:412
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Create a circuit using the components provided such that the bulb will glow when at least one of the switches are turned off."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:428
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "A comparator takes two numbers (A and B) as input and produces 3 values as output. First value is 1 if A < B, second value is 1 for A = B and third value is 1 for A > B."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:429
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Create a circuit using the components provided such that the bulb will glow when the value of the current flowing through the first switch is less than or equal to that of the second switch."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:442
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The component in the middle is a BCD to seven segment converter."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:443
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "It takes 4 bits as input represented in the binary coded decimal (BCD) format and converts the BCD number into a seven segment code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:444
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The output of the converter is connected to the seven segment display, to view the value of the input provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:445
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Display the number \"6\" in the seven segment display."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:458
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The signal generator on the left is used to generate alternating signals between 0 and 1 in a given time period taken as input. The time period by default is 1 second, but it can be changed between 0.25 and 2s."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:459
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The BCD counter placed under it is a special type of counter which can count from 0 to 9 and back to 0 on application of a clock signal."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:460
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Connect the components to make sure that the count of 0 to 9 is visible in the seven segment display provided."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/digital_electricity/Dataset.qml:476
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Light the bulb using both the switches such that the bulb will glow only when either the first switch is on and the second switch is off or the first switch is off and the second switch is on."
msgid "First, properly organize the items so that you can count them. Then, select the item you want to answer in the top left area. Enter the answer with the keyboard."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move the mouse or touch the screen"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move the mouse or touch the screen to erase the area and discover the background"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move the mouse or touch the screen until all the blocks disappear."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_2clic/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double tap or double click"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_2clic/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double tap or double click to erase the area and discover the background image"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_2clic/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double tap or double click the mouse on rectangles until all the blocks disappear."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_clic/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click or tap"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_clic/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click or tap to erase the area and discover the background"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/erase_clic/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click or tap on the blocks all of them disappear."
"In level one, players enjoy exploring each animal on the screen. Click on an animal and learn about it, what its name is, what sound it makes, and what it looks like. Study well this information, because you will be tested in level 2 and 3!\n"
"\n"
"In level two, a random animal sound is played and you must find which animal makes this sound. Click on the corresponding animal. If you'd like to hear the animal sound repeated, click on the play button. When you have matched all animals correctly, you win!\n"
"\n"
"In level three, a random text prompt is displayed and you must click on the animal that matches the text. When you have matched all texts correctly, you win!\n"
msgid "The sheep is a mammal that bears a fleece of wool. It is a grazing herbivore, bred for its wool, its meat, and its milk. The fleece can be removed and used to produce articles of clothing and blankets, among other things."
msgid "Chichen Itza, meaning “at the mouth of the Itza well”, is a Mayan City on the Yucatan Peninsula in Mexico, between Valladolid and Merida. It was established before the period of Christopher Colombus and probably served as the religion center of Yucatan for a while."
msgid "The Colosseum or Coliseum is today the most recognizable of Rome's Classical buildings. Even 2,000 years after it was built, and despite centuries when the abandoned building was pillaged for building materials, it is instantly recognizable as a classical template for the stadia of today. It was the first permanent amphitheatre to be raised in Rome, and the most impressive arena the Classical world had yet seen."
msgid "Christ the Redeemer is an Art Deco statue of Jesus Christ in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. A symbol of Christianity across the world, the statue has also become a cultural icon of both Rio de Janeiro and Brazil."
msgid "The Great Wall, was listed as a World Heritage by UNESCO in 1987. Just like a gigantic dragon, it winds up and down across deserts, grasslands, mountains and plateaus, stretching approximately 13,170 miles (21,196 kilometers) from east to west of China."
msgid "Machu Picchu stands 2,430 m above sea-level, in the middle of a tropical mountain forest, in an extraordinarily beautiful setting. It was probably the most amazing urban creation of the Inca Empire at its height; its giant walls, terraces and ramps seem as if they have been cut naturally in the continuous rock escarpments. The natural setting, on the eastern slopes of the Andes, encompasses the upper Amazon basin with its rich diversity of flora and fauna."
msgid "Petra is a historical and archaeological city in the southern Jordanian governorate of Ma'an that is famous for its rock-cut architecture and water conduit system. Established possibly as early as 312 BC as the capital city of the Arab Nabataeans, it is a symbol of Jordan, as well as Jordan's most-visited tourist attraction."
msgid "The Taj Mahal is a white marble mausoleum located on the southern bank of the Yamuna River in the Indian city of Agra. It was commissioned in 1632 by the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan reigned to house the tomb of his favorite wife of three, Mumtaz Mahal."
msgid "Sri Harimandir Sahib, known as the Golden Temple in Amritsar, is one of the most revered spiritual sites of Sikhism. The construction was intended to build a place of worship for men and women from all walks of life and all religions to worship God equally."
msgid "Hawa Mahal, is a palace in Jaipur, India, so named because it was essentially a high screen wall built so the women of the royal household could observe street festivals while unseen from the outside. Constructed of red and pink sandstone, the palace sits on the edge of the City Palace, and extends to the zenana, or women's chambers."
msgid "The Taj Mahal is a white marble mausoleum located on the southern bank of the Yamuna River in the Indian city of Agra. It was commissioned in 1632 by the Mughal emperor Shah Jahan reigned to house the tomb of his favorite wife of three, Mumtaz Mahal."
msgid "The Gateway of India is one of India's most unique landmarks situated in the city of Mumbai. The colossal structure was constructed in 1924. Located at the tip of Apollo Bunder, the gateway overlooks the Mumbai harbor, bordered by the Arabian Sea in the Colaba district. The Gateway of India is a monument that marks India's chief ports and is a major tourist attraction for visitors who arrive in India for the first time."
msgid "The Great Stupa at Sanchi is the oldest stone structure in India and was originally commissioned by the emperor Ashoka the Great in the 3rd century BCE. Its nucleus was a simple hemispherical brick structure built over the relics of the Buddha. It was crowned by the chatra, a parasol-like structure symbolizing high rank, which was intended to honor and shelter the relics."
msgid "The Ajanta Caves are about 29 rock-cut Buddhist cave monuments which date from the 2nd century BCE to about 480 CE in Aurangabad district of Maharashtra state of India. The caves include paintings and rock cut sculptures described as among the finest surviving examples of ancient Indian art, particularly expressive paintings that present emotion through gesture, pose and form. Since 1983, the caves have been a UNESCO World Heritage Site"
msgid "The Konark Sun Temple (also spelled Konarak) is a 13th-century Hindu temple dedicated to the Sun god. Shaped like a giant chariot, the temple is known for the exquisite stone carvings that cover the entire structure."
msgid "Mysore Palace or Mysore Maharaja Palace is one of the largest and most spectacular monuments in India. Also known as Amba Vilas, it is located in the heart of the city of Mysore. The palace was initially built by the Wodeyar kings in the 14th century."
msgid "The Charminar in Hyderabad was constructed in 1591 by Mohammed Quli Qutab Shah. He built the Charminar to mark the end of plague in the Hyderabad city. Since the construction of the Charminar, the Hyderabad city has almost become synonymous with the monument. The Charminar is a massive and impressive structure with four minarets."
msgid "The Victoria Memorial was built to commemorate the peak of the British Empire in India. It represents the architectural climax of Kolkata city, and blends the best of the British and Mughal architecture. The Victoria Memorial hall was built with white Makrana marbles."
msgid "The Rang Ghar is a two-storied building which once served as the royal sports-pavilion where Ahom kings and nobles were spectators at games like buffalo fights and other sports at Rupahi Pathar - particularly during the Rongali Bihu festival in the Ahom capital of Rangpur."
msgid "Qutub Minar at 74 meters, is the tallest brick minaret in the world, and the second tallest minar in India after Fateh Burj at Mohali. Along with the ancient and medieval monuments surrounding it, they form the Qutb Complex, which is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. The tower, located in the Mehrauli area of Delhi, is made of red sandstone and marble."
msgid "Mont Saint-Michel is a rocky tidal island located in Normandy, at the mouth of the Couesnon River, near the city of Avranches. The highest point of the island is the spire at the top of the Abbey’s bell tower, 170 metres above sea level. They are currently less than 50 people living on the island. The unique feature of Mont Saint-Michel is that it is completely surrounded by water and can only be accessed at low tide."
msgid "With more than 4 million visitors each year, Carcassonne is among the most prestigious tourist destinations in France, on a par with Mont Saint Michel and Paris’ Notre-Dame. A UNESCO World Heritage Site since 1997, Carcassonne is a dramatic representation of medieval architecture perched on a rocky spur that towers above the River Aude, southeast of the new town."
msgid "By size, Reims Cathedral is quite an extraordinary construction: designed to accommodate huge crowds, its gigantic dimensions include a surface area of 6,650 m2 and a length of 122m. A Gothic art masterpiece and the coronation site of the Kings of France, it has been listed as a UNESCO World Heritage Site since 1991. The Mecca for tourists in the Champagne region welcomes 1,500,000 visitors every year."
msgid "The Pont du Gard was built shortly before the Christian era to allow the aqueduct of Nîmes (which is almost 50 km long) to cross the Gardon river. The Roman architects and hydraulic engineers who designed this bridge, which stands almost 50 m high and is on three levels – the longest measuring 275 m – created a technical as well as an artistic masterpiece."
msgid "This Roman amphitheatre dates back to the first century BC and was originally the setting for gladiator battles and chariot races during Antiquity. Modified many times, it was finally renovated during the 19th century."
msgid "Prestigious, majestic, colossal, extravagant are these adjectives enough to fully describe the splendour of Chambord? The largest chateau of the Loire Valley is indeed full of surprises for those who are lucky enough to explore its domain. This remarkable piece of architecture is certainly more than just a castle: it is the dream of a King, transformed into reality."
msgid "When coming from Cahors by road, Rocamadour suddenly appears clinging precariously against the cliff above the Alzou canyon. One of the most famous villages of Europe, Rocamadour seemingly defies the laws of gravity. The vertiginous Citadel of Faith is best summed up by an old local saying: “houses on the river, churches on the houses, rocks on the churches, castle on the rock”."
msgid "The star attraction of Avignon is the Palais des Papes (Palace of the Popes), a vast castle of significant historic, religious and architectural importance. It is one of the largest and most important medieval Gothic buildings in Europe."
msgid "Chateau de Chenonceau is among many of Loire Valley Chateaux that boast amazing architecture and historical significance drawing thousands of tourists from all over the world. Chateau de Chenonceau is sometimes called the Ladies Castle by some historians due to feminine figures having greatly influenced the construction and development of this French Chateau over the centuries."
msgid "The world-famous metallic tower was built for the Paris International Exhibition in 1889 for the centenary of the French Revolution. At the time of its inauguration, it was the world’s tallest monument."
msgid "The ultimate fairytale castle, Neuschwanstein is situated on a rugged hill near Füssen in southwest Bavaria. It was the inspiration for the Sleeping Beauty castles in the Disneyland parks. The castle was commissioned by King Ludwig II of Bavaria who was declared insane when the castle was almost completed in 1886 and found dead a few days later. Neuschwanstein is the most photographed building in the country and one of the most popular tourist attractions in Germany."
msgid "The Trier Imperial Baths are a large Roman bath complex in Trier, Germany. It is designated as part of the Roman Monuments, Cathedral of St. Peter and Church of Our Lady in Trier UNESCO World Heritage Site."
msgid "The Brandenburg Gate is the only surviving city gate of Berlin and symbolizes the reunification of East and West Berlin. Built in the 18th century, the Brandenburg Gate is the entry to Unter den Linden, the prominent boulevard of linden trees which once led directly to the palace of the Prussian monarchs. It is regarded as one of the most famous landmarks in Europe."
msgid "The Cathedral of Berlin is the largest church in the city, and it serves as a vital center for the Protestant church of Germany. Reaching out well beyond the borders of the parish and of Berlin, the cathedral attracts thousands of visitors, year after year, from Germany and abroad."
msgid "This romantic fairytale fortress, with all its many towers, domes and wings, is reflected in the waters of Lake Schwerin. It was completed in 1857 and symbolized the powerful dynasty of its founder, Friedrich Franz II."
msgid "The long, high-ceilinged brick structure was the throne hall of the Roman emperor until the destruction of the city by Germanic tribes. The invaders built a settlement inside the roofless ruin. In the 12th century, the apse was converted into a tower to accommodate the Archbishop of Trier."
msgid "Worms Cathedral (Wormser Dom) also known as the Cathedral of St Peter is a Romanesque cathedral in the German city of Worms. A sandstone structure with distinctive conical towers, Worms Cathedral was constructed in phases throughout the twelfth century and mostly completed by 1181."
msgid "Situated on Point Loma in San Diego, California, Cabrillo National Monument commemorates the first European to land on the West Coast of the United States, Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo. Portuguese by birth, Cabrillo carried the Spanish flag in his conquests of the New World. He arrived at San Diego Bay in September 1542, three months after departing from Barra de Navidad on the west coast of Mexico."
msgid "The stoic red ruins of Canyon de Chelly in northeastern Arizona are at once part of the National Park Service and the Navajo Nation, having been established as a national monument in 1931. A number of important early Native American sites are preserved in the nearly 84,000 acres of parkland, and Canyon de Chelly also offers an array of Southwestern geological formations, including Spider Rock, an 800-foot-tall sandstone spire that rises eerily from the bottom of the canyon floor."
msgid "Set on more than 20 acres in St. Augustine, Florida, the Castillo de San Marcos was completed as the city's defensive fort in 1695, when Florida was still a Spanish territory. Constructed out of the rare coquina limestone, the star-shaped Castillo also is the oldest masonry fort in the country."
msgid "This round, sandstone fort sitting at the bottom of Manhattan Island predates Ellis Island by about 50 years as the first U.S. immigration checkpoint. Castle Clinton (nps.gov/cacl) was originally built as a fort to protect New York from a British invasion during the War of 1812, and was dedicated as a national monument in 1946."
msgid "The George Washington Birthplace National Monument is in Westmoreland County, Virginia, United States. Originally settled by John Washington, George Washington's great-grandfather, George Washington was born here on February 22, 1732. He lived here until age three, returning later as a teenager."
msgid "Built in white stone with 36 iconic columns, The Lincoln Memorial is one of the most recognized structures in the United States. The memorial is at the west end of the National Mall, in West Potomac Park, and is an example in Neoclassical architecture. It features a solitary, 19-foot-tall statue of Abraham Lincoln sitting in contemplation, which is flanked on both side chambers with inscriptions of Lincoln’s Second Inaugural Address and arguably his most famous speech, the Gettysburg Address."
msgid "Mt. Rushmore stands as a shrine of democracy, a monument and memorial to George Washington, this country's birth, growth and ideals. Mount Rushmore symbolizes the greatness of this nation through the greatness of its leaders. The epic sculpture of Mount Rushmore depicts the faces of four exalted American presidents that symbolize this nation's rich history, rugged determination and lasting achievements."
msgid "Navajo National Monument is a National Monument located within the northwest portion of the Navajo Nation territory in northern Arizona, which was established to preserve three-well preserved cliff dwellings of the Ancestral Puebloan People: Keet Seel (Kitsʼiil), Betatakin (Bitátʼahkin), and Inscription House (Tsʼah Biiʼ Kin). The monument is high on the Shonto plateau, overlooking the Tsegi Canyon system, west of Kayenta, Arizona. It features a visitor center with a museum, two short self-guided mesa top trails, two small campgrounds, and a picnic area. Rangers guide visitors on free tours of the Keet Seel and Betatakin cliff dwellings. The Inscription House site, further west, is currently closed to public access."
msgid "Perhaps the best-known monument and symbol of the United States is the Statue of Liberty, which sits on its own tiny island in New York City. The statue was a gift from the people of France and was dedicated in October 1886."
msgid "Originally built as a defensive structure following the War of 1812, it was at this oceanfront fortification in Charleston Harbor, South Carolina, that the first shots of the Civil War were fired. Inside Fort Sumter, a number of exhibits offer perspectives on U.S. history, particularly the divisions between North and South that eventually resulted in the war."
msgid "The Great Pyramid of Giza is also known as the Pyramid of Khufu or the Pyramid of Cheops. It is considered to be the oldest of all the Seven Wonders of the Ancient World. It is also the largest of all the three pyramids in the Giza. It is situated in Giza Necropolis of Egypt. The initial construction has been started by Egyptian Pharaoh Khufu then it was continued by his son Khafre and finally completed by Menkaure. It took almost 20 years to build the pyramid and approximately 2 million blocks of stone has been used in the construction. The height of the pyramid is approximately 139 meters making it the highest pyramid of Egypt."
msgid "The Bent Pyramid located at Dahshur was the second pyramid built by pharaoh Sneferu. Mysteriously, this true pyramid rises from the desert at an angle of 55 degrees and then suddenly changes to a more gradual angle of 43 degrees. One theory holds that due to the steepness of the original angle the weight to be added above the inner chambers and passageways became too large, forcing the builders to adopt a shallower angle. Today, the Bent Pyramid is the only pyramid in Egypt of which the outer casing of polished limestone is still largely intact."
msgid "Five miles south of Saqqara in Egypt stands the mysterious tower-like pyramid of Meidum, which today scarcely resembles a typical pyramid at all. The pyramid was probably built during the reign of the 4th Dynasty pharaoh Sneferu, although it is believed by some that the pyramid may have been started by Sneferu’s predecessor, Huni. At some point during its construction the steps of the pyramid were filled with limestone encasing marking the first attempt by the ancient Egyptians at the construction of a true pyramid."
msgid "Red Pyramid was one of the finest and successful attempts by Pharaoh Sneferu in building world’s first ever smooth sided pyramid during the Ancient Egypt period. The height of the pyramid is 104 meters making it the world’s 4th largest pyramid in Egypt. The pyramid has been built with red limestone stones and hence the name. The local people of Egypt called it as el-heram el-watwaat meaning the Bat Pyramid."
"In level one, players enjoy exploring each animal on the screen. Click on the question mark, and learn about the animal, what it's name is, and what it looks like. Study well this information, because you will be tested in level 2!\n"
"\n"
"In level two, a random text prompt is displayed and you must click on the animal that matches the text. When you have matched all texts correctly, you win!\n"
msgid "Hedgehogs eat small animals, like frogs and insects, so many people keep them as useful pets. When in danger, they will curl up into a ball and stick up their coat of sharp spines."
msgid "The giraffe lives in Africa and is the tallest mammal in the world. Just their legs, which are usually 1.8 meters long, are taller than most humans!"
msgid "Being the largest of all the deers, moose eats as much as 25 kg a day. However, it's not easy, so sometimes moose has to stand on its hind legs to reach branches up to 4 meters!"
"In the first level, enjoy exploring music from around the world. Click on each suitcase to learn about the music from that area, and listen to a short sample. Study well, because there will be two games related to this information next!\n"
"\n"
"The second level is a matching game. You will hear a clip of music, and you must select the location that corresponds to that music. Click the play button if you'd like to hear the music again. You win the level when you have correctly matched all sound clips.\n"
"\n"
"The third level is also a matching game. You must select the location that matches the text description on the screen. You win the level when you have correctly matched all text prompts.\n"
msgid "Aboriginals were the first people to live in Australia. They sing and play instruments, like the didgeridoo. It is made from a log and can be up to five meters long!"
msgid "Music is a part of everyday life in Africa. African music features a great variety of drums, and they believe it is a sacred and magical instrument."
msgid "Music is a very important part of middle eastern culture. Specific songs are played to call worshipers to prayer. The lute is an instrument invented thousands of years ago and still in use today."
msgid "Taiko drumming comes from Japan. This type of drumming was originally used to scare enemies in battle. It is very loud, and performances are very exciting with crowds cheering and performers yelling!"
msgid "Folk music of this region is called celtic music, often incorporates a narrative poem or story. Typical instruments include bagpipes, fiddles, flutes, harps, and accordions."
msgid "Italy is famous for its Opera. Opera is a musical theater where actors tell a story by acting and singing. Opera singers, both male and female, learn special techniques to sing operas."
msgid "Mariachi is a famous type of Mexican music. It features guitars, trumpets, and violins. These bands play for many occasions, including weddings and parties."
msgid "USA also has a wide variety of musical genres, but perhaps it is most famous for rock n' roll music. This music features vocalists, guitars, and drums."
msgid "Find the date 2 months, 1 week and 8 days before April 7."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/followline/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Control the hose-pipe"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/followline/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The fireman needs to stop the fire, but the hose is blocked."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/followline/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Fine motor coordination"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/followline/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move the mouse or your finger over the lock which is represented as a red part in the hose-pipe. This will move it, bringing it, part by part, up to the fire. Be careful, if you move off the hose, the lock will go backward."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/football/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The football game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/football/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Kick the ball into the goal"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/football/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Kick the ball behind the goal keeper on the right"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/football/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag a line from the ball, to set its speed and direction."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/geo-country/ActivityInfo.qml:31
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Locate the region"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/geo-country/ActivityInfo.qml:33
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and Drop the regions to redraw the whole country"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/geo-country/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and drop different regions of the country to correct locations to redraw the whole country."
msgid "If you have a keyboard you can use the arrow keys to move and hit space to swallow a number. With a mouse you can click on the block next to your position to move and click again to swallow the number. With a touch screen you can do like with a mouse or swipe anywhere in the direction you want to move and tap to swallow the number."
msgid "The factors of a number are all the numbers that divide that number evenly. For example, the factors of 6 are 1, 2, 3 and 6. 4 is not a factor of 6 because 6 cannot be divided into 4 equal pieces. If one number is a multiple of a second number, then the second number is a factor of the first number. You can think of multiples as families, and factors are the people in those families. So 1, 2, 3 and 6 all fit into the 6 family, but 4 belongs to another family."
msgid "The multiples of a number are all the numbers that are equal to the original number times another number. For example, 24, 36, 48 and 60 are all multiples of 12. 25 is not a multiple of 12 because there isn't any number that can be multiplied by 12 to get 25. If one number is a factor of a second number, then the second number is a multiple of the first number. Again, you can think of multiples as families, and factors are the people who belong to those families. The factor 5, has parents 10, grandparents 15, great-grandparents 20, great-great-grandparents 25, and every extra step of 5 is another great- in front! But the number 5 does not belong in the 8 or 23 families. You can't fit any number of 5s into 8 or 23 with nothing left over. So 8 isn't a multiple of 5, nor is 23. Only 5, 10, 15, 20, 25 ... are multiples (or families or steps) of 5."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/gnumch-primes/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Gnumch Primes"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/gnumch-primes/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Guide the Number Muncher to all the prime numbers."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/gnumch-primes/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn about prime numbers."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/gnumch-primes/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Prime numbers are numbers that are only divisible by themselves and 1. For example, 3 is a prime number, but 4 isn't (because 4 is divisible by 2). You can think of prime numbers as very small families: they only ever have two people in them! Only themselves and 1. You can't fit any other numbers into them with nothing left over. 5 is one of these lonely numbers (only 5 × 1 = 5), but you can see that 6 has 2 and 3 in its family as well (6 × 1 = 6, 2 × 3 = 6). So 6 is not a prime number."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/graph-coloring/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Graph Coloring"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/graph-coloring/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Color the graph so that no two adjacent nodes have the same color."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/graph-coloring/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn to distinguish between different colors/shapes and learn about relative positions."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/graph-coloring/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Ability to distinguish different colors/shapes, sense of positions"
msgid "Guess the algebraic expression and drag the tiles to get a result equal to the Guesscount."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Intuition and practice of algebraic-like calculations."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "knowledge of arithmetic operations"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag the appropriate numbers and the operators to the boxes to obtain the number to guess in the instruction."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Admin.qml:43
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Admin|"
msgid "Level %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Admin.qml:99
msgctxt "Admin|"
msgid "empty"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/guesscount.js:118
msgctxt "guesscount|"
msgid "result is not positive integer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/guesscount.js:120
msgctxt "guesscount|"
msgid "result is not an integer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:132
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "%1/%2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:159
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "Guesscount: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:217
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "Admin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:218
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "BuiltIn"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:233
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "Select your mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:257
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/Guesscount.qml:257
msgctxt "Guesscount|"
msgid "Not Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/OperandRow.qml:51
msgctxt "OperandRow|"
msgid "Numbers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guesscount/OperatorRow.qml:55
msgctxt "OperatorRow|"
msgid "Operators"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Guess a number"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Help Tux escape the cave. Tux hides a number for you to find."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Numbers from 1 to 1000 for the last level."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Read the instructions that give you the range of the number to find. Enter a number in the top right entry box. You will be told if your number is higher or lower. Then enter another number. The distance between Tux and the escape area on the right represents how far you are from the correct number. If Tux is over or under the escape area, it means your number is over or under the correct number."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/guessnumber.js:74
#, qt-format
msgctxt "guessnumber|"
msgid "Guess a number between 1 and %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/guessnumber.js:99
#: activities/guessnumber/guessnumber.js:103
msgctxt "guessnumber|"
msgid "Number too high"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/guessnumber.js:106
msgctxt "guessnumber|"
msgid "Number too low"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/guessnumber/guessnumber.js:110
msgctxt "guessnumber|"
msgid "Number found!"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The classic hangman game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Guess the letters of the given word. To help you, on every wrong try, a part of the image representing the word will be revealed."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/ActivityInfo.qml:31
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "This is a good exercise to improve reading and spelling skills."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You can enter the letters using the virtual keyboard on the screen or with the real keyboard."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/hangman.js:216
#, qt-format
msgctxt "hangman|"
msgid "Attempted: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/Hangman.qml:270
msgctxt "Hangman|"
msgid "Select your locale"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/Hangman.qml:276
msgctxt "Hangman|"
msgid "Display image to find as hint"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/Hangman.qml:445
msgctxt "Hangman|"
msgid "We are sorry, we don't have yet a translation for your language."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/Hangman.qml:446
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Hangman|"
msgid "GCompris is developed by the KDE community, you can translate GCompris by joining a translation team on <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hangman/Hangman.qml:448
msgctxt "Hangman|"
msgid "We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Simplified Tower of Hanoi"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Reproduce the given tower"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Reproduce the tower on the right in the empty space on the left"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and Drop one top piece at a time, from one peg to another, to reproduce the tower on the right in the empty space on its left."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Concept taken from EPI games."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The Tower of Hanoi"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Reproduce the tower on the right side"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"The object of the game is to move the entire stack to another peg, obeying the following rules:\n"
" only one disc may be moved at a time\n"
" no disc may be placed atop a smaller disc\n"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drag and drop the top pieces only from one peg to another, to reproduce the initial left side tower on the right peg."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/hanoi_real/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The puzzle was invented by the French mathematician Edouard Lucas in 1883. There is a legend about a Hindu temple whose priests were constantly engaged in moving a set of 64 discs according to the rules of the Tower of Hanoi puzzle. According to the legend, the world would end when the priests finished their work. The puzzle is therefore also known as the Tower of Brahma puzzle. It is not clear whether Lucas invented this legend or was inspired by it. (source Wikipedia: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tower_of_hanoi)"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The puzzle was invented by the French mathematician Edouard Lucas in 1883. There is a legend about a Hindu temple whose priests were constantly engaged in moving a set of 64 discs according to the rules of the Tower of Hanoi puzzle. According to the legend, the world would end when the priests finished their work. The puzzle is therefore also known as the Tower of Brahma puzzle. It is not clear whether Lucas invented this legend or was inspired by it. (source Wikipedia: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tower_of_hanoi)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/HanoiReal.qml:85
msgctxt "HanoiReal|"
msgid "Move the entire stack to the right peg, one disc at a time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hanoi_real/HanoiReal.qml:86
msgctxt "HanoiReal|"
msgid "Build the same tower in the empty area as the one you see on the right-hand side"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hexagon/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Hexagon"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hexagon/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Find the strawberry by clicking on the blue fields"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hexagon/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Logic-training activity"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/hexagon/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Try to find the strawberry under the blue fields. The fields become redder as you get closer."
msgid "Maintain the spaceship in the middle without crashing into the planets or the asteroids"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Follow the instructions when you run the activity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/IntroGravity.qml:124
msgctxt "IntroGravity|"
msgid "Gravity is universal and Newton's law of universal gravitation extends gravity beyond earth. This force of gravitational attraction is directly dependent upon the masses of both objects and inversely proportional to the square of the distance that separates their centers."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/IntroGravity.qml:128
msgctxt "IntroGravity|"
msgid "Since the gravitational force is directly proportional to the mass of both interacting objects, more massive objects will attract each other with a greater gravitational force. So as the mass of either object increases, the force of gravitational attraction between them also increases"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/IntroGravity.qml:132
msgctxt "IntroGravity|"
msgid "But this force is inversely proportional to the square of the separation distance between the two interacting objects, more separation distance will result in weaker gravitational forces."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/IntroGravity.qml:135
msgctxt "IntroGravity|"
msgid "Your goal is to let Tux's spaceship move by changing the mass of its surrounding planets. Don't get too close to the planets or you will crash on them. The arrow indicates the direction of the force on your ship."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/intro_gravity/IntroGravity.qml:139
msgctxt "IntroGravity|"
msgid "Avoid the asteroid and join the space shuttle to win."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Land Safe"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Understanding acceleration due to gravity."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Pilot the spaceship towards the green landing area."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Acceleration due to gravity experienced by the spaceship is directly proportional to the mass of the planet and inversely proportional to the square of the distance from the center of the planet. Thus, with every planet the acceleration will differ and as the spaceship comes closer and closer to the planet the acceleration increases.\n"
"\n"
"Use the up/down keys to control the thrust and the right/left keys to control direction. On touch screens you can control the rocket through the corresponding on-screen buttons.\n"
"\n"
"The accelerometer on the right border shows your rocket's overall vertical acceleration including gravitational force. In the upper green area of the accelerometer your acceleration is higher than the gravitational force, in the lower red area it's lower, and on the blue baseline in the yellow middle area the two forces cancel each other out.\n"
"\n"
"In higher levels, you can use the right/left keys to rotate the spaceship. By rotating the spaceship you can trigger an acceleration in non-vertical direction using the up/down keys.\n"
"\n"
"The landing platform is green if your speed is fine for a safe landing."
"Use the up and down keys to control the thrust.<br/>"
"Use the right and left keys to control direction.<br/>"
"You must drive Tux's ship towards the landing platform.<br/>"
"The landing platform turns green when the velocity is safe to land."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/land_safe.js:100
msgctxt "land_safe|"
msgid ""
"The up and down keys control the thrust of the rear engine.<br/>"
"The right and left keys now control the rotation of the ship.<br/>"
"To move the ship in horizontal direction you must first rotate and then accelerate it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/LandSafe.qml:574
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LandSafe|"
msgid "Fuel: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/LandSafe.qml:584
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LandSafe|"
msgid "Altitude: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/LandSafe.qml:595
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LandSafe|"
msgid "Velocity: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/LandSafe.qml:608
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LandSafe|"
msgid "Acceleration: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/land_safe/LandSafe.qml:634
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LandSafe|"
msgid "Gravity: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/ActivityInfo.qml:33
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Enrich your vocabulary"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/ActivityInfo.qml:35
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Complete language learning activities."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Enrich your vocabulary in your native language or in a foreign one."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/ActivityInfo.qml:42
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Review a set of words. Each word is shown with a voice, a text and an image.<br/>"
"When done, you are suggested an exercise in which, given the voice, you must find the right word. In the configuration, you can select the language you want to learn."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/lang/ActivityInfo.qml:45
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The images and voices come from the Art4Apps project: https://www.art4apps.org/."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: activities/lang/ActivityInfo.qml:45
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The images and voices come from the Art4Apps project: http://www.art4apps.org/."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/Lang.qml:143
msgctxt "Lang|"
msgid "We are sorry, we don't have yet a translation for your language."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/Lang.qml:144
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Lang|"
msgid "GCompris is developed by the KDE community, you can translate GCompris by joining a translation team on <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lang/Lang.qml:146
msgctxt "Lang|"
msgid "We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog."
msgid "Determine if a hand is a right or a left hand"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/leftright/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Distinguish right and left hands from different points of view. Spatial representation"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/leftright/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You can see a hand: is it a left hand or a right hand? Click on the left button, or the right button depending on the displayed hand."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/leftright/Leftright.qml:144
msgctxt "Leftright|"
msgid "Left hand"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/leftright/Leftright.qml:160
msgctxt "Leftright|"
msgid "Right hand"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Letter in which word"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A letter is written and/or spoken. Some words are displayed, the children must find the word or the words in which this letter appears."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Select all the words which contain the spoken letter."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "spellings, letter recognition"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A letter is displayed on the flag attached to the plane, select all the words or the objects in which the letter appears and then press OK."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:130
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "All words"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:138
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Only 5 words"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:148
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Select case for letter to be searched"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:151
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Mixed Case"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:152
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Upper Case"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:153
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Lower Case"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:167
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "Select your locale"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:422
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "We are sorry, we don't have yet a translation for your language."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:423
#, qt-format
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "GCompris is developed by the KDE community, you can translate GCompris by joining a translation team on <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/letter-in-word/LetterInWord.qml:425
msgctxt "LetterInWord|"
msgid "We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lightsoff/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Lights Off"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. ----------
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lightsoff/ActivityInfo.qml:29
#: activities/lightsoff/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The aim is to switch off all the lights."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/lightsoff/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The effect of pressing a window is to toggle the state of that window, and of its immediate vertical and horizontal neighbors. The sun and the color of the sky depend on the number of clicks needed to solve the puzzle. If you click on Tux, the solution is shown."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/lightsoff/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The solver algorithm is described on Wikipedia. To know more about the Lights Off game: <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lights_Out_(game)>"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: activities/lightsoff/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The solver algorithm is described on Wikipedia. To know more about the Lights Off game: <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lights_Out_(game)>"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/louis-braille/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The History of Louis Braille"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/louis-braille/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Review the major dates of the inventor of the Braille System"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/louis-braille/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Read the history of Louis Braille, his biography, and the invention of the Braille system. Click on the previous and next buttons to move between the story pages. At the end, arrange the sequence in chronological order."
msgid "Charles Barbier, a French soldier, visited his school and shared his invention of night writing, a code of 12 raised dots to share information on battlefields."
msgid "Click on the hat to open it. Stars go in and a few stars escape. You have to count how many are still under the hat. Click on the bottom area to input your answer and on the OK button to validate your answer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/magic-hat-minus/MagicHat.qml:101
msgctxt "MagicHat|"
msgid "Click on the hat to begin the game"
msgstr ""
#. The math operation
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/magic-hat-minus/MagicHat.qml:106
msgctxt "MagicHat|"
msgid "−"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/magic-hat-minus/MagicHat.qml:106
msgctxt "MagicHat|"
msgid "+"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/magic-hat-plus/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Count how many items are under the magic hat"
msgid "Click on the hat to open it. Under the hat, how many stars can you see moving around? Count carefully. Click on the bottom area to input your answer and on the OK button to validate your answer."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Maze"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Help Tux get out of this maze"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:36
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Use the arrow keys or swipe the touch screen to move Tux up to the door."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:37
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:37
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "At the first levels, Tux walks comfortably, one step on each move request, through the maze."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:38
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:38
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "For larger mazes, there is a special walking mode, called \"run-fast-mode\". If this run-fast-mode is enabled, Tux will run all the way automatically until he reaches a fork and you have to decide which way to go further."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:39
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:39
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You can see whether this mode is enabled or not, by looking at Tux's feet: If Tux is barefooted, \"run-fast-mode\" is disabled. And if he wears red sport shoes, \"run-fast-mode\" is enabled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/ActivityInfo.qml:40
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:40
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"At higher levels, run-fast-mode will be enabled automatically. If you want to use this feature in earlier levels or want to disable it in advanced levels, click on the \"barefoot / sportshoe\"-icon in the upper left corner of the screen to toggle the run-fast-mode.\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/maze/Maze.qml:324
msgctxt "Maze|"
msgid "Look at your position, then switch back to invisible mode to continue your moves"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Invisible Maze"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Guide Tux out of the invisible maze"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazeinvisible/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Use the arrow keys or swipe the touch screen to move Tux up to the door. Use the maze icon or the spacebar to switch between invisible and visible modes. Visible mode just gives you an indication of your position, like a map. You cannot move Tux in visible mode."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Relative Maze"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Help Tux get out of this maze (Move is relative)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mazerelative/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "In this maze, the move is relative (first person). Left and right are used to turn and up to go forward."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/melody/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Melody"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/melody/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Reproduce a sound sequence"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/melody/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Ear-training activity"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/melody/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move and click the mouse"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/melody/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Listen to the sound sequence played, and repeat it by clicking on the xylophone's bars. You can listen again by clicking on the repeat button."
msgid "You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding the lower/uppercase of an alphabet, and you have to associate all the upper case letters with its lower case and vice versa. Tux teacher does the same."
msgid "You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding the lower/uppercase of an alphabet, and you have to associate all the upper case letters with its lower case and vice versa."
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an operation, or the answer to it.\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an operation. You need to find the two parts of the operation, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole operation. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper equality. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found more than Tux, you've won the game!"
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an operation, or the answer to it.\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an operation. You need to find the two parts of the operation, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole operation. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper equality. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found all the operations, you've won the game!"
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an operation, or the answer to it.\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an operation. You need to find the two parts of the operation, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole operation. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper equality. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found more than Tux, and you've won the game!"
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an adding-up sum, or the answer to the sum.\n"
"An adding-up sum looks like this: 2 + 2 = 4\n"
"The numbers on one side of the equals sign (=) have to be the same as the number on the other side. So 2 (1, 2) and 2 more (3, 4) makes 4. Count aloud when you work this out, and count on your fingers, because the more ways you do something, the better you remember it. You can also use blocks, or buttons, or anything you can count. If you have lots of brothers and sisters, you can count them! Or the kids in your class at school. Sing counting songs. Count lots of things, for practice, and you'll be very good at adding-up!\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an adding-up sum (also called an addition sum). You need to find the two parts of the sum, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole sum. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper sum. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found more sums than Tux and you've won the game!"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-math-add/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Addition memory game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-math-add/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Turn the cards over to find two numbers which add up the same, until all the cards are gone."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-math-add/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an adding-up sum, or the answer to the sum.\n"
"An adding-up sum looks like this: 2 + 2 = 4\n"
"The numbers on one side of the equals sign (=) have to be the same as the number on the other side. So 2 (1, 2) and 2 more (3, 4) makes 4. Count aloud when you work this out, and count on your fingers, because the more ways you do something, the better you remember it. You can also use blocks, or buttons, or anything you can count. If you have lots of brothers and sisters, you can count them! Or the kids in your class at school. Sing counting songs. Count lots of things, for practice, and you'll be very good at adding-up!\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an adding-up sum (also called an addition sum). You need to find the two parts of the sum, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole sum. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper sum. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found all the sums, you've won the game!"
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an operation, or the answer to it.\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an operation. You need to find the two parts of the operation, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole operation. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper equality. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found more than Tux and you've won the game!"
"You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding an operation, or the answer to it.\n"
"\n"
"In this game, these cards are hiding the two parts of an operation. You need to find the two parts of the operation, and bring them together again. Click on a card to see what number it's hiding, then try to find the other card that goes with it, to make a whole operation. You can only turn over two cards in one go, so you need to remember where the numbers are hiding, then you can match them when you find their other half. You're doing the job of the equals sign, and the numbers need you to put them together and make a proper equality. When you do that, both those cards disappear! When you've made them all disappear, found more operations than Tux and you've won the game!"
msgid "A set of cards is shown. Each card has an associated sound, and each sound has a twin exactly the same. Click on a card to hear its hidden sound, and try to match the twins. You can only activate two cards at once, so you need to remember where a sound is, while you listen to its twin. When you turn over the twins, they both disappear."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-sound/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Audio memory game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-sound/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click on cards and listen to find the matching sounds"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-tux/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Memory Game with images against Tux"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-tux/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Flip the cards to find the matching pairs against Tux"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-tux/ActivityInfo.qml:32
#: activities/memory/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Train your memory and remove all the cards"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-tux/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A set of blank cards is shown. Each card has a picture on the other side, and each picture card has a twin exactly the same. Click on a card to see its hidden picture, and try to match the twins. You can only turn over two cards at once, so you need to remember where a picture is, while you look for its twin. When you turn over the twins, they both disappear. Tux teacher do the same."
msgid "You can see some cards, but you can't see what's on the other side of them. Each card is hiding the numeral form of a number, or the word to write it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:22
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "zero"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:23
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "one"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:24
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "two"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:25
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "three"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:26
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "four"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:27
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "five"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:28
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "six"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:29
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "seven"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:30
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "eight"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:31
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "nine"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:32
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "ten"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:33
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "eleven"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:34
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "twelve"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:35
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "thirteen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:36
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "fourteen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:37
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "fifteen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:38
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "sixteen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:39
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "seventeen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:40
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "eighteen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:41
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "nineteen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory-wordnumber/dataset.js:42
msgctxt "dataset|"
msgid "twenty"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Memory Game with images"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Flip the cards to find the matching pairs"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/memory/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A set of blank cards is shown. Each card has a picture on the other side, and each picture card has a twin exactly the same. Click on a card to see its hidden picture, and try to match the twins. You can only turn over two cards at once, so you need to remember where a picture is, while you look for its twin. When you turn over the twins, they both disappear."
msgid "GCompris is a high quality educational software suite, including a large number of activities for children aged 2 to 10."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ActivityInfo.qml:30
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Some of the activities are game orientated, but nonetheless still educational."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Select an icon to enter an activity or to display a list of activities in a category.\n"
"At the bottom of the screen is the GCompris control bar. Notice that you can hide or show the bar by touching its anchor.\n"
"The following icons are displayed:\n"
"(note that each icon is displayed only if available in the current activity)\n"
" Home - Exit an activity, go back to menu (Ctrl+W and escape key)\n"
" Arrows - Display the current level. Click to select another level\n"
" Lips - Repeat the question\n"
" Question Mark - Help\n"
" Reload - Start the activity from the beginning again\n"
" Tool - The configuration menu\n"
" G - About GCompris\n"
" Quit - Quit GCompris (Ctrl+Q)\n"
"The stars show suitable age groups for each game:\n"
" 1, 2 or 3 simple stars - from 2 to 6 years old\n"
" 1, 2 or 3 complex stars - 7 years and up\n"
"Shortcuts:\n"
" Ctrl+B Show or Hide the control bar\n"
" Ctrl+F Toggle full screen\n"
" Ctrl+M Toggle mute for the background music\n"
" Ctrl+S Toggle the activity section bar\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/BackgroundMusicList.qml:64
msgctxt "BackgroundMusicList|"
msgid "Background music"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/BackgroundMusicList.qml:126
msgctxt "BackgroundMusicList|"
msgid "Disable the background music if you don't want to play them."
msgstr ""
#. Current background music playing
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/BackgroundMusicList.qml:168
msgctxt "BackgroundMusicList|"
msgid "Now Playing:"
msgstr ""
#. Title of the current background music playing
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/BackgroundMusicList.qml:177
#, qt-format
msgctxt "BackgroundMusicList|"
msgid "Title: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Artist of the current background music playing
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/BackgroundMusicList.qml:186
#, qt-format
msgctxt "BackgroundMusicList|"
msgid "Artist: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Year of the current background music playing
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/BackgroundMusicList.qml:195
#, qt-format
msgctxt "BackgroundMusicList|"
msgid "Year: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Copyright of the current background music playing
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/BackgroundMusicList.qml:204
#, qt-format
msgctxt "BackgroundMusicList|"
msgid "Copyright: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:78
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "You have the full version"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:79
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Buy the full version"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:142
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "On <a href='https://gcompris.net'>https://gcompris.net</a> you will find the instructions to obtain an activation code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:164
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Enter your activation code"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:167
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Sorry, your code is too old for this version of GCompris"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:170
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Your code is valid, thanks a lot for your support"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:190
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Show locked activities"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:200
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Enable audio voices"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:209
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Enable audio effects"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:221
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Audio effects volume"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:243
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Enable background music"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:254
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Background Music"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:281
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Not playing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:283
#, qt-format
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Title: %1 Artist: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:285
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Introduction music"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:301
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Background music volume"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:319
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Fullscreen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:329
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Virtual Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:339
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Enable automatic downloads/updates of sound files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:353
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Use full word image set"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:353
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Download full word image set"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:364
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "The activity section menu is visible"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:377
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Font selector"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:382
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Font size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:400
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:435
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:412
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Font Capitalization"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:417
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Font letter spacing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:448
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Language selector"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:475
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Localized voices"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:491
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Check for updates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:492
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:510
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Difficulty filter:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:721
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid ""
"You selected a new locale. You need to restart GCompris to play in your new locale.<br/>"
"Do you want to download the corresponding sound files now?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:722
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:759
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:790
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:728
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:764
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:795
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:757
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "The images for several activities are not yet installed. "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:758
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Do you want to download them now?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:788
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "The background music is not yet installed. "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:789
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Do you want to download it now?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:846
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "Mixed case (default)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:847
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "All uppercase"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/ConfigurationItem.qml:848
msgctxt "ConfigurationItem|"
msgid "All lowercase"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:105
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Logic"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:106
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Fine Arts"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:107
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Music"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:113
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Experiment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:114
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "History"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:115
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Geography"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:125
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Numeration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:126
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Arithmetic"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:127
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Measures"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:137
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Letters"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:138
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Words"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:139
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Vocabulary"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:376
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Put your favorite activities here by selecting the sun at the top right of that activity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/menu/Menu.qml:730
msgctxt "Menu|"
msgid "Search specific activities"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Mining for gold"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Use the mousewheel to approach the rockwall and look for gold nuggets."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn to use the mousewheel or the zoom / pinch gesture to zoom in and out."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You should be familiar with moving the mouse and clicking."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Looking at the rockwall, you can see a sparkle somewhere. Move next to this sparkle and use the mousewheel or the zoom gesture to zoom in. If you zoomed in at maximum, a gold nugget will appear at the position of the sparkle. Click on the gold nugget to collect it.\n"
"\n"
"Having collected the nugget, use the mousewheel or the pinch gesture to zoom out again. If you zoomed out at maximum, another sparkle will appear, showing the next gold nugget to collect. Collect enough nuggets to complete the level.\n"
"\n"
"The truck in the lower, right corner of the screen will tell you the number of already collected nuggets and the total number of nuggets to collect in this level."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Thanks to the Tuxpaint team for providing the following sounds under GPL:\n"
"- realrainbow.ogg - used when a new gold nugget appears\n"
"- metalpaint.wav - remixed and used when a gold nugget is collected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:414
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Find the sparkle and zoom in around it. If you have a mouse, point the cursor on the sparkle then use the scroll wheel. If you have a trackpad, point the cursor on the sparkle then drag one finger on the right area or two fingers on the center. On a touch area, drag two fingers away from the sparkle, one in each direction."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:425
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Perfect you are zooming. Continue until you see the nugget."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:431
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Hum, take care, you are zooming too far from the sparkle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:437
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Now you see the nugget, click on it to catch it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:443
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Hum, you are too far from the nugget to see it. Unzoom then zoom again as close as you can from the sparkle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:449
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Now unzoom and try to find another sparkle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:455
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Continue to unzoom until you see the sparkle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/mining/Mining.qml:461
msgctxt "Mining|"
msgid "Now you see the sparkle, go ahead, you can zoom on it."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/missing-letter/ActivityInfo.qml:28
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Missing Letter"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/missing-letter/ActivityInfo.qml:33
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Training reading skills"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/missing-letter/ActivityInfo.qml:35
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Word reading"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/missing-letter/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "An object is displayed in the main area, and an incomplete word is printed under the picture. Select the missing letter to complete the word."
msgid "We switched to English for this activity but you can select another language in the configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/money/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Money"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/money/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice money usage"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/money/ActivityInfo.qml:32
#: activities/money_cents/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "You must buy the different items and give the exact price. At higher levels, several items are displayed, and you must first calculate the total price."
msgid "Click or tap on the coins or paper money at the bottom of the screen to pay. If you want to remove a coin or note, click or tap on it on the upper screen area."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/money/money.js:665
msgctxt "money|"
msgid "Click on the coins or paper money at the bottom of the screen to pay. If you want to remove a coin or note, click on it on the upper screen area."
msgid "Tux bought different items from you and shows you his money. You must give him back his change. At higher levels, several items are displayed, and you must first calculate the total price."
msgid "Click on the coins or paper money at the bottom of the screen to pay. If you want to remove a coin or note, click on it on the upper screen area."
msgid "If you form a mill (line of 3 pieces), then select a piece of Tux, and remove it. Pieces of formed mill can not be removed unless no other pieces are left on board."
msgid "After all the pieces are placed, you and Tux will take turns to move them. Click on one of your pieces, and then on the adjacent empty spot to move it there. Green color spot indicates where you can move."
"This activity will teach you to read notes from F1 in bass clef up to D6 in treble clef.<br>"
"For each level you will learn new notes and train the ones you have already learned.<br>"
"Reference notes are colored in red and will help you to read the notes placed around them."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/number_sequence/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Number sequence"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/number_sequence/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Touch the numbers in the right sequence."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/number_sequence/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can count from 1 to 50."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/number_sequence/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Draw the picture by touching each number in the right sequence, or sliding your finger or dragging the mouse through the numbers in the correct sequence."
msgid "Catch the odd or even number clouds. With a keyboard use the arrow keys to move the helicopter. With a pointing device you just click or tap on the target location. To know which number you have to catch you can either remember it or check the bottom right corner."
msgid "For example: 12, 38, 52, 68, 102, 118, 168, 188, 502, 532, 700, 798, 842, 892, 1000. All of these numbers are even numbers as they leave remainder 0 when divided by 2."
msgid "For example: 15, 19, 51, 65, 103, 119, 169, 185, 505, 533, 701, 799, 845, 897, 1001. All of these numbers are odd numbers as they do not leave remainder 0 when divided by 2."
msgid "Utagawa Hiroshige, Horse-mackerel and Prawn - 1840"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/penalty/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Penalty kick"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/penalty/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double click or double tap on any side of the goal in order to score."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/penalty/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Double click or double tap on a side of the goal to kick the ball. You can double click the left right or middle mouse button. If you do not click fast enough, Tux catches the ball. You must click on it to bring it back to its former position."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/penalty/Penalty.qml:218
msgctxt "Penalty|"
msgid "Double click or double tap on the side of the goal you want to put the ball in."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/penalty/Penalty.qml:258
msgctxt "Penalty|"
msgid "Click or tap the ball to bring it back to its former position"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Photo Hunter"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Find the differences between the two pictures!"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Visual Discrimination"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Observe the two pictures carefully. There are some slight differences. When you find a difference you must click on it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/PhotoHunter.qml:107
msgctxt "PhotoHunter|"
msgid "Drag the slider to show the differences!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/photo_hunter/PhotoHunter.qml:108
msgctxt "PhotoHunter|"
msgid "Click on the differences between the two images!"
msgid "An activity to learn how the piano keyboard works, how notes are written on a musical staff and explore music composition by loading and saving your work."
msgid "Develop an understanding of music composition, and increase interest in making music with a piano keyboard. This activity covers many fundamental aspects of music, but there is much more to explore about music composition. If you enjoy this activity but want a more advanced tool, try downloading Minuet (https://minuet.kde.org/), an open source software for music education or MuseScore (https://musescore.org/en/download), an open source music notation tool."
msgid "Develop an understanding of music composition, and increase interest in making music with a piano keyboard. This activity covers many fundamental aspects of music, but there is much more to explore about music composition. If you enjoy this activity but want a more advanced tool, try downloading Minuet (https://minuet.kde.org/), an open source software for music education or MuseScore (http://musescore.org/en/download), an open source music notation tool."
msgid "Rests are equivalent to notes during which silence is maintained. Click on the rest symbol to select the rest length and then click on the add button to enter it to the staff."
#. Translators, C, D, E, F, G, A and B are the note notations in English musical notation system. The numbers in the arguments represents the octave number of the note. For instance, C4 is a C note in the 4th octave.
#. Translators, C♯, D♯, F♯, G♯, and A♯ are the note notations in English musical notation system. The numbers in the arguments represents the octave number of the note. For instance, C♯4 is a C♯ note in the 4th octave.
#. Translators, D♭, E♭, G♭, A♭, B♭ are the note notations in English musical notation system. The numbers in the arguments represents the octave number of the note. For instance, D♭4 is a D♭ note in the 4th octave.
msgid "Move the helicopter to catch the clouds in the correct order"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/planegame/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Catch the clouds in increasing order. With a keyboard use the arrow keys to move the helicopter. With a pointing device you just click or tap on the target location. To know which number you have to catch you can either remember it or check the bottom right corner."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_piano/ActivityInfo.qml:31
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play piano"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_piano/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Understand how the piano keyboard can play music as written on the musical staff."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_piano/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Knowledge of musical notation and musical staff. Play the activity named 'Piano Composition' first."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_piano/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"The notes you see will be played to you. Click on the corresponding keys on the keyboard that match the notes you hear and see.<br>"
"Levels 1-5 will offer treble clef to practice and levels 6-10 will offer bass clef."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_piano/PlayPiano.qml:186
msgctxt "PlayPiano|"
msgid "Click on the piano keys that match the given notes."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_piano/PlayPiano.qml:266
msgctxt "PlayPiano|"
msgid "Display colored notes."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_piano/PlayPiano.qml:279
msgctxt "PlayPiano|"
msgid "Display colorless notes."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_rhythm/ActivityInfo.qml:31
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Play rhythm"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_rhythm/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn to beat rhythms precisely and accurately based on what you see and hear."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_rhythm/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Simple understanding of musical rhythm and beat."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_rhythm/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Listen to the rhythm played, and follow along with the music. When you're ready to perform the identical rhythm, click the drum to the rhythm. If you clicked tempo at correct times, another rhythm is displayed. If not, you must try again.<br>"
"Odd levels display a vertical playing line when you click the drum, which helps you see when to click, to follow the rhythm. Click on the drum when the line is in the middle of the notes.<br>"
"Even levels are harder, because there is no vertical playing line. You must read the rhythm, and click it back in tempo. Click the metronome to hear the quarter note tempos.<br>"
"Click on the reload button to replay the rhythm."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_rhythm/PlayRhythm.qml:102
msgctxt "PlayRhythm|"
msgid "Use the metronome to estimate the time intervals and play the rhythm correctly."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/play_rhythm/PlayRhythm.qml:103
msgctxt "PlayRhythm|"
msgid "Follow the vertical line and click on the tempo or press space key and play the rhythm correctly."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:28
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Programming Maze"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:30
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"This activity teaches the kid to program the Tux to its goal using\n"
" simple instructions like move forward, turn left etc"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tux is hungry. Help him find fish by programming him to the correct ice spot."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can read instructions. Thinking of the path logically"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Choose the instructions from given menu. Arrange the instruction in an\n"
" order so that they can make the Tux reach to his goal.<br>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:40
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:38
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<b>Keyboard Controls:</b><br>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "1. <i><u>To navigate through instructions in the current code area having keyboard focus</i></u>:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:42
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li><b>Arrow keys</b></li>"
"</ul>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:43
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "2. <i><u>To append an instruction from instruction area to the main/procedure code area</i></u>:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:44
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li>Select an instruction from the instruction area by pressing <b>SPACE</b>.</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:45
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<li>Navigate to the code areas by pressing <b>TAB</b>, then press <b>SPACE</b> to append the instruction.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:46
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "3. <i><u>To add an instruction at any particular position in the main/procedure code area</i></u>:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:47
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li>Navigate to the instruction at that position and press <b>SPACE</b> to add the selected instruction from the instruction area.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:48
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "4. <i><u>To delete the current navigated instruction in the main/procedure code area</i></u>:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:49
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li><b>DELETE</b>.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:50
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "5. <i><u>To edit an instruction in the main/procedure code area</i></u>:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:51
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li>Navigate to the instruction to edit using <b>Arrow keys</b>.</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:52
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "<li>Press <b>SPACE</b> to select it.</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:53
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"<li>Then navigate to the instruction area using <b>TAB</b> and select the new instruction by pressing <b>SPACE</b>.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/programmingMaze/ActivityInfo.qml:54
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "6. <i><u>To run the code or reset Tux when it fails to reach the fish</i></u>:"
"<li>-<b>Procedure</b> is a reusable set of instructions which can be <b>used in a code by calling it where needed.</b></li>"
"<li>-To <b>switch</b> between the <b>Procedure area</b> and <b>Main Function area</b> to add your code, click on the label <b>Procedure</b> or <b>Main Function</b>.</li>"
"<li>-<b>Procedure</b> is a reusable set of instructions which can be <b>used in a code by calling it where needed.</b></li>"
"<li>-To <b>switch</b> between the <b>Procedure area</b> and <b>Main Function area</b> to add your code, click on the label <b>Procedure</b> or <b>Main Function</b>.</li>"
msgid "Rebuild the displayed train at the top of the screen by dragging the appropriate carriages and locomotive. Deselect an item by dragging it down."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:33
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Memory training"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:37
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"A train - a locomotive and carriage(s) - is displayed at the top of the main area for a few seconds. Rebuild it at the top of the screen by dragging the appropriate carriages and locomotive. Deselect an item by dragging it down.<br>"
"<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "1. Use arrow keys to move in the answer or sample zone.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:40
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "2. Use Enter or Return key to submit the answers.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:41
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "3. Use Space key to swap two wagons or locomotives in answer zone.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:42
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "4. Use Space key to add a wagon or locomotive from samples to answer list.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/ActivityInfo.qml:43
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "5. Use Delete key to remove a wagon or locomotive from answer zone.<br>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/Railroad.qml:109
msgctxt "Railroad|"
msgid "Observe and remember the train before the timer ends and then drag the items to set up a similar train."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/railroad/Railroad.qml:110
msgctxt "Railroad|"
msgid "If you forget the positions, you can click on the Hint button to view them again."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/readingh/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Horizontal reading practice"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/readingh/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Read a list of words and work out if a given word is in it."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/readingh/ActivityInfo.qml:32
#: activities/readingv/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Reading training in a limited time"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/readingh/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A word is shown on the board. A list of words, displayed horizontally, will appear and disappear. Does the given word belong to the list?"
msgid "Click on different active elements: sun, cloud, dam, solar array, wind farm and transformers, in order to reactivate the entire electrical system. When the system is back up and Tux is in his home, push the light button for him. To win you must switch on all the consumers while all the producers are up. "
msgid "Click on different active elements: sun, cloud, dam, solar array, wind farm and transformers, in order to reactivate the entire electrical system."
msgid "When the system is back up and Tux is in his home, push the light button for him. To win you must switch on all the consumers while all the producers are up."
msgid "It is not possible to consume more electricity than what is produced. There is a key limitation in the distribution of electricity, with minor exceptions, electrical energy cannot be stored, and therefore it must be generated as it is needed. A sophisticated system of control is therefore required to ensure electric generation very closely matches the demand. If supply and demand are not in balance, generation plants and transmission equipment can shut down which, in the worst cases, can lead to a major regional blackout."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/reversecount/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Count intervals"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. ----------
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/ActivityInfo.qml:29
#: activities/reversecount/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tux is hungry. Help him find fish by counting to the correct ice spot."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can read numbers on a domino, and count intervals up to 10 for the first level"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click on the domino to show how many ice spots there are between Tux and the fish. Click the domino with the right mouse button to count backwards. When done, click on the OK button or hit the Enter key."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> stable5
#: activities/reversecount/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice subtraction with a fun game"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/Reversecount.qml:221
msgctxt "Reversecount|"
msgid "Dots"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/Reversecount.qml:222
msgctxt "Reversecount|"
msgid "Arabic numbers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/Reversecount.qml:223
msgctxt "Reversecount|"
msgid "Roman numbers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/Reversecount.qml:224
msgctxt "Reversecount|"
msgid "Images"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/reversecount/Reversecount.qml:234
msgctxt "Reversecount|"
msgid "Select Domino Representation"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/roman_numerals/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Roman numerals"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/roman_numerals/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"A Roman numeral is the name for a number when it is written in the way the Romans used to write numbers. Roman numerals are not used very often today in the west. They are used to write the names of kings and queens, or popes. For example: Queen Elizabeth II. They may be used to write the year a book or movie was made.\n"
"\n"
" The building of the roman numbers is made up by an agglutination of numbers (the thousands, joined with the hundreds, joined with the tens, joined with the units → just like the arab decimal system). This agglutination of numbers is interpreted as the sum of these particular numbers (again → just like the arab decimal system: you add up thousands+hundreds+tens+units, and you write the respective figures combined).\n"
"\n"
" Examples:\n"
"\n"
" 2394: we got a sum of 2000 (MM), 300 (CCC), 90 (XC) and 4 units (IV), so we write this combined: MMCCCXCIV\n"
"\n"
" MMMCMXLIX: we got first thousands (MMM=3000), then we got hundreds (CM=1000–100=900), then we got tens (XL=50–10=40), and at last we got units (IX=10–1=9), so we write this in the decimal system: 3949."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/roman_numerals/RomanNumerals.qml:69
#: activities/roman_numerals/RomanNumerals.qml:75
msgctxt "RomanNumerals|"
msgid ""
"The roman numbers are all built out of these 7 numbers:\n"
"I and V (units, 1 and 5)\n"
"X and L (tens, 10 and 50)\n"
"C and D (hundreds, 100 and 500)\n"
" and M (1000).\n"
" An interesting observation here is that the roman numeric system lacks the number 0."
"Sums of M are used for building thousands: M, MM, MMM.\n"
"Notice that you cannot join more than three identical symbols. The first implication of this rule is that you cannot use just sums for building all possible units, tens or hundreds, you must use differences too. On the other hand, it limits the maximum roman number to 3999 (MMMCMXCIX).\n"
msgid "To balance the scales, move the masses to the left or the right side (on higher levels). They can be arranged in any order. Take care of the weight and the unit of the masses, remember that a kilogram (kg) is 1000 grams (g)."
msgid "To balance the scales, move the masses to the left or the right side (on higher levels). They can be arranged in any order. Take care of the weight and the unit of the masses, remember that a pound (lb) is 16 ounce (oz)."
msgid "The pound is a unit of mass, a property which corresponds to the common perception of how \"heavy\" an object is. This unit is used in the USA."
msgid "Try to split the pieces of candy to a given number of children"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn the division of numbers"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Know how to count"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Follow the instructions shown on the screen: first, drag the given number of boys/girls to the middle, then drag pieces of candy to each child's rectangle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board0.qml:28
msgctxt "board0|"
msgid "Paul wants to equally share 2 pieces of candy between 2 of his friends: one girl and one boy. Can you help him? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board0.qml:38
msgctxt "board0|"
msgid "Now he wants to give 4 pieces of candy to his friends."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board0.qml:48
msgctxt "board0|"
msgid "Can you now give 6 of Paul's pieces of candy to his friends?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board0.qml:59
msgctxt "board0|"
msgid "Paul has only 10 pieces of candy left. He eats 2 pieces of candy and he gives the rest to his friends. Can you help him equally split the 8 remaining pieces of candy?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board1.qml:28
msgctxt "board1|"
msgid "George wants to equally share 3 pieces of candy between 2 of his friends: one girl and one boy. Can he equally split the pieces of candy between his friends? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them. Be careful, a rest will remain!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board1.qml:38
msgctxt "board1|"
msgid "Maria wants to equally share 5 pieces of candy between 3 of her friends: one girl and two boys. Can she equally split the pieces of candy between her friends? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them. Be careful, a rest will remain!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board1.qml:48
msgctxt "board1|"
msgid "John wants to equally share 10 pieces of candy between 3 of his friends: one boy and two girls. Can he equally split the pieces of candy between his friends? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board2.qml:28
msgctxt "board2|"
msgid "Alice wants to equally share 3 pieces of candy between 3 of her friends: one girl and two boys. Can you help her? First, place the children in the center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board2.qml:38
msgctxt "board2|"
msgid "Now, Alice wants to give 6 pieces of candy to her friends"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board2.qml:48
msgctxt "board2|"
msgid "Can you help Alice give 9 pieces of candy to her friends: one girl and two boys?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board2.qml:58
msgctxt "board2|"
msgid "Alice has 12 pieces of candy left. She wants to give them all to her friends. Can you help her split the pieces of candy equally?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board3.qml:28
msgctxt "board3|"
msgid "Michael wants to equally share 5 pieces of candy between 2 of his friends: one girl and one boy. Can you help him? First, place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board3.qml:38
msgctxt "board3|"
msgid "Helen has 3 friends: one boy and two girls. She wants to give them 7 pieces of candy. Help her split the pieces of candy between her friends!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board3.qml:48
msgctxt "board3|"
msgid "Michelle has 9 pieces of candy and wants to split them with two brothers and two sisters. Help her share the pieces of candy!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board3.qml:58
msgctxt "board3|"
msgid "Thomas wants to share his 11 pieces of candy with his friends: three boys and one girl. Can you help him?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board4.qml:28
msgctxt "board4|"
msgid "Charles wants to share his 8 pieces of candy with 3 of his friends: one boy and two girls. Can he split the pieces of candy equally?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board4.qml:38
msgctxt "board4|"
msgid "For her birthday, Elizabeth has 12 pieces of candy to share with 4 of her friends: two girls and two boys. How should she split the pieces of candy to her friends?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board4.qml:48
msgctxt "board4|"
msgid "Jason's father gave him 14 pieces of candy to share with his friends: two boys and three girls. Help him give the pieces of candy to his friends!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board5.qml:29
msgctxt "board5|"
msgid "Bob wants to give 5 pieces of candy to his friends: two boys and one girl, his girlfriend already has one candy. Can you help him equally split the pieces of candy so that each friend will have the same amount of pieces of candy?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board5.qml:39
msgctxt "board5|"
msgid "Harry wants to equally share 8 pieces of candy between his friends: one boy and two girls. Place the children in center, then drag the pieces of candy to each of them so that each of them has an equal number of pieces of candy."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board5.qml:49
msgctxt "board5|"
msgid "Can you now give 6 of Harry's pieces of candy to his friends?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board6.qml:29
msgctxt "board6|"
msgid "Help Jon split 9 pieces of candies between three boys and two girls. The rest will remain to Jon."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board6.qml:39
msgctxt "board6|"
msgid "Jon wants to share the rest of his pieces of candies with his brother and his sister. Can you split them equally, knowing that his brother already has two pieces of candies?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/resource/board/board6.qml:49
msgctxt "board6|"
msgid "Help Tux split some pieces of candies to his friends: 9 pieces of candies to one boy and two girls."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/share.js:95
#, qt-format
msgctxt "share|First part of Place %n boy(s) and %n girl(s) in the center. Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them."
msgid "Place %n boy(s) "
msgid_plural "Place %n boy(s) "
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/share.js:99
#, qt-format
msgctxt "share|Second part of Place %n boy(s) and %n girl(s) in the center. Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them."
msgid "and %n girl(s) in the center. "
msgid_plural "and %n girl(s) in the center. "
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/share.js:103
#, qt-format
msgctxt "share|Third part of Place %n boy(s) and %n girl(s) in the center. Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them."
msgid "Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them."
msgid_plural "Then equally split %n pieces of candy between them."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/Share.qml:355
#, qt-format
msgctxt "Share|"
msgid "You can't put more than %1 pieces of candy in the same rectangle"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/share/Share.qml:374
msgctxt "Share|"
msgid "Display candy counter"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/simplepaint/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A simple drawing activity"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/simplepaint/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Create your own drawing"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/simplepaint/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Enhance creative skills"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/simplepaint/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Select a color and paint the rectangles as you like to create a drawing."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Numbers With Dice"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Count the number of dots on dice before they reach the ground"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers/ActivityInfo.qml:32
#: activities/smallnumbers2/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "In a limited time, count the number of dots"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers/ActivityInfo.qml:34
#: activities/smallnumbers2/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Counting skills"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "With the keyboard, type the number of dots you see on the falling dice."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers2/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Numbers with dominoes"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers2/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Count the number of dots on the dominoes before they reach the ground"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/smallnumbers2/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "With the keyboard, type the number of dots you see on the falling dominoes."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/ActivityInfo.qml:30
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Solar System"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Answer the questions with a correctness of 100%."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/solar_system/ActivityInfo.qml:35
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn information about the solar system. If you want to learn more about astronomy, try downloading KStars (https://edu.kde.org/kstars/) or Stellarium (https://stellarium.org/) which are open source astronomy softwares."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> stable5
#: activities/solar_system/ActivityInfo.qml:35
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn information about the solar system. If you want to learn more about astronomy, try downloading KStars (https://edu.kde.org/kstars/) or Stellarium (http://stellarium.org/) which are open source astronomy softwares."
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/ActivityInfo.qml:39
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click on a planet or the Sun to reveal questions. Each question contains 4 options. One of those is 100% correct. Try to answer the questions until you get a 100% closeness in the closeness meter."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:25
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Sun"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:29
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How large is the Sun compared to the planets in our Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:30
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:113
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:177
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Sixth largest"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:30
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:240
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:279
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:333
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:377
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Third largest"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:30
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:240
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:279
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:333
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:377
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Largest"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:30
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:113
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:177
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:333
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Seventh largest"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:34
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The temperature of the Sun is around:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:35
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "1000 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:35
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "4500 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:35
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "5505 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:35
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "3638 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:39
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How old is the Sun?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:40
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "1.2 billion years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:40
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "3 billion years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:40
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "7 billion years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:40
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "4.5 billion years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:44
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long does it take for the Sun’s light to reach the Earth?"
msgid "The length of a year on Earth is 365 days."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:102
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "At which position is Venus in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:103
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Second"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:107
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Venus is as heavy as:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:108
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "0.7 Earths"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:108
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "0.8 Earths"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:108
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "1.3 Earths"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:108
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "2.5 Earths"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:112
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How large is Venus compared to other planets in our Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:113
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:177
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:240
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:279
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Fifth largest"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:113
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:177
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:377
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Fourth largest"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:117
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is a year on Venus?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:118
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "225 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:118
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "116 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:118
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "100 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:122
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is a day on Venus?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:123
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "117 Earth days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:123
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "88 Earth days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:127
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The maximum temperature on Venus is:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:128
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:172
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:196
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:245
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:294
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:338
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:372
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "100 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:128
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:196
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "20 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:128
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "467 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:128
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:172
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "45 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:132
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many moons has Venus?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:140
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Earth"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:142
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:230
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The maximum temperature on Mars is 20 °C."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:146
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "At which position is Earth in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:147
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Third"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:147
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:191
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:235
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:274
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:313
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:352
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Fifth"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:151
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long does it take for Earth to make one revolution around the Sun?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:152
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "200 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:152
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:216
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "30 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:152
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:216
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "7 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:156
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many moons has Earth?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:161
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is a day on Earth?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:162
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:211
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:255
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:289
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "12 hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:162
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:211
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:255
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:289
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "24 hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:162
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "365 hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:162
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:211
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:255
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:289
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:328
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:367
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "48 hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:166
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many seasons has Earth?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:171
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Maximum temperature on Earth is:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:172
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "58 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:172
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:372
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "30 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:176
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How large is Earth compared to other planets in our Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:184
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Mars"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:190
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "At which position is Mars in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:195
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The maximum temperature on Mars is:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:196
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "60 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:200
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How big is the size of Mars compared to Earth?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:201
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The same"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:201
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Half"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:201
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Two times"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:201
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Three times"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:205
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many moons has Mars?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:210
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is a day on Mars?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:211
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "24.5 hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:215
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long does it take for Mars to make one revolution around the Sun?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:216
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "687 days"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:220
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How small is Mars compared to other planets in our Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:228
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Jupiter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:231
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:309
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The length of a year on Saturn is 29.5 Earth years."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:234
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "At which position is Jupiter in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:239
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How large is Jupiter compared to other planets in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:240
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:279
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:333
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:377
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Second largest"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:244
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The minimum temperature on Jupiter is:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:245
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "-145 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:245
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "-180 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:249
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many moons has Jupiter?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:254
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is one day on Jupiter?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:255
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:328
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "10 hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:259
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long does it take for Jupiter to make one revolution around the Sun?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:260
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "5 Earth years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:260
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "12 Earth years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:260
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "30 Earth years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:260
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:299
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "1 Earth year"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:267
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Saturn"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:269
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The minimum temperature on Jupiter is -145 °C."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:270
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The length of a year on Jupiter is 12 Earth years."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:273
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "At which position is Saturn in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:278
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How large is Saturn compared to other planets in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:283
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many moons has Saturn?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:288
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is one day on Saturn?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:289
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "10.5 hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:293
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The minimum temperature on Saturn is:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:294
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:338
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "0 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:294
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "-178 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:294
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:338
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:372
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "-100 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:298
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long does it take for Saturn to make one revolution around the Sun?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:299
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "29.5 Earth years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:299
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "20 Earth years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:299
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "10 Earth years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:306
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Uranus"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:308
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The temperature on Saturn is -178 °C."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:312
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "At which position is Uranus in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:313
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:352
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Eighth"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:317
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many years does it take for Uranus to go once around the Sun?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:318
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:357
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "1 year"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:318
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "24 years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:318
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "68 years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:318
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "84 years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:322
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many moons has Uranus?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:327
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is one day on Uranus?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:328
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:367
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "27 hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:328
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:367
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "17 hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:332
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How large is Uranus compared to other planets in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:337
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The maximum temperature on Uranus is:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:338
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "-216 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:345
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "Neptune"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:347
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The maximum temperature on Saturn is -178 °C."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:348
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The length of a year on Uranus is 84 years."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:351
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "At which position is Neptune in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:356
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long does it take for Neptune to make one revolution around the Sun?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:357
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "165 years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:357
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "3 years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:357
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "100 years"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:361
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How many moons has Neptune?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:366
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How long is one day on Neptune?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:367
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "16 hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:371
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "The average temperature on Neptune is:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:372
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "-210 °C"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/Dataset.js:376
msgctxt "Dataset|"
msgid "How large is Neptune compared to other planets in the Solar System?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/QuizScreen.qml:202
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QuizScreen|"
msgid "Accuracy: %1%"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/QuizScreen.qml:242
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QuizScreen|"
msgid "%1%"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/QuizScreen.qml:286
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QuizScreen|"
msgid ""
"Your final score is: <font color=\"#3bb0de\">%1%</font>.<br>"
"<br>"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/QuizScreen.qml:286
msgctxt "QuizScreen|"
msgid ""
"You should score above 90% to become a Solar System expert!<br>"
"Retry to test your skills again or train in normal mode to explore more about the Solar System."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/QuizScreen.qml:286
msgctxt "QuizScreen|"
msgid "Great! You can replay the assessment to test your knowledge on more questions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:103
#, qt-format
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid ""
"Mode: <font color=\"#3bb0de\">%1</font><br>"
"<br>"
"There are two modes in the activity which you can switch from the configuration window:<br>"
"<b>1. Normal mode</b> - In this mode you can play and learn about the Solar System.<br>"
"<b>2. Assessment mode</b> - In this mode you can test your knowledge about the Solar System."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:103
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "Assessment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:103
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "Normal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:107
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "Click on the Sun or any planet to reveal questions. Each question will have 4 options, out of which one is correct."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:108
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "After a planet is clicked, the Closeness meter at the bottom-right corner of the screen represents the degree of correctness of your selected answer. The least correct answer is represented by 1%. Try again until you reach a 100% closeness by following the closeness meter, or hint which indicates the correct answer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:113
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "There are 20 questions initially with 4 options each. The progress bar at the bottom right of the screen shows your percentage score."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:114
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid ""
"If your answer is correct, your score will increase.<br>"
"If your answer is wrong, your score decreases and one more question will be asked in the end along with the incorrectly answered question.<br>"
"Maximum 25 questions will be asked after which no more question will be added."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:115
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "You should score above 90% to pass the assessment and become a Solar System expert!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:287
#, qt-format
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid ""
"1. The <b>farther</b> a planet from the Sun, the <b>lower</b> is its temperature.<br>"
"<font color=\"#3bb0de\">%1</font>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:288
#, qt-format
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid ""
"2. The duration of a year on a planet <b>increases as we go away from the Sun</b>.<br>"
"<font color=\"#3bb0de\">%1</font>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:290
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "Hint"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:297
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "View solar system"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/solar_system/SolarSystem.qml:316
msgctxt "SolarSystem|"
msgid "Assessment mode"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Pilot a Submarine"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Drive the submarine to the end point."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn how to control a submarine"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Move and click using the mouse, physics basics"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Control the various parts of the submarine (the engine, rudders and ballast tanks) to reach the end point.\n"
" Controls:\n"
"\n"
" Engine:\n"
" D / Right arrow: Increase velocity\n"
" A / Left arrow: Decrease velocity\n"
"\n"
" Ballast tanks:\n"
" Switch filling of Ballast tanks:\n"
" W / Up arrow: Central ballast tank\n"
" R: Left ballast tank\n"
" T: Right ballast tank\n"
" Switch flush ballast tanks:\n"
" S / Down arrow: Central ballast tank\n"
" F: Left ballast tank\n"
" G: Right ballast tank\n"
"\n"
" Diving planes:\n"
" + : Increase diving plane angle\n"
" - : Decrease diving plane angle"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/Controls.qml:177
msgctxt "Controls|"
msgid "Left Ballast Tank"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/Controls.qml:285
msgctxt "Controls|"
msgid "Central Ballast Tank"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/Controls.qml:392
msgctxt "Controls|"
msgid "Right Ballast Tank"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:32
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Move the submarine to the other side of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:33
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The leftmost item in the control panel is the engine of the submarine, indicating the current speed of the submarine."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:34
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Increase or decrease the velocity of the submarine using the engine."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:35
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Press the + button to increase the velocity, or the - button to decrease the velocity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:38
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The item next to the engine is the Ballast tanks."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:39
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The Ballast tanks are used to float or dive under water."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:40
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "If the ballast tanks are empty, the submarine will float. If the ballast tanks are full of water, the submarine will dive underwater."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:41
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Turning the upper valve on or off will alternatively allow or stop water from filling in the Ballast tanks, thus allowing it to dive underwater."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:42
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Turning the lower valve on or off will alternatively allow or stop water from flushing out the Ballast tanks, thus allowing it to float on the surface of the water."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:45
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The rightmost item in the control panel controls the diving planes of the submarine"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:46
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The Diving Planes in a submarine is used to control the depth of the submarine accurately once it is underwater."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:47
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Once the submarine is moving underwater, increasing or decreasing the angle of the planes will increase and decrease the depth of the submarine."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:48
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "The + button will increase the depth of the submarine, while the - button will decrease the depth of the submarine."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:49
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Grab the crown to open the gate."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/submarine/submarine.js:50
msgctxt "submarine|"
msgid "Check out the help menu for the keyboard controls."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/sudoku/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Sudoku, place unique symbols in a grid"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/sudoku/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Symbols must be unique in a row, in a column, and (if defined) each region."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5
#: activities/sudoku/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The aim of the puzzle is to enter a symbol or numeral from 1 through 9 in each cell of a grid. In the official Sudoku the grid is 9x9 made up of 3x3 subgrids (called 'regions'). In GCompris we start at lower levels with a simpler version using symbols and with no regions. In all cases the grid is presented with various symbols or numerals given in some cells (the 'givens'). Each row, column and region must contain only one instance of each symbol or numeral (Source <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sudoku>)."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> stable5
#: activities/sudoku/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The aim of the puzzle is to enter a symbol or numeral from 1 through 9 in each cell of a grid. In the official Sudoku the grid is 9x9 made up of 3x3 subgrids (called 'regions'). In GCompris we start at lower levels with a simpler version using symbols and with no regions. In all cases the grid is presented with various symbols or numerals given in some cells (the 'givens'). Each row, column and region must contain only one instance of each symbol or numeral (Source <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sudoku>)."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/sudoku/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Completing the puzzle requires patience and logical ability"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/sudoku/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Select a number or a symbol on the left and click on its target position. GCompris will not let you enter invalid data."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Super Brain"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. ----------
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/ActivityInfo.qml:29
#: activities/superbrain/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tux has hidden several items. Find them again in the correct order"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"Click on the items until you find what you think is the correct answer. Then, click on the OK button. In the lower levels, Tux gives you an indication if you found a hiding place by marking the item with a black box. In the levels 4 and 8 an item may be hidden several times.<br/>"
"You can use the right mouse button to flip the items in the opposite order or the item chooser to directly pick an item. Press and hold a mouse button or on the touch screen to automatically choose the last item selected on a column. Double click or tap on a previously selected item in your guess history to mark it as 'correct'. Such marked items are automatically selected in your current and future guesses until you un-mark them, again by double clicking or tapping."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/Superbrain.qml:145
msgctxt "Superbrain|"
msgid "This item is well placed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/Superbrain.qml:147
msgctxt "Superbrain|"
msgid "This item is misplaced"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/Superbrain.qml:631
msgctxt "Superbrain|"
msgid "Colors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/Superbrain.qml:632
msgctxt "Superbrain|"
msgid "Shapes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/superbrain/Superbrain.qml:643
msgctxt "Superbrain|"
msgid "Select your mode"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/tangram/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "The tangram puzzle game"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/tangram/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid ""
"From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia. Tangram (Chinese: literally 'seven boards of cunning') is a Chinese puzzle. While the tangram is often said to be ancient, its existence has only been verified as far back as 1800. It consists of 7 pieces, called tans, which fit together to form a square; Using the square side as 1 unit, the 7 pieces contains:\n"
" 5 right isosceles triangles, including:\n"
" - 2 small size ones (legs of 1)\n"
" - 1 medium size (legs of square root of 2)\n"
" - 2 large size (legs of 2)\n"
" 1 square (side of 1) and\n"
" 1 parallelogram (sides of 1 and square root of 2)\n"
" "
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/tangram/ActivityInfo.qml:43
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Select the tangram to form. Move a piece by dragging it. The symmetrical button appears on items that supports it. Click on the rotation button or drag around it to show the rotation you want. Check baby tangram activity for an introduction to tangram."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/target/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Practice addition with a target game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/target/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Hit the target and count your points"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/target/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Throw darts at a target and count your score."
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/target/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Can move the mouse, can read numbers and count up to 15 for the first level"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/target/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Check the speed and direction of the target, and then click on it to launch a dart. When all your darts are thrown, you are asked to count your score. Enter the score with the keyboard."
msgid "Play with a friend. Take turns to click on the square which you want to mark. First player to create a line of 3 marks wins"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "A sliding-block puzzle game"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Remove the red car from the parking lot through the gate on the right"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Each car can only move either horizontally or vertically. You must make some room in order to let the red car move through the gate on the right."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/Traffic.qml:117
msgctxt "Traffic|"
msgid "Colors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/Traffic.qml:118
msgctxt "Traffic|"
msgid "Images"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/traffic/Traffic.qml:129
msgctxt "Traffic|"
msgid "Select your mode"
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Watercycle"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Tux has come back from fishing on his boat. Bring the water system back up so he can take a shower."
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Learn the water cycle"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Click on different active elements: sun, cloud, pumping station, and the sewage treatment plant, in order to reactivate the entire water system. When the system is back up and Tux is in the shower, push the shower button for him."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:65
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Sun is the main component of water cycle. Click on the sun to start the water cycle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:66
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "As the sun rises, the water of the sea starts heating and evaporates."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:67
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid " Water vapor condenses to form cloud and when clouds become heavy, it rains. Click on the cloud."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:68
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Rain causes rivers to swell up and this water is transported to us via motor pumps through water-tower. Click on the motor pump to supply water to residents."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:70
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "See the tower filled with water. Activate the sewage treatment station by clicking on it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:71
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Great, click on the shower, as Tux arrives home."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:72
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Fantastic, you have completed water cycle. You can continue playing."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:96
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "The water cycle (also known as the hydrologic cycle) is the journey water takes as it circulates from the land to the sky and back again. The sun's heat provides energy to evaporate water from water bodies like oceans."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:99
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Plants also lose water to the air through transpiration. The water vapor eventually, cools forming tiny droplets in clouds. When the clouds meet cool air over land, precipitation is triggered and fall down as rain."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:102
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Some of the water is trapped between rock or clay layers, called groundwater. But most of the water flows as runoff, eventually returning to the seas via rivers."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/watercycle/Watercycle.qml:104
msgctxt "Watercycle|"
msgid "Your goal is to complete water cycle before Tux reaches home. Click on the different components which make up the water cycle. First click on sun, then cloud, water pumping station near the river, sewage treatment, and at last regulate the switch to provide water to Tux's shower."
msgstr ""
#. Activity title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/wordsgame/ActivityInfo.qml:27
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Falling Words"
msgstr ""
#. Help title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/wordsgame/ActivityInfo.qml:29
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Type the falling words before they reach the ground"
msgstr ""
#. Help goal
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/wordsgame/ActivityInfo.qml:32
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Keyboard training"
msgstr ""
#. Help prerequisite
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/wordsgame/ActivityInfo.qml:34
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Keyboard manipulation"
msgstr ""
#. Help manual
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: activities/wordsgame/ActivityInfo.qml:36
msgctxt "ActivityInfo|"
msgid "Type the complete word as it falls, before it reaches the ground"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/BuyMeOverlay.qml:77
msgctxt "BuyMeOverlay|"
msgid ""
"This activity is only available in the full version of GCompris.<br/>"
"On <a href='https://gcompris.net'>https://gcompris.net</a> you will find the instructions to obtain an activation code. Then go to the main configuration dialog to enter the code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/BuyMeOverlayInapp.qml:76
msgctxt "BuyMeOverlayInapp|"
msgid "This activity is only available in the full version of GCompris."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/BuyMeOverlayInapp.qml:88
msgctxt "BuyMeOverlayInapp|"
msgid "Buy the full version"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:41
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "New sub-categories to organize activities"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:42
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Translation added for Macedonian."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:43
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "New activities Programming Maze and Baby Tangram"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:44
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "New background music and volume settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:45
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "New speed setting in several activities."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:46
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "New option in chess to display captured pieces."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:47
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "New images in Colors, Advanced colors and Target game."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:48
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "New voices for US English."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:49 core/ChangeLog.qml:57
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Many little fixes and improvements."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:50
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Translation updated for multiple languages (Breton, Brazilian Portuguese, Finnish...)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:51
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Add Russian dataset for Click on letter activity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:52
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Lang activity now available in Dutch."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:53
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Merge Norwegian counties Nord-Trøndelag and Sør-Trøndelag into Trøndelag in geo-country activity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:54
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Fix in braille activities where the cells start at 1, not 0."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:55
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Translation added for Basque, Hungarian and Malayalam."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:56
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Loading/saving of creations (Baby Wordprocessor, Balance Box and Piano Composition)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:57
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Translations added for Scottish Gaelic."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:58
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "License page added in configuration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:58
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Multiple changes on layouts to improve the ergonomy."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:59
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Lang activity now available in Polish, Swedish and Ukrainian."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:60
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Search feature."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:61
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "A Changelog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:62
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Many little fixes."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:62
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Lang activity now available in French."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/ChangeLog.qml:63
msgctxt "ChangeLog|"
msgid "Adding a loading overlay to let the user know that some actions are taking place (loading an activity for example) and can take some seconds."
msgid "<b>GCompris</b> is a Free Software developed within the KDE community."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:82
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid ""
"<b>KDE</b> is a world-wide network of software engineers, artists, writers, translators and facilitators who are committed to <a href=\"%1\">Free Software</a> development. This community has created hundreds of Free Software applications as part of the KDE frameworks, workspaces and applications.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE is a cooperative enterprise in which no single entity controls the efforts or products of KDE to the exclusion of others. Everyone is welcome to join and contribute to KDE, including you.<br />"
"<br />"
"Visit <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> for more information about the KDE community and the software we produce."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:99
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid ""
"Software can always be improved, and the KDE team is ready to do so. However, you - the user - must tell us when something does not work as expected or could be done better.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE has a bug tracking system. Visit <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> to report a bug.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you have a suggestion for improvement then you are welcome to use the bug tracking system to register your wish. Make sure you use the severity called \"Wishlist\"."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:111
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid ""
"You do not have to be a software developer to be a member of the KDE team. You can join the national teams that translate program interfaces. You can provide graphics, themes, sounds, and improved documentation. You decide!<br />"
"<br />"
"Visit <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> for information on some projects in which you can participate.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you need more information or documentation, then a visit to <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> will provide you with what you need."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:128
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid ""
"To support development the KDE community has formed the KDE e.V., a non-profit organization legally founded in Germany. KDE e.V. represents the KDE community in legal and financial matters. See <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> for information on KDE e.V.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE benefits from many kinds of contributions, including financial. We use the funds to reimburse members and others for expenses they incur when contributing. Further funds are used for legal support and organizing conferences and meetings. <br />"
" <br />"
"We would like to encourage you to support our efforts with a financial donation, using one of the ways described at <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>.<br />"
"<br />"
"Thank you very much in advance for your support."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:145
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid "<b>A big thanks to the development team:</b> %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogAbout.qml:149
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogAbout|"
msgid "<b>A big thanks to the translation team:</b> %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogActivityConfig.qml:94
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DialogActivityConfig|"
msgid "%1 configuration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogActivityConfig.qml:96
msgctxt "DialogActivityConfig|"
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:61
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Author:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:65
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Prerequisite:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:70
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Goal:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:75
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Manual:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:79
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Credit:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DialogHelp.qml:83
msgctxt "DialogHelp|"
msgid "Section:"
msgstr ""
#. "Dots" is for representation of the points in a domino in the form of dots
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/Domino.qml:68
msgctxt "Domino|"
msgid "Dots"
msgstr ""
#. "Arabic Numbers" is for representation of the points in a domino in the form of integer numbers
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/Domino.qml:70
msgctxt "Domino|"
msgid "Arabic Numbers"
msgstr ""
#. "Roman Numbers" is for representation of the points in a domino in the form of roman numbers
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/Domino.qml:72
msgctxt "Domino|"
msgid "Roman Numbers"
msgstr ""
#. "Images" is for representation of the points in a domino in the form of an image (containing a specific count of same elements)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/Domino.qml:74
msgctxt "Domino|"
msgid "Images"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:166
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Downloading ..."
msgstr ""
#. Run this task in background
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:210
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Background"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:228
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Abort"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:254
#, qt-format
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Download error (code: %1): %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:282
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Your download finished successfully. The data files are now available."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:284
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Restart any currently active activity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadDialog.qml:286
msgctxt "DownloadDialog|"
msgid "Your local data files are up-to-date."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadManager.cpp:105
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Download cancelled by user"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadManager.cpp:221
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Could not create resource path"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadManager.cpp:228
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Could not open target file %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadManager.cpp:498
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Invalid format of Contents file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadManager.cpp:519
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "The url %1 does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/DownloadManager.cpp:532
#, qt-format
msgctxt "QObject|"
msgid "Checksum of downloaded file does not match: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/GCCreationHandler.qml:85
msgctxt "GCCreationHandler|"
msgid "A file with this name already exists. Do you want to replace it?"
msgid "The background music is not yet downloaded. "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:226
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "Do you want to download it now?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:257
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "Welcome to GCompris!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:258
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "You are running GCompris for the first time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:259
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "You should verify that your application settings especially your language is set correctly, and that all language specific sound files are installed. You can do this in the Preferences Dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:261
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "Have Fun!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:263
#, qt-format
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "Your current language is %1 (%2)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:267
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "Do you want to download the corresponding sound files now?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/main.qml:295
msgctxt "main|"
msgid "GCompris has been updated! Here are the new changes:<br/>"
msgid "Failed to properly configure astrometry config file. Please click the options button in the lower right of the Astrometry Tab in Ekos to correct your settings. Then try starting Ekos again."
msgid "Explanation of the What's Interesting Panel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: data/qml/whatisinteresting/wiview.qml:1559
#, kde-kuit-format
msgid "The What's Interesting Panel is intended to allow you to explore many different interesting objects in the night sky. It includes objects visible to the naked eye as well as objects that require telescopes. It is intended to appeal to both beginners and advanced astronomers. If you click on a category or catalog, a list of objects will appear. Clicking on an object in the list will bring up the details view where you can find out more information about the object. If you have thumbnail images or wikipedia information for this object, these will be displayed as well. If not, you can download them using the download icon. If you make What's Interesting wider, the display will dynamically change to display the information more conveniently. Please see the descriptions below for details on what the buttons at the bottom do."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: data/qml/whatisinteresting/wiview.qml:1581
#, kde-kuit-format
msgid "This button will bring up the What's Interesting Settings. It will let you configure what is displayed in What's Interesting based upon which equipment you are using and the observing conditions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: data/qml/whatisinteresting/wiview.qml:1602
#, kde-kuit-format
msgid "This button will turn on and off the Inspector Mode. In this mode you can click on any object in the map and What's Interesting will display the information about it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: data/qml/whatisinteresting/wiview.qml:1623
#, kde-kuit-format
msgid "This button will reload the current object list, update all displayed information, update any images, and update the information and images for the currently selected object."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: data/qml/whatisinteresting/wiview.qml:1644
#, kde-kuit-format
msgid "This button will toggle whether to filter the list to display only currently visible objects in a list or to display all of the objects in the list. The visibility is determined based on the current KStars date and time, the current observing equipment, and the current sky conditions based on the What's Interesting Settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: data/qml/whatisinteresting/wiview.qml:1665
#, kde-kuit-format
msgid "This button will toggle whether to filter the list to display only 'interesting' objects or to display any of the objects in the list. This setting only applies to the Galaxies, Nebulas, and Clusters lists. The objects are considered 'interesting' if they appear on the KStars 'interesting' list."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: data/qml/whatisinteresting/wiview.qml:1686
#, kde-kuit-format
msgid "This button will attempt to download information and pictures about the object(s) from Wikipedia. You can select whether to download the information about just one object, all of the objects in a list, or only the objects in a list for which no data was downloaded yet. Please note: If the list is currently filtered for visible objects or 'interesting' objects, only the filtered objects will be downloaded. If you actually want all the objects in the list, turn off the filters."
msgid "To import an existing data file, enter its filename here. You will then describe the contents of the file below. You can leave the filename blank to construct a catalog file with a valid header, but no data."
"This button will compute the field-of-view (FOV) angle for a specific eyepiece/telescope combination. You must first specify the focal lengths of the telescope and eyepiece, and the FOV angle of the eyepiece in the above entry fields.\n"
"\n"
"The computed FOV angle (in arcminutes) will be displayed in the \"Field of view\" edit box."
"Enter the telescope focal length, in millimeters.\n"
"\n"
"This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a camera mounted on a telescope."
"Enter the physical size of the CCD chip or film negative.\n"
"\n"
"This is one of the data fields required for defining a field-of-view (FOV) symbol which matches the field-of-view of a camera mounted on a telescope."
"This button will compute the field-of-view (FOV) angle for a specific camera/telescope combination. You must first specify the focal length of the telescope and the size of the CCD chip or film negative.\n"
"\n"
"The computed FOV angle (in arcminutes) will be displayed in the \"Field of view\" edit box."
"This button will compute the Half Power Beam Width (HPBW) angle for a specific radiotelescope and observing wavelength combination, assuming no multibeam receiver is available at the telescope. You must first specify the diameter of the radiotelescope and the observing wavelength.\n"
"\n"
"The computed HPBW angle (in arcminutes) will be displayed in the \"Field of view\" edit box."
msgid "<p>Frame rotation with respect to Celestial Pole. Zero degrees indicates that <b>UP</b> is pointing directly at the pole. 90 degrees indicates that <b>UP</b> is rotated 90 degrees clockwise with respect to the pole.</p>"
msgid "Your data directory was not found. You can click the button below to copy a default KStars data directory to the correct location, or if you have a KStars directory already some place else, you can exit KStars and copy it to that location yourself."
msgid "Installing this in your data directory will enable the CCD Simulator in KStars to take realistic images. This is useful for testing sequences, plate solving, and learning to use KStars. Just click the button to install or unzip the zip file and place the gsc folder in the data directory."
"<p>You may now download optional data files to enhance KStars, such as Messier object images, or a more complete NGC/IC catalog. Press the <b>Download Extra Data</b> button to proceed. </p>"
"<p>You can also use this tool later, by selecting <b>Download New Data</b> from the <b>File</b> menu.</p>"
msgid "Are you sure you want to clear all of the solution points?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1505
#, kde-format
msgid "Clear Solution Points"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1513
#, kde-format
msgid "Are you sure you want to clear all the alignment points?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1514
#, kde-format
msgid "Clear Align Points"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1659
#, kde-format
msgid "The Mount Model Tool is Reset."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1696
#, kde-format
msgid "Please Check the Alignment Points."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:1703
#, kde-format
msgid "In the Align Module, \"Nothing\" is Selected for the Solver Action. This means that the mount model tool will not sync/align your mount but will only report the pointing model errors. Do you wish to continue?"
msgid "Astrometry.net uses python3 and the astropy package for plate solving images offline. These were not detected on your system. Please go into the Align Options and either click the setup button to install them or uncheck the default button and enter the path to python3 on your system and manually install astropy."
msgid "Slewing to calibration position, please wait until telescope completes slewing."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:4574
#, kde-format
msgid "Load Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:4766
#, kde-format
msgid "World Coordinate System (WCS) is enabled. CCD rotation must be set either manually in the CCD driver or by solving an image before proceeding to capture any further images, otherwise the WCS information may be invalid."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:4775
#, kde-format
msgid "World Coordinate System (WCS) is disabled."
msgid "Failed to process World Coordinate System: %1. Try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:5549
#, kde-format
msgid "Celestial pole is located outside of the field of view. Would you like to sync and slew the telescope to the celestial pole? WARNING: Slewing near poles may cause your mount to end up in unsafe position. Proceed with caution."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/align.cpp:5567
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning: Celestial pole is located outside the field of view. Move the mount closer to the celestial pole."
msgid "Accuracy threshold in arcseconds between solution and target coordinates. Plate solver shall be repeatedly executed until the solution coordinates are below the accuracy threshold"
msgid "The results from Astrometric Solutions from the Capture and Solve Tool, the Load and Slew Tool, and the Mount Model Tool will be displayed below."
msgid "Remove the selected row from the solutions table. This can be useful for getting rid of results that did not actually solve from the table and/or results that you do not need any more. It can clean up clutter on both the graph and table."
msgid "Launch the mount model tool. This tool enables you to create pre-programmed list of points to go to and solve. It can aid in building a pointing model for better accuracy."
"<p>This tool provides a simple method to polar align a German equatorial mount. <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Park</span> your mount to home position where it <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">points</span> toward the celestial pole with the counter weight down. Select mount direction and speed and then click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Start</span> to begin the process.</p>"
msgid "<p>Adjust mount's Altitude and Azimuth knobs until the selected star is centered within the crosshair. Click <b>Refresh</b> to begin continuous capture. You are <b>Done</b> when star is centered.</p>"
msgid "<p>This tool can help your mount build a better pointing model by moving the mount to different points in the sky and solving captured images. This can increase the accuracy of your GOTOs. To qualify, your mount must be capable of improving its internal pointing model after each <b>Sync</b> commanded by Ekos. If this is not the case, then this tool is not suitable for your mount.</p>"
"<p>Select the type of objects/points added by the wizard.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Note:</span> all of the options except Fixed DEC start with a grid of RA/DEC points.</p>"
"\n"
"<ul>\n"
"<li><b>Any Stars:</b> The wizard searches for the nearest star.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Any object:</b> The wizard searches for the nearest object of any type.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Named Stars</b> The wizard searches for the nearest star in the currently visible star list. Note that the first named star might be fairly far from the intended point and also sometimes the same star could be the closest one for multiple points.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Fixed DEC:</b> The wizard generates all points at the chosen DEC.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Fixed Grid:</b> The wizard just uses the original grid without trying to pair it with objects.</li>"
msgid "Automatically generate the specified number of alignment points in the table below. They will be generated based on the options selected in this wizard."
msgid "The Number of points the wizard should generate. If this number is less than 5, it will generate them at the same DEC. After that they will be evenly distributed over RA and DEC. Note, if Fixed DEC is selected, all of the points will be at the same DEC."
msgid "These are the common names for the named stars that are currently up at your location. If you select a star, it will be added to the table below."
msgid "These are the Greek names for the brighter stars that are currently up at your location. If you select a star, it will be added to the table below."
msgid "Clear the entire table of alignment points below. Note that this will not affect your mount in any way. It will not clear your pointing model. It just clears the list of points so that if you run the mount model routine again, these points will not be included."
msgid "<p>Remove the selected row from the alignment point table below. Note that it does <b>not</b> command your mount to clear that point from the model, it just means that if you run the mount model routine, that point will not be included in the list.</p>"
msgid "Add an empty row to the alignment list so that you can manually add an RA and DE for a position you would like the telescope to slew to when doing the mount model routine."
msgid "Open the Find Object dialog so that you can select an object to get an RA and DEC automatically that you would like the telescope to slew to when doing the mount model routine."
msgid "Sort the alignment points, starting with the point closest to the current telescope position, to try to minimize the distance between each slew."
msgid "This is a table of alignment points that you would like the mount model routine to use in aligning your telescope. If you would like to add or remove points, you may use the buttons above. If you would like to run, pause, or stop the mount model routine, you may use the buttons below. You can directly edit an RA or DE for a particular point directly in the cells. Just be sure to follow the format hh:mm:ss. The object name is just provided for convenience and is not used. If you want to change the order of the alignment points, you can drag the row up or down using the vertical header for that row on the left."
msgid "Start or pause the mount model routine. It will slew to and astrometrically solve the list of points in the table above using the settings in the align module. If the routine was previously paused, it will pick up where it left off. If it was stopped or it had finished it will start the routine over again."
msgid "<p>Stop the mount model routine. It will <b>not</b> clear any points from your telescope's pointing model. It will stop the routine and any points currently being solved. If you run the mount model again after hitting stop, it will start the routine over again with the first point.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to find astrometry.net binaries. Please click the options button in the lower right of the Astrometry Tab in Ekos to correct your settings and make sure that astrometry.net is installed. Then try starting Ekos again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgid "Missing astrometry files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:91
#, kde-format
msgid "Detected Astrometry.net version %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Setting astrometry option --no-fits2fits"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:101
#, kde-format
msgid "Turning off option --no-fits2fits"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid "Index file %1 is missing. Astrometry.net would not be able to adequately solve plates until you install the missing index files. Download the index files from http://www.astrometry.net"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgid "Index files %1 to %2 are missing. Astrometry.net would not be able to adequately solve plates until you install the missing index files. Download the index files from http://www.astrometry.net"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/offlineastrometryparser.cpp:339
#, kde-format
msgid "WCS header missing or corrupted. Solver failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Error: no connection to the Internet."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:197
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to open the file %1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:268
#, kde-format
msgid "Uploading file..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgid "JSON error during parsing (%1)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:359
#, kde-format
msgid "Astrometry.net authentication failed. Check the validity of the Astrometry.net API Key."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:367
#, kde-format
msgid "Authentication to astrometry.net is successful. Session: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:376
#, kde-format
msgid "Upload failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:385
#, kde-format
msgid "Parsing submission ID failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:390
#, kde-format
msgid "Upload complete. Waiting for astrometry.net solver to complete..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:413
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to retrieve job ID."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:447
#, kde-format
msgid "Solver failed after %1 second."
msgid_plural "Solver failed after %1 seconds."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:457
#, kde-format
msgid "Error parsing parity."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:464
#, kde-format
msgid "Error parsing orientation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:472
#, kde-format
msgid "Error parsing RA."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:479
#: ekos/align/onlineastrometryparser.cpp:487
#, kde-format
msgid "Error parsing DEC."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/opsalign.cpp:39
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal or External astrometry.cfg?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/opsalign.cpp:45
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal or External Plate Solver?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryWCSIsInternal), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/opsalign.cpp:50 kstars.kcfg:1990
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal or External wcsinfo?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/opsalign.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Homebrew, python, and astropy are already installed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/opsalign.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"This installer will install the following requirements for astrometry.net if they are not installed:\n"
"Homebrew -an OS X Unix Program Package Manager\n"
"Python3 -A Powerful Scripting Language \n"
"Astropy -Python Modules for Astronomy \n"
" Do you wish to continue?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/opsalign.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgid "Install and Configure Python"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/opsalign.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Homebrew is not installed. \n"
"A Terminal window will pop up for you to install Homebrew. \n"
" When you are all done, then you can close the Terminal and click the setup button again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/opsalign.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Homebrew installed \n"
"Python3 will install when you click Ok \n"
"Astropy waiting . . . \n"
" (Note: this might take a few minutes, please be patient.)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/opsalign.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid "Python install failure"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/opsalign.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Homebrew installed \n"
"Python3 installed \n"
"Astropy will install when you click Ok \n"
" (Note: this might take a few minutes, please be patient.)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/opsalign.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid "Astropy install failure"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/align/opsalign.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "All installations are complete and ready to use."
"<p>Rotator threshold in arc-minutes when using Load & Slew. If the difference between measured position angle and FITS position angle is below this value, the Load & Slew operation is considered successful.</p>"
"<p>On Load & Slew, solve the image and slew the mount to the target location and then rotate the camera to match the orientation of the FITS image.</p>"
"<p>Automatically park mount after completing Polar Alignment Assistant Tools. Beware that turning this option off might lead to inaccurate results.</p>"
msgid "This will prevent the solver from looking at an already existing WCS Header before blindly trying to solve the image. It is recommended to keep it checked."
msgid "Do not use Sync when Slew to Target is selected. Use differential slewing to correct for discrepancies. This is useful on some mounts (e.g. Paramount)."
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Offline</span> astrometry.net solver requires index files in order to solve an image. Please see the Astrometry.net <a href=\"http://astrometry.net/doc/readme.html\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#0000ff;\">README</span></a> for details. The following list provides a complete list of the index files, along with recommended index files to install given the current CCD Field of View. Installed index files are checked. Next to each index file is an icon that represents the following:</p>"
"<p>This button will open the Astrometry Index File folder on your filesystem so that you can see where it is located and copy files into it if needed.</p>"
"<p>Enable Logs to diagnose issues with Ekos and INDI. Only enable the necessary logs to help in diagnosing specific problems. Logs consume resources and may slow the system down. Turn off logs when no longer used.</p>"
msgid "To assign a permanent designation to the device, you need to unplug the device from stellarmate then replug it after 1 second. Click on the <b>Start Scan</b> to begin this procedure."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:91
#, kde-format
msgid "Start Scan"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Home"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgid "Skip Device"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Physical Port Mapping"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Assign the permanent name based on which physical port the device is plugged to in StellarMate. This is useful to distinguish between two identical USB adapters. The device must <b>always</b> be plugged into the same port for this to work."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid "Standby, Scanning..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Vendor ID"
msgid "VID"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Product ID"
msgid "PID"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid "Link"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid "Serial #"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:184
#, kde-format
msgid "Hardware Port?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:241
#, kde-format
msgid "Start Scanning"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:268
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to scan devices."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:276
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:286
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to detect any devices. Please make sure device is powered and connected to StellarMate via USB."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:324
#, kde-format
msgid "Duplicate devices detected. You must remove one mapping or enable hardware slot mapping."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/auxiliary/serialportassistant.cpp:343
#, kde-format
msgid "Mapping is successful. Please unplug and replug your device again now."
"<p>This tool shall assign <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">permanent</span> names to your <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Serial to USB</span> devices so that they are easier to connect to in the future.</p>"
"<p><br/>"
"</p>"
"<p>Click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Next</span> to continue.</p>"
"<p>Accept ADU values that fall within this range around the desired ADU target. For example, if the ADU value was set to 10000 and the tolerance was set to 100, then frames with ADU values f 9900 and 10100 shall be accepted.</p>"
msgid "Meridian flip configuration has been shifted to the mount module. Please configure the meridian flip there."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/capture/capture.cpp:3979
#, kde-format
msgid "Save Ekos Sequence Queue"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/capture/capture.cpp:4009
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to save sequence queue"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/capture/capture.cpp:4043
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not open file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/capture/capture.cpp:4063
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning: HFR-based autofocus is set but option \"Save Sequence HFR Value to File\" is not enabled. Current HFR value will not be written to sequence file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/capture/capture.cpp:4170
#, kde-format
msgid "Sequence queue saved to %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/capture/capture.cpp:4190
#, kde-format
msgid "Are you sure you want to reset status of all jobs?"
#. i18n("Ekos will refocus in %1 seconds, last procedure was %2 seconds ago.", refocusEveryNTimer.elapsed()/1000-refocusEveryNTimer.elapsed()*60, refocusEveryNTimer.elapsed()/1000));
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/capture/capture.cpp:6169
#, kde-format
msgid "Ekos will refocus in %1 seconds, last procedure was %2 seconds ago."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/capture/capture.cpp:6173
#, kde-format
msgid "Ekos will refocus as soon as possible, last procedure was %1 seconds ago."
"<li><strong>Client</strong>: Captured images are only uploaded to Ekos.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><strong>Local</strong>: Captured images are only saved locally on the remote computer.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><strong>Both</strong>: Captured images are saved on remote device <b>and</b> uploaded to Ekos.</li>"
"\n"
"</ol>"
"\n"
"<p>When selecting <i>Local</i> or <i>Both</i>, you must specify the remote directory where the remote images are saved to. By default, all captured images are uploaded to Ekos."
"<p>Select custom properties to be set when the sequence job is executed in batch mode. After the desired property value is set in INDI Control Panel, add it to the<span style=\" font-weight:600;\"> Job Properties</span> section. Click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Apply</span> to record the property values.</p>"
"<p>Please fill the required information below. This is a one-time setup. You can obtain these values from your camera manual or from online sources such as <a href=\"http://www.digicamdb.com/\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">Digital Camera Database</span></a>.</p>"
"<p>Set the <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">desired</span> target position angle for a sequence job. Click OK then add the sequence job to the sequence queue. When the job is executed, the position angle is first set to this target value prior to capturing the image.</p>"
"<p>Position Angle (PA) is defined as degrees E of N. Zero degrees indicate frame <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">UP</span> points directly toward the celestial pole. 90 degrees indicate frame <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">UP</span> points 90 degrees counter-clockwise with respect to the celestial pole.</p>"
"<p>PA is calculated from raw rotator angle plus modifiers to match the rotation angle as measured by astrometry. Enter the modifiers manually or solve an image in the Align Module to generate them automatically.</p>"
"<p>Measure average HFR from all stars combined in a full frame. This method defaults to the Centroid detection, but can use SEP detection too. Its performance decreases as the number of stars increases.</p>"
"<p>During full field focusing, stars which are inside this percentage of the frame are filtered out of HFR calculation (default 0%). Detection algorithms may also have an inherent filter.</p>"
"<p>During full field focusing, stars which are outside this percentage of the frame are filtered out of HFR calculation (default 100%). Detection algorithms may also have an inherent filter.</p>"
"<li><b>Iterative</b>: Moves focuser by discreet steps initially decided by the step size. Once a curve slope is calculated, further step sizes are calculated to reach optimal solution. The algorithm stops when the measured HFR is within percentage tolerance of the minimum HFR recorded in the procedure.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Polynomial</b>: Starts with iterative method. Upon crossing to the other side of the V-Curve, polynomial fitting coefficients along with possible minimum solution are calculated. This algorithm can be faster than purely iterative approach given a good data set.</li>"
msgid "<b>Initial</b> step size in ticks to cause a noticeable change in HFR value. For timer based focuser, it is the initial time in milliseconds to move the focuser inward or outward"
msgctxt "Drift graphics tooltip; %1 is local time; %2 is RA deviation; %3 is DE deviation in arcseconds; %4 is RA Pulse in ms; %5 is DE Pulse in ms"
msgid ""
"<table>"
"<tr>"
"<td>LT: </td>"
"<td>%1</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>RA: </td>"
"<td>%2 \"</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>DE: </td>"
"<td>%3 \"</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>RA Pulse: </td>"
"<td>%4 ms</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>DE Pulse: </td>"
"<td>%5 ms</td>"
"</tr>"
"</table>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/guide/guide.cpp:496
#, kde-format
msgid "Export Guide Data"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/guide/guide.cpp:549
#, kde-format
msgid "Guide Data Saved as: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/guide/guide.cpp:651
#, kde-format
msgid "PHD2's current camera: %1, is NOT connected to Ekos. The PHD2 Guide Star Image will be received, but the full external guide frames cannot."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/guide/guide.cpp:659
#, kde-format
msgid "PHD2's current camera: %1, IS connected to Ekos. You can select whether to use the full external guide frames or just receive the PHD2 Guide Star Image using the SubFrame checkbox."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/guide/guide.cpp:861
#, kde-format
msgid "Connection to the guide CCD is lost."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/guide/guide.cpp:1183
#, kde-format
msgid "Exposure timeout. Aborting Autoguide."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/guide/guide.cpp:1185
#, kde-format
msgid "Exposure timeout. Aborting Dithering."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/guide/guide.cpp:1187
#, kde-format
msgid "Exposure timeout. Aborting Calibration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/guide/guide.cpp:1460
#, kde-format
msgid "The guide camera is identical to the primary imaging camera. Are you sure you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/guide/guide.cpp:1551
#, kde-format
msgid "Pier side change detected. Clearing calibration."
msgid "To receive PHD2 images other than the Guide Star Image, SubFrame must be unchecked. Unchecking it now to enable your image captures. You can re-enable it before Guiding"
"<p>Subframe the image around the guide star. Or for PHD2, receive the Guide Star Image instead of the full image frame. For the Internal Guider, before checking this option, you must <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">first</span> capture an image and select a guide star. Uncheck it to take a full frame again.</p>"
msgid "Mount guiding rate. Find out the guiding rate used by your mount and update the value here to get the <b>recommended</b> value of proportional gain suitable for your mount. Setting this value <b>does not</b> change your mount guiding rate."
"<p>Proportional term accounts for present values of the error. For example, if the error is large and positive, the guider corrective pulse will also be large and positive.</p>"
"<p>Integral term accounts for past values of the error. For example, if the current pulse is not sufficiently strong, the integral of the error will accumulate over time, and the guider will respond by applying a stronger action.</p>"
msgid "Maximum deviation to correct for using Adaptive Optics unit. If the guiding deviation exceeds this value, Ekos will guide the mount mechanically"
"<p>Drag the slider to scroll through guide history while displaying the RA and DEC error points on both graphs. Dragging to the far right will set the guide plots to display the latest guide data and autoscroll the graph.</p>"
"<p>Autoscale both Guide Graphs to their default scale. If any points are located outside this range, the view is expanded to include them (with the exception of the time axis in the drift graphics).</p>"
"<p>Request a meridian flip if the hour angle exceeds the specified value. Capture and Guiding will be suspended and resumed after the flip is complete.</p>"
"<p>Set Hour Angle unit to Degrees. Add 1 degree to the mount meridian flip setting. For example, if the mount meridian flip limit is set to 5 degrees, set the value here to be <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">at least</span> 6 degrees to ensure a successful meridian flip.</p>"
"<p>Enable or Disable the mount travel range limits. Once enabled, Ekos monitors the mount's altitude while slewing or tracking. If the mount slews/tracks below or above the limits, it shall be commanded to stop and tracking will be turned off.</p>"
"<p>Lead time is the minimum time in minutes between jobs. The scheduler starts execution of a job before its scheduled startup time by this lead time. Early execution is useful as focusing, alignment, and guiding procedures may take prolonged periods to time to complete.</p>"
"<p>In case no scheduler job is scheduled for this many hours, perform a complete shutdown procedure and restart observatory operations once the next job is ready.</p>"
"<p>Do not permit jobs to be scheduled less than this many degrees before the altitude restriction. Actual execution proceeds until the altitude limit.</p>"
"<p>If guiding calibration fails then restart alignment process before proceeding to guiding recalibration process again. This can help recenter the target object in the field of view if the calibration process strayed too far off.</p>"
msgid "Maximum acceptable difference between requested and measured temperature set point. When the temperature threshold is below this value, the temperature set point request is deemed successful."
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AlwaysResetSequenceWhenStarting), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/opsekos.ui:535 kstars.kcfg:1664
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<p>When starting to process a sequence list, reset all capture counts to zero. Scheduler overrides this option when Remember Job Progress is enabled.</p>"
"<p>If using a filter wheel and an absolute position focuser, then always remember the focus position of the autofocus process for light frames in each filter. Before a flat frame is captured, the focuser is moved to the same focus point as light frames.</p>"
"<p>Set HFR Threshold percentage gain. When an autofocus operation is completed, the autofocus HFR value is increased by this threshold percentage value and stored within the capture module. If In-Sequence-Focus is engaged, the autofocus module only performs autofocusing procedure if current HFR value exceeds the capture module HFR threshold. Increase value to permit more relaxed changes in HFR values without requiring a full autofocus run.</p>"
"<p>Calculate median focus value after each autofocus operation is complete. If the autofocus results become progressively worse with time, the median value shall reflect this trend and prevent unnecessary autofocus operations when the seeing conditions deteriorate.</p>"
"<p>In-Sequence HFR threshold value controls when the autofocus process is started. If the measured HFR value exceeds the HFR threshold, autofocus process is initiated. If the HFR threshold value is zero initially (default), then the autofocus process best HFR value is used to set the new HFR threshold, after applying the HFR threshold modifier percentage. This new HFR threshold is then used for subsequent In-Sequence focus checks. If this option is enabled, the HFR threshold value is constant and gets saved to the sequence file.</p>"
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaxDarkTemperatureDiff), group (DarkLibrary)
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/opsekos.ui:830 kstars.kcfg:1525
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum acceptable difference between current and recorded dark frame temperature set point. When the difference exceeds this value, a new dark frame shall be captured for this set point."
"<p>Specify Remote drivers to chain with INDI server. Remote INDI drivers must be already running. If port is different from the default (7624), then it must be specified. For example, to connect to ZWO ASI120MC driver running on 192.168.1.50 on port 8000, the connection string is:</p>"
"<p>Welcome to the <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Ekos Profile Wizard</span></p>"
"<p>Ekos is the premier observatory control and automation platform. With Ekos, you can capture images and gather scientific data with ease. This Wizard will help you create your equipment profile. You will be asked to verify some basic information. </p>"
"<p>Please click <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">next</span> to continue. </p>"
"<p><a href=\"https://github.com/knro/indiwebmanager\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">INDI Web Manager</span></a> running on the Remote Computer?</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Tip</span>: <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">INDI Web Manager</span> is a service that runs on remote devices to help you start and stop INDI services remotely.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Tip</span>: External INDI Server can be <a href=\"http://www.cloudmakers.eu/indiserver/\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">INDI Server for OSX</span></a> or an INDI Server launched manually locally. If unsure, select Internal INDI Server.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Tip</span>: Internal Guider is recommended. Using external guider applications requires additional setup instructions outside the scope of Ekos.</p>"
"<p>If the remote computer has astrometry.net installed, you can run the remote astrometry driver and use it to solve images in Ekos Align module.</p>"
"<p>Use the INDI WatchDog driver. It monitors connection between your remote equipment and Ekos. If the communication is lost between the two, the WatchDog driver goes into safe mode and executes a shutdown procedure to protect your equipment.</p>"
"<p>If you plan to use SkySafari to monitor and/or control your mount, check this box to start INDI SkySafari Server. You can connect SkySafari to this server and it shall enable you to connect and control your mount. For more details, please check the <a href=\"http://indilib.org/devices/telescopes/skysafari.html\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#007af4;\">INDI SkySafari Documentation.</span></a></p>"
msgid "Camera's rotation angle (East of North) in degrees. To measure the angle, solve an image and use the astrometry solver solution's rotation angle"
msgid "Warning: job '%1' has startup time %2 resulting in a negative score, and will be marked invalid when processed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:795
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning: job '%1' at row %2 has a duplicate target at row %3, the scheduler may consider the same storage for captures."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:803
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning: jobs '%1' at row %2 and %3 probably require a different repeat count as currently they will complete simultaneously after %4 batches (or disable option 'Remember job progress')"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:808
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning: job '%1' at row %2 might require a specific startup time or a different priority, as currently they will start in order of insertion in the table"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:982
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning: you cannot add or modify a job while the scheduler is running."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1050
#, kde-format
msgid "Use edition fields to create a new job in the observation list."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1306
#, kde-format
msgid "Job '%1' has not been processed upon scheduler stop, marking aborted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1313
#, kde-format
msgid "Scheduler aborted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/scheduler.cpp:1372
#, kde-format
msgid "Scheduler is in shutdown until next job is ready"
msgid "Select optional FITS file to be used for alignment. When using FITS, specify the object or the estimated coordinates which are used to slew the mount."
msgid "Start the observation job when the object reaches culmination adjusted for the offset value in minutes. By default, the observation job runs 60 minutes prior to culmination."
"<p>The twilight restriction constrains jobs to execute in astronomical darkness. Use the dusk and dawn offsets in the Ekos Scheduler options to adjust the interval.</p>"
"<p>One-time shutdown procedure to be executed after all scheduler jobs are completed. The script is executed <span style=\" font-weight:600; text-decoration: underline;\">after</span> the shutdown procedures (e.g. parking), if selected, are completed.</p>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Don't re-schedule</span>: Don't restart the job in case of an error or an abort.</li>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Re-schedule after all terminated</span>: If a job gets aborted, the scheduler will only re-schedule it if when all jobs are finished or aborted. If this is the case, the scheduler re-schedules all aborted jobs and sleeps for the given delay.</li>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Re-schedule immediately</span>: As soon as a job gets aborted, the scheduler will re-schedule it and waits the given delay.</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>If the option for re-scheduling errors is selected, errors are handled like aborts. Otherwise, jobs that step into an error are never re-scheduled.</p>"
"<p>One-time startup procedure to be executed before starting Ekos. The script is executed <span style=\" font-weight:600; text-decoration: underline;\">before</span> the startup procedures (e.g. unpark scope), if selected, are executed.</p>"
"Current status of job '%1', managed by the Scheduler.\n"
"If invalid, the Scheduler was not able to find a proper observation time for the target.\n"
"If aborted, the Scheduler missed the scheduled time or encountered transitory issues and will reschedule the job.\n"
"If complete, the Scheduler verified that all sequence captures requested were stored, including repeats."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/schedulerjob.cpp:239
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Current altitude of the target of job '%1'.\n"
"A rising target is indicated with an arrow going up.\n"
"A setting target is indicated with an arrow going down."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/schedulerjob.cpp:249
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Startup time for job '%1', as estimated by the Scheduler.\n"
"The altitude at startup, if available, is displayed too.\n"
"Fixed time from user or culmination time is marked with a chronometer symbol. "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/schedulerjob.cpp:259
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Completion time for job '%1', as estimated by the Scheduler.\n"
"You may specify a fixed time to limit duration of looping jobs. A warning symbol indicates the altitude at completion may cause the job to abort before completion.\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/schedulerjob.cpp:269
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Count of captures stored for job '%1', based on its sequence job.\n"
"This is a summary, additional specific frame types may be required to complete the job."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/schedulerjob.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Current score for job '%1', from its altitude, moon separation and sky darkness.\n"
"Negative if adequate altitude is not achieved yet or if there is no proper observation time today.\n"
"The Scheduler will refresh scores when picking a new candidate job."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/schedulerjob.cpp:288
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Time interval from the job which precedes job '%1'.\n"
"Adjust the Lead Time in Ekos options to increase that duration and leave time for jobs to complete.\n"
"Rearrange jobs to minimize that duration and optimize your imaging time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: ekos/scheduler/schedulerjob.cpp:374
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Duration job '%1' will take to complete when started, as estimated by the Scheduler.\n"
"Depends on the actions to be run, and the sequence job to be processed."
"<li style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Auto Debayer</span>: Bayered images will not be debayered. Only grayscale images are shown.</li>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Auto WCS</span>: World Coordinate System data will not be processed. WCS maps sky coordinates to image coordinates. Equatorial grid lines, object identification, and telescope slew within an image are disabled.</li>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">3D Cube</span>: RGB images will not be processed. Only grayscale images are shown.</li>"
"<p>Automatically load World-Coordinate-System (WCS) data when opening a FITS file.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Warning: Only enable this option on very fast machines as it can lead to unpredictable behavior resulting in crashes on slower machines.</span></p>"
"<p>To create an <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Alias</span> from an existing driver, select an existing driver and then only change the <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Label </span>then press<span style=\" font-weight:600;\"> Add.</span></p>"
"<p>Mount handset is the master source of time and location settings. KStars time and location settings are synchronized with controller settings.</p>"
"<p>Set SER video <b>remote</b> directory name. If INDI server is running locally, then a local directory can be selected. However, if you are connected to a remote INDI server, then the directory must be a valid directory on the remote file system where it is saved.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>Record directories may contain some patterns to make them dynamic:</p>"
"Verify if the following time, date, and location settings are correct. If any of the settings are incorrect, you can correct them via the <tt>Set time</tt> and <tt>Set Location</tt> buttons.\n"
"Enter the port number your telescope is connected to. If you only have one serial port in your computer, the port is usually <tt>/dev/ttyUSB0</tt>\n"
"<br>"
"<br>"
"If you are unsure about the port number, you can leave the field empty and KStars will try to scan the ports for attached telescopes. Beware that the autoscan process might take a few minutes to complete. "
msgid "Switch to horizonal view (Horizontal &Coordinates)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PositionTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:9
#, kde-format
msgid "Position of the time InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PositionTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:10
#, kde-format
msgid "The screen coordinates of the Time InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PositionFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:14
#, kde-format
msgid "Position of the focus InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PositionFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:15
#, kde-format
msgid "The screen coordinates of the Focus InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PositionGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:19
#, kde-format
msgid "Position of the geographic InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PositionGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:20
#, kde-format
msgid "The screen coordinates of the Geographic Location InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShadeTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:24
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the time InfoBox in the \"shaded\" state?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShadeTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:25
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, the Time InfoBox will show only its top line of data."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShadeFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:29
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the focus InfoBox in the \"shaded\" state?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShadeFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:30
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, the Focus InfoBox will show only its top line of data."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShadeGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:34
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the geographic InfoBox in the \"shaded\" state?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShadeGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:35
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, the Geographic Location InfoBox will show only its top line of data."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowInfoBoxes), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:39
#, kde-format
msgid "Meta-option to toggle display of all InfoBoxes"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowInfoBoxes), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:40
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggles display of all three InfoBoxes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:44
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the time InfoBox?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:45
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggles display of the Time InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:49
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the focus InfoBox?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggles display of the Focus InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the geographic InfoBox?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:55
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggles display of the Geographic Location InfoBox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StickyTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StickyFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:59 kstars.kcfg:66
#, kde-format
msgid "Time InfoBox anchor flag"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StickyTimeBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the Time InfoBox anchored to a window edge? 0 = not anchored; 1 = anchored to right edge; 2 = anchored to bottom edge; 3 = anchored to bottom and right edges."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StickyFocusBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the Focus InfoBox anchored to a window edge? 0 = not anchored; 1 = anchored to right edge; 2 = anchored to bottom edge; 3 = anchored to bottom and right edges."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StickyGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:73
#, kde-format
msgid "Geographic InfoBox anchor flag"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StickyGeoBox), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:74
#, kde-format
msgid "Is the Geographic Location InfoBox anchored to a window edge? 0 = not anchored; 1 = anchored to right edge; 2 = anchored to bottom edge; 3 = anchored to bottom and right edges."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowStatusBar), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the statusbar?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowStatusBar), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:81
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of the status bar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowAltAzField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:85
#, kde-format
msgid "Display Alt/Az coordinates in the statusbar?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowAltAzField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:86
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of the Horizontal coordinates of the mouse cursor in the status bar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowRADecField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:90
#, kde-format
msgid "Display RA/Dec coordinates in the statusbar?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowRADecField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:91
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of the Equatorial coordinates of the mouse cursor at the current epoch in the status bar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowJ2000RADecField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Display J2000.0 RA/Dec coordinates in the statusbar?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowJ2000RADecField), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of the Equatorial coordinates of the mouse cursor at the standard epoch in the status bar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowSensorFOV), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:100
#, kde-format
msgid "Display CCD sensor angular size on the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (WindowWidth), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Width of main window, in pixels"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (WindowHeight), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:108
#, kde-format
msgid "Height of main window, in pixels"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RunStartupWizard), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:112
#, kde-format
msgid "Run Startup Wizard when KStars launches?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CurrentTheme), group (GUI)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:116
#, kde-format
msgid "Current application theme"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CatalogFile), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:123
#, kde-format
msgid "Filenames of defined custom object catalogs."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CatalogFile), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:124
#, kde-format
msgid "List of the filenames of custom object catalogs."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowCatalog), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:127
#, kde-format
msgid "List of toggles for displaying custom object catalogs."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowCatalog), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:128
#, kde-format
msgid "List of integers toggling display of each custom object catalog (any nonzero value indicates the objects in that catalog will be displayed)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowCatalogNames), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:131
#, kde-format
msgid "List for displaying custom object catalogs."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowCatalogNames), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:132
#, kde-format
msgid "List of names for which custom catalogs are to be displayed."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ResolveNamesOnline), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Resolve names using online services."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ResolveNamesOnline), group (Catalogs)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Names of objects entered into the find dialog are resolved using online services and stored in the database. This option also toggles the display of such resolved objects on the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIWindowWidth), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:143
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI window width"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIWindowHeight), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:147
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI window height"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useGeographicUpdate), group (indi)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useTimeUpdate), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically updates time and date?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (independentWindowINDI), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:159
#, kde-format
msgid "Make INDI Control Panel window independent of KStars main window"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (showTargetCrosshair), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:163
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw crosshairs at telescope position in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (showTargetCrosshair), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:164
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of crosshairs centered at telescope's pointed position in the KStars sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (showINDIMessages), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:168
#, kde-format
msgid "Display INDI messages in the statusbar?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (showINDIMessages), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:169
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle display of INDI messages in the KStars statusbar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SaveFocusImages), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:173
#, kde-format
msgid "Save autofocus images on disk?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (messageNotificationINDI), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:177
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI message notifications"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (messageNotificationINDI), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Show INDI messages as desktop notifications instead of dialogs."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useKStarsSource), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:182
#, kde-format
msgid "Use KStars time and location for synchronization?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useMountSource), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:186
#, kde-format
msgid "Use mount time and location for synchronization?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useGPSSource), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:190
#, kde-format
msgid "Use GPS time and location for synchronization?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (fitsDir), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:194
#, kde-format
msgid "FITS Default directory"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (fitsDir), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:195
#, kde-format
msgid "The default location of saved FITS files"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (serverPortStart), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:199
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI Server Start Port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (serverPortStart), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:200
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI server will attempt to bind with ports starting from this port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (serverPortEnd), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:204
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI Server Final Port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (serverPortEnd), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:205
#, kde-format
msgid "INDI server will attempt to bind with ports ending with this port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (filterAlias), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:209
#, kde-format
msgid "Aliases for filter wheel slots."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (filterAlias), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:210
#, kde-format
msgid "List of the aliases for filter wheel slots."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (indiServer), group (indi)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (indiServer), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:213 kstars.kcfg:214
#, kde-format
msgid "PATH to indiserver binary"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (indiServerIsInternal), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:218
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal or External INDI Server?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (indiDriversDir), group (indi)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (indiDriversDir), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:222 kstars.kcfg:223
#, kde-format
msgid "PATH to indi drivers directory"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (indiDriversAreInternal), group (indi)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometrySolverIsInternal), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:227 kstars.kcfg:1981
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal or External Astrometry Solver?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (streamWindowWidth), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:231
#, kde-format
msgid "Video streaming window width"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (streamWindowHeight), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:235
#, kde-format
msgid "Video streaming window height"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIMountLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:239
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Mount logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIFocuserLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:243
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Focuser logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDICCDLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:247
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI CCD logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIFilterWheelLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:251
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Filter Wheel logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIDomeLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:255
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Dome logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIDetectorLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:259
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Detector logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIWeatherLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:263
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Weather logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIAuxiliaryLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:267
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Auxiliary logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIRotatorLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:271
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Rotator logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIGPSLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:275
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI GPS logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (INDIAOLogging), group (indi)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:279
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable INDI Adaptive Optics logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CityName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:286
#, kde-format
msgid "City name of geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CityName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:287
#, kde-format
msgid "The City name of the current geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ProvinceName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:291
#, kde-format
msgid "Province name of geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ProvinceName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:292
#, kde-format
msgid "The Province name of the current geographic location. This is the name of the state for locations in the U. S."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CountryName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:296
#, kde-format
msgid "Country name of geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CountryName), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:297
#, kde-format
msgid "The Country name of the current geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Longitude), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:301
#, kde-format
msgid "Geographic Longitude, in degrees."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Longitude), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:302
#, kde-format
msgid "The longitude of the current geographic location, in decimal degrees."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Latitude), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:306
#, kde-format
msgid "Geographic Latitude, in degrees."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Latitude), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:307
#, kde-format
msgid "The latitude of the current geographic location, in decimal degrees."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Elevation), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:311
#, kde-format
msgid "Elevation above sea level of geographic location, in meters."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TimeZone), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:315
#, kde-format
msgid "Time Zone offset of geographic location, in hours."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DST), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:319
#, kde-format
msgid "Two-letter code for daylight savings time rule used by geographic location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DST), group (Location)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:320
#, kde-format
msgid "Two-letter code that determines the dates on which daylight savings time begins and ends (you can view the rules by pressing the \"Explain DST Rules\" button in the Geographic Location window)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAnimatedSlewing), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:327
#, kde-format
msgid "Use animated slewing effects when changing focus position?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAnimatedSlewing), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:328
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, focus changes will cause the sky to visibly spin to the new position. Otherwise, the display will \"snap\" instantly to the new position."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LeftClickSelectsObject), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:332
#, kde-format
msgid "Select objects on left click?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LeftClickSelectsObject), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:333
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, clicking on the skymap will select the closest object and highlights it."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultCursor), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:337
#, kde-format
msgid "Select default Skymap cursor?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultCursor), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:338
#, kde-format
msgid "Type of cursor when exploring the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FOVNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:342
#, kde-format
msgid "Name of selected FOV indicators"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FOVNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:343
#, kde-format
msgid "The names of the currently selected field-of-view indicators. The list of defined FOV indicator names is listed in the \"Settings|FOV Symbols\" menu."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FadePlanetTrails), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:347
#, kde-format
msgid "Fade planet trails to background color?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FadePlanetTrails), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:348
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, trails attached to solar system bodies will fade into the background sky color."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusRA), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:352
#, kde-format
msgid "Right Ascension of focus position"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusRA), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:353
#, kde-format
msgid "The right ascension of the initial focus position of the sky map, in decimal hours. This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusDec), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:357
#, kde-format
msgid "Declination of focus position"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusDec), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:358
#, kde-format
msgid "The declination of the initial focus position of the sky map, in decimal degrees. This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusObject), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:362
#, kde-format
msgid "Name of focused object"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusObject), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:363
#, kde-format
msgid "The name of the object that should be centered and tracked on startup. If no object should be centered, set to \"nothing\". This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (IsTracking), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:367
#, kde-format
msgid "Is tracking engaged?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (IsTracking), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:368
#, kde-format
msgid "True if the skymap should track on its initial position on startup. This value is volatile; it is reset whenever the program shuts down."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HideOnSlew), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:372
#, kde-format
msgid "Hide objects while moving?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HideOnSlew), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:373
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether KStars should hide some objects while the display is moving, for smoother motion."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HideCBounds), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:377
#, kde-format
msgid "Hide constellation boundaries while moving?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HideCBounds), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:378
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether constellation boundaries are hidden while the display is in motion."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HideCLines), group (View)
msgid "Draw grids according to active coordinate system?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AutoSelectGrid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:537
#, kde-format
msgid "Coordinate grids will automatically change according to active coordinate system."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowEquatorialGrid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:541
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw equatorial coordinate grid in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowEquatorialGrid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:542
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the equatorial coordinate grid is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowHorizontalGrid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:546
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw horizontal coordinate grid in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowHorizontalGrid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:547
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the horizontal coordinate grid is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowLocalMeridian), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:551
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw local meridian line in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowLocalMeridian), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:552
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the local meridian line is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowGround), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:556
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw opaque ground in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowGround), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:557
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the region below the horizon is opaque."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowHorizon), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:561
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw horizon line in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowHorizon), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:562
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the horizon line is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowFlags), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:566
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw flags in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowFlags), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:567
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether flags are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowIC), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:571
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw IC objects in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowIC), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:572
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether IC objects are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowNGC), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:576
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw NGC objects in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowNGC), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:577
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether NGC objects are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMessier), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:581
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Messier objects in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMessier), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:582
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Messier objects are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMessierImages), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:586
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Messier object images in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMessierImages), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:587
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Messier objects are rendered as images in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowOther), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:591
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw extra deep-sky objects in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowOther), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:592
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether extra objects are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMilkyWay), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:596
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Milky Way contour in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMilkyWay), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:597
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the Milky Way contour is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FillMilkyWay), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:601
#, kde-format
msgid "Fill Milky Way contour? (false means use outline only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FillMilkyWay), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:602
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the Milky Way contour is filled. When this option is false, the Milky Way is shown as an outline."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowSolarSystem), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:606
#, kde-format
msgid "Meta-option for all planets in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowSolarSystem), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:607
#, kde-format
msgid "Meta-option to control whether all major planets (and the Sun and Moon) are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowPlanetImages), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:611
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw planets as images in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowPlanetImages), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:612
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether major planets (and the Sun and Moon) are rendered as images in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowPlanetNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:616
#, kde-format
msgid "Label planet names in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowPlanetNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:617
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether major planets (and the Sun and Moon) are labeled in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowSun), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:621
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Sun in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowSun), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:622
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the Sun is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMoon), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:626
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Moon in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMoon), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:627
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the Moon is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMercury), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:631
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Mercury in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMercury), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:632
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Mercury is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowVenus), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:636
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Venus in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowVenus), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:637
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Venus is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowMars), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:641
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Mars in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowMars), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:642
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Mars is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowJupiter), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:646
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Jupiter in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowJupiter), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:647
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Jupiter is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowSaturn), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:651
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Saturn in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowSaturn), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:652
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Saturn is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowUranus), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:656
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Uranus in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowUranus), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:657
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Uranus is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowNeptune), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:661
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Neptune in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowNeptune), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:662
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Neptune is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowPluto), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:666
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw Pluto in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowPluto), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:667
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether Pluto is drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowStars), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:671
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw stars in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowStars), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:672
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether stars are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowStarMagnitudes), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:676
#, kde-format
msgid "Label star magnitudes in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowStarMagnitudes), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:677
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether star magnitude (brightness) labels are shown in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowStarNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:681
#, kde-format
msgid "Label star names in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowStarNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:682
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether star name labels are shown in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowDeepSkyMagnitudes), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:686
#, kde-format
msgid "Label deep-sky object magnitudes in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowDeepSkyMagnitudes), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:687
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether deep-sky object magnitude (brightness) labels are shown in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowDeepSkyNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:691
#, kde-format
msgid "Label deep-sky objects in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowDeepSkyNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:692
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether deep-sky object name labels are shown in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SlewTimeScale), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:696
#, kde-format
msgid "Minimum timescale for forced-slewing mode"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SlewTimeScale), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:697
#, kde-format
msgid "The timescale above which slewing mode is forced on at all times."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BoxBGMode), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:701
#, kde-format
msgid "InfoBoxes Background fill mode"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (BoxBGMode), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:702
#, kde-format
msgid "The background fill mode for the on-screen information boxes: 0=\"no BG\"; 1=\"semi-transparent BG\"; 2=\"opaque BG\""
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Projection), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:706
#, kde-format
msgid "Mapping projection algorithm"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Projection), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:707
#, kde-format
msgid "Algorithm for the mapping projection."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAbbrevConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:711
#, kde-format
msgid "Use abbreviated constellation names?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAbbrevConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:712
#, kde-format
msgid "Use official IAU abbreviations for constellation names."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseLatinConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:716
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Latin constellation names?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseLatinConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:717
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Latin constellation names."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseLocalConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:721
#, kde-format
msgid "Use localized constellation names?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseLocalConstellNames), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:722
#, kde-format
msgid "Use localized constellation names (if localized names are not available, default to Latin names)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAltAz), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:726
#, kde-format
msgid "Use horizontal coordinate system?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAltAz), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:727
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the sky with horizontal coordinates (when false, equatorial coordinates will be used)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAutoLabel), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:731
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically label focused object?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAutoLabel), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:732
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether a centered object automatically gets a name label attached."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAutoTrail), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:736 tools/scriptbuilder.cpp:696
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically add trail to centered solar system body?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAutoTrail), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:737
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether a centered solar system object automatically gets a trail attached, as long as it remains centered."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseHoverLabel), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:741
#, kde-format
msgid "Add temporary label on mouse hover?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseHoverLabel), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:742
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the object under the mouse cursor gets a transient name label."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseRefraction), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:746
#, kde-format
msgid "Correct positions for atmospheric refraction?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseRefraction), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:747
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether object positions are corrected for the effects of atmospheric refraction (only applies when horizontal coordinates are used)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseRelativistic), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:751
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply relativistic corrections due to the bending of light in sun's gravitational field"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseRelativistic), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:752
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether corrections due to bending of light around the sun are taken into account"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseAntialias), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:756
#, kde-format
msgid "Use antialiasing when drawing the screen?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseAntialias), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:757
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the sky is rendered using antialiasing. Lines and shapes are smoother with antialiasing, but rendering the screen will take more time."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ZoomFactor), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:761
#, kde-format
msgid "Zoom Factor, in pixels per radian"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ZoomFactor), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:762
#, kde-format
msgid "The zoom level, measured in pixels per radian."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ZoomScrollFactor), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:768
#, kde-format
msgid "Zoom scroll sensitivity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ZoomScrollFactor), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:769
#, kde-format
msgid "When zooming in or out, change zoom speed factor by this multiplier."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitAsteroid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:775
#, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for asteroids"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitAsteroid), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:776
#, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing asteroids."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitAsteroidDownload), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:780
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum magnitude for asteroids to be downloaded from JPL."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitAsteroidDownload), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:781
#, kde-format
msgid "The maximum magnitude (visibility) to filter the asteroid data download from JPL."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AsteroidLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:785
#, kde-format
msgid "Label density for asteroid names"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AsteroidLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:786
#, kde-format
msgid "Controls the relative number of asteroid name labels drawn in the map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitDrawDeepSky), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:790
#, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for deep-sky objects"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitDrawDeepSky), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:791
#, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing deep-sky objects, when fully zoomed in."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitDrawDeepSkyZoomOut), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:795
#, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for deep-sky objects when zoomed out"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitDrawDeepSkyZoomOut), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:796
#, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing deep-sky objects, when fully zoomed out."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowUnknownMagObjects), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:800
#, kde-format
msgid "Show deep-sky objects of unknown magnitude"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowUnknownMagObjects), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:801
#, kde-format
msgid "When enabled, objects whose magnitudes are unknown, or not available to KStars, are drawn irrespective of the faint limits set."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitDrawStar), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:806
#, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for stars"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitDrawStar), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:807
#, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing stars, when fully zoomed in."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StarDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:811
#, kde-format
msgid "Density of stars in the field of view"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:812
#, kde-format
msgid "Sets the density of stars in the field of view"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitDrawStarZoomOut), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:817
#, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for stars when zoomed out"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitDrawStarZoomOut), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:818
#, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing stars, when fully zoomed out."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MagLimitHideStar), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:823
#, kde-format
msgid "Faint limit for stars when slewing"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MagLimitHideStar), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:824
#, kde-format
msgid "The faint magnitude limit for drawing stars, when the map is in motion (only applicable if faint stars are set to be hidden while the map is in motion)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StarLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:828
#, kde-format
msgid "Relative density for star name labels and/or magnitudes"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StarLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:829
#, kde-format
msgid "The relative density for drawing star name and magnitude labels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DeepSkyLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:833
#, kde-format
msgid "Relative density for deep-sky object name labels and/or magnitudes"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeepSkyLabelDensity), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:834
#, kde-format
msgid "The relative density for drawing deep-sky object name and magnitude labels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DeepSkyLongLabels), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:838
#, kde-format
msgid "Show long names in deep-sky object name labels?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DeepSkyLongLabels), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:839
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, long names (common names) for deep-sky objects are shown in the labels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaxRadCometName), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:843
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum distance from Sun for labeling comets, in AU"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MaxRadCometName), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:844
#, kde-format
msgid "The maximum solar distance for drawing comets."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseGL), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:848
#, kde-format
msgid "Switch to OpenGL backend"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseGL), group (View)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RunClock), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:853
#, kde-format
msgid "Run clock"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RunClock), group (View)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:854
#, kde-format
msgid "The state of the clock (running or not)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListSymbol), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:860
#, kde-format
msgid "Use symbols to label observing list objects"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListSymbol), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:861
#, kde-format
msgid "Objects in the observing list will be highlighted with a symbol in the map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListText), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:865
#, kde-format
msgid "Use text to label observing list objects"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListText), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:866
#, kde-format
msgid "Objects in the observing list will be highlighted with a colored name label in the map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListPreferDSS), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:870
#, kde-format
msgid "Prefer Digitized Sky Survey imagery in the observing list"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListPreferDSS), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:871
#, kde-format
msgid "The observing list will prefer DSS imagery while downloading imagery."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListPreferSDSS), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:875
#, kde-format
msgid "Prefer Sloan Digital Sky Survey imagery in the observing list"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListPreferSDSS), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:876
#, kde-format
msgid "The observing list will prefer SDSS imagery while downloading imagery."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListDemoteHole), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:880
#, kde-format
msgid "While sorting by percentage altitude in the observing list, demote objects present in the Dobsonian hole"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListDemoteHole), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:881
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this if you use a large Dobsonian telescope. Sorting by percentage current altitude is an easy way of determining what objects are well-placed for observation. However, when using a large Dobsonian telescope, objects close to the zenith are hard to observe. Since tracking there corresponds to a rotation in azimuth, it is both counterintuitive and requires the observer to frequently move the ladder. The region around the zenith where this is particularly frustrating is called the Dobsonian hole. This checkbox makes the observing list consider objects present in the hole as unfit for observation."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListHoleSize), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:885
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the angular distance from the zenith, in degrees, below which you can easily point your telescope."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObsListHoleSize), group (ObservingList)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:886
#, kde-format
msgid "This specifies the angular radius of the Dobsonian hole, i.e. the region where a large Dobsonian telescope cannot be pointed easily."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ObsListCoverage), group (ObservingList)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetLabel), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1125
#, kde-format
msgid "If true, display a label in the upper right corner."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetLabelLocalTime), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetLabelGMT), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1129 kstars.kcfg:1134
#, kde-format
msgid "Show GMT label"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetLabelLocalTime), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1130
#, kde-format
msgid "Show local time."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetLabelGMT), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1135
#, kde-format
msgid "Show GMT instead of local time."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetLabelString), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1139
#, kde-format
msgid "Planet string"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetLabelString), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1140
#, kde-format, no-c-format
msgid "Specify the text of the first line of the label. By default, it says something like \"Looking at Earth\". Any instances of %t will be replaced by the target name, and any instances of %o will be replaced by the origin name."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetFontSize), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1144
#, kde-format
msgid "Font Size"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetFontSize), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetDateFormat), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1154
#, kde-format
msgid "Date format"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetDateFormat), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1155
#, kde-format, no-c-format
msgid "Specify the format for the date/time label. This format string is passed to strftime(3). The default is \"%c %Z\", which shows the date, time, and time zone in the locale’s appropriate date and time representation."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetLabelTL), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetLongitude), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1196
#, kde-format
msgid "Place the observer above the specified longitude (in degrees). Longitude is positive going east, negative going west (for the earth and moon), so for example Los Angeles is at -118 or 242. The default value is 0."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetProjection), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackground), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1206
#, kde-format
msgid "Use a file as the background image, with the planet to be superimposed upon it. This option is only meaningful with the -projection option. A color may also be supplied."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetBackgroundImage), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1210
#, kde-format
msgid "Use background image"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackgroundImage), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1211
#, kde-format
msgid "Use a file as the background image."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetBackgroundImagePath), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1215
#, kde-format
msgid "Background image path"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackgroundImagePath), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1216
#, kde-format
msgid "The path of the background image."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetBackgroundColor), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1220
#, kde-format
msgid "Use background color"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetBackgroundColor), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1221
#, kde-format
msgid "Use a color as the background."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetBackgroundColorValue), group (Xplanet)
msgid "A star of the specified magnitude will have a pixel brightness of 1. The default value is 10. Stars will be drawn more brightly if this number is larger."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetArcFile), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1235
#, kde-format
msgid "Arc file"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetArcFile), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1236
#, kde-format
msgid "If checked, use an arc file to be plotted against the background stars."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (XplanetArcFilePath), group (Xplanet)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1240
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to arc file"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (XplanetArcFilePath), group (Xplanet)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AlwaysRecomputeCoordinates), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1324
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes recomputation of current equatorial coordinates from catalog coordinates (i.e. application of precession, nutation and aberration corrections) for every redraw of the map. This makes processing slower when there are many stars to handle, but is more likely to be bug free. There are known bugs in the rendering of stars when this recomputation is avoided."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultDSSImageSize), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1328
#, kde-format
msgid "Default size for DSS images"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultDSSImageSize), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1329
#, kde-format
msgid "The default size for DSS images downloaded from the Internet."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DSSPadding), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1333
#, kde-format
msgid "Additional padding around DSS Images of deep-sky objects"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DSSPadding), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1334
#, kde-format
msgid "To include parts of the star field, we add some extra padding around DSS images of deep-sky objects. This option configures the total (both sides) padding added to either dimension of the field."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (VerboseLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1338
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable Verbose Logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (VerboseLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1339
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes KStars to generate verbose debug information for diagnostic purposes. This may cause slowdown of KStars."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RegularLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1343
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable Regular Logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RegularLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1344
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes KStars to generate regular debug information."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DisableLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1348
#, kde-format
msgid "Disable Verbose Logging"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DisableLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1349
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes KStars to stop generating ANY debug information."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LogToDefault), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1353
#, kde-format
msgid "Log debug message to default output"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LogToDefault), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1354
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes KStars log debug messages to the default output used by the platform (e.g. Standard Error)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LogToFile), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1358
#, kde-format
msgid "Log debug message to a log file"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LogToFile), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1359
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking this option causes KStars log debug messages to a log file as specified."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FITSLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1363
#, kde-format
msgid "Log FITS Data activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (INDILogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1367
#, kde-format
msgid "Log INDI devices activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CaptureLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1371
#, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Capture Module activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1375
#, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Focus Module activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (GuideLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1379
#, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Guide Module activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AlignmentLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1383
#, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Alignment Module activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MountLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1387
#, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Mount Module activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ObservatoryLogging), group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1391
#, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Observatory Module activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useFITSViewer), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1397
#, kde-format
msgid "Display every image captured in a FITS Viewer window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (singlePreviewFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1401
#, kde-format
msgid "Preview FITS in a single tab?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (singleWindowCapturedFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1406
#, kde-format
msgid "Display all captured FITS in one window?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (singleWindowCapturedFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1407
#, kde-format
msgid "Display all captured FITS images in a single FITS Viewer window. By default each camera create its own FITS Viewer instance"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (singleWindowOpenedFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1411
#, kde-format
msgid "Display all opened FITS in one window?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (singleWindowOpenedFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1412
#, kde-format
msgid "Display all opened FITS images in a single FITS Viewer window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (focusFITSOnNewImage), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1416
#, kde-format
msgid "Bring the FITSViewer window to the foreground when receiving a new image."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (independentWindowFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1420
#, kde-format
msgid "Make FITS Viewer window independent of KStars main window"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoDebayer), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1424
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically debayer a FITS image if it is contains a bayer pattern"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoImageToFITS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1428
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert received non-FITS images to FITS for display purposes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Auto3DCube), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1432
#, kde-format
msgid "Process 3D FITS Cube (RGB). If false, only first channel is processed."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoWCS), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1436
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically process World-Coordinate-System (WCS) data when loading a FITS file."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LimitedResourcesMode), group (FITSViewer)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1440
#, kde-format
msgid "Conserve CPU and memory by disabling all resource-intensive features in FITS Viewer"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BortleClass), group (WISettings)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1446
#, kde-format
msgid "Bortle dark-sky rating"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TelescopeCheck), group (WISettings)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1450
#, kde-format
msgid "Availability of telescope"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BinocularsCheck), group (WISettings)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1454
#, kde-format
msgid "Availability of binoculars"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (BinocularsAperture), group (WISettings)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1458
#, kde-format
msgid "Aperture of available binocular"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ScopeListIndex), group (WISettings)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1462
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of selected scope from list of scopes"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EkosWindowWidth), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1468
#, kde-format
msgid "Ekos window width"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EkosWindowHeight), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1472
#, kde-format
msgid "Ekos window height"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EkosLeftIcons), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1480
#, kde-format
msgid "Ekos modules icons are placed to the left of pages"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RememberCredentials), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1484
#, kde-format
msgid "Remember Ekos Live credentials."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoStartEkosLive), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1488
#, kde-format
msgid "Start Ekos Live on KStars startup."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EkosLiveOnline), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1492
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether EkosLive connection mode is online."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EkosLiveUsername), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1496
#, kde-format
msgid "EkosLive username"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (independentWindowEkos), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1499
#, kde-format
msgid "Make Ekos window independent of KStars main window"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (profile), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1503
#, kde-format
msgid "Ekos drivers profile"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (neverLoadConfig), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1507
#, kde-format
msgid "Never load device configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (loadConfigOnConnection), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1511
#, kde-format
msgid "Load device configuration upon successful connection?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (loadDefaultConfig), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1515
#, kde-format
msgid "Always load device default configuration upon successful connection?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (autoLoadSerialAssistant), group (Ekos)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1519
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically load Serial Port Assistant tool when detecting unmapped serial ports?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (shutterfulCCDs), group (DarkLibrary)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1529
#, kde-format
msgid "List of CCDs with mechanical or electronic shutters."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (shutterlessCCDs), group (DarkLibrary)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1532
#, kde-format
msgid "List of CCDs without mechanical or electronic shutters."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MinimumAltLimit), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1537
#, kde-format
msgid "Default minimum mount altitude limit"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaximumAltLimit), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1542
#, kde-format
msgid "Default maximum mount altitude limit."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MaximumAltLimit), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1543
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum telescope altitude limit. If the telescope is above this limit, it will be commanded to stop."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnableAltitudeLimits), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1547
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable mount altitude limits."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MeridianFlipOffset), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1551
#, kde-format
msgid "Default hour angle to perform meridian flip"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MeridianFlipOffset), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1552
#, kde-format
msgid "If the target hour angle exceeds this value, Ekos will command a meridian flip and if successful it will resume guiding and capture operations."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ExecuteMeridianFlip), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1555
#, kde-format
msgid "Flips the mount when reaching the meridian, if supported."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MeridianFlipUnitDegrees), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1559
#, kde-format
msgid "Sets the display unit for meridian flip to degrees."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LeftRightReversed), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1563
#, kde-format
msgid "Reverse the direction of right and left buttons in mount control."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UpDownReversed), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1567
#, kde-format
msgid "Reverse the direction of up and down buttons in mount control."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ParkEveryDay), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1571
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically start parking timer on startup."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ParkTime), group (Mount)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1575
#, kde-format
msgid "Park mount at this time in 12 hour format."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultCaptureCCD), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1581
#, kde-format
msgid "Default capture module CCD."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultObserver), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1584
#, kde-format
msgid "Default observer full name."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SyncFOVPA), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1587
#, kde-format
msgid "Sync FOV indicator Position Angle with Rotator Settings Position Angle"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PAMultiplier), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1591
#, kde-format
msgid "Position angle multiplier"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PAOffset), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1595
#, kde-format
msgid "Position angle offset"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideDeviation), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1599
#, kde-format
msgid "Default maximum permittable guide deviation"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (GuideDeviation), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1600
#, kde-format
msgid "If guide deviation exceeds this limit, the exposure will be automatically aborted and only resumed when the deviation is within this limit."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HFRDeviation), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1604
#, kde-format
msgid "Default maximum permittable HFR deviation"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (HFRDeviation), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1605
#, kde-format
msgid "If HFR deviation exceeds this limit, the autofocus routine will be automatically started."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnforceGuideDeviation), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1609
#, kde-format
msgid "Enforce guiding deviation limit."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnforceAutofocus), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1613
#, kde-format
msgid "Enforce Autofocus HFR limit."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnforceRefocusEveryN), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1617
#, kde-format
msgid "Enforce Refocus Every N Minutes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RefocusEveryN), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1621
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of minute between forced refocus attempts"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RefocusEveryN), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1622
#, kde-format
msgid "Sets the time interval before forced autofocus attempts during a capture sequence."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ResetMountModelAfterMeridian), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1626
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset mount model after meridian flip."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationADUValue), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1630
#, kde-format
msgid "Desired flat field ADU"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CalibrationADUValue), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1631
#, kde-format
msgid "If set, Ekos will capture a few flat images to determine the optimal exposure time to achieve the desired ADU value."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationADUValueTolerance), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1635
#, kde-format
msgid "ADU Value tolerance"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (CalibrationADUValueTolerance), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1636
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum difference between measured and target ADU values to deem the value as acceptable."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationFlatSourceIndex), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1640
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of flat source option."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationFlatDurationIndex), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1644
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of flat duration option."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationWallAz), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1648
#, kde-format
msgid "Azimuth of calibration wall location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationWallAlt), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1652
#, kde-format
msgid "Altitude of calibration wall location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (MaxTemperatureDiff), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1656
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum acceptable difference between requested and measured temperature set point."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuidingSettle), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1660
#, kde-format
msgid "Wait this many seconds after guiding is resumed before starting capture."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FlatSyncFocus), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1668
#, kde-format
msgid "Capture flat frames at the same focus position of light frames."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HFRThresholdPercentage), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1672
#, kde-format
msgid "Increase autofocus HFR value by this percentage gain and store it in Capture Module."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseMedianFocus), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1676
#, kde-format
msgid "Calculate median focus value after each autofocus operation is complete."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SaveHFRToFile), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1680
#, kde-format
msgid "When saving a sequence file, save current HFR threshold value. By default, zero value is used."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoStretch), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1692
#, kde-format
msgid "Perform auto stretch on captured images in FITS Viewer."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useSummaryPreview), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1696
#, kde-format
msgid "Display every image captured sequence image in the Ekos summary screen preview window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (useDSLRImageViewer), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1700
#, kde-format
msgid "Display every captured DSLR image in the Image Viewer window."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ForceDSLRPresets), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1704
#, kde-format
msgid "Force exposure times to align with DSLR exposure presets. This insures accurate exposure times for sub-second exposures."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CaptureFormatIndex), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1708
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of desired capture format (FITS or Native)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CaptureDirectory), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1712
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to capture directory to save images."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RemoteCaptureDirectory), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1716
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to remote capture directory to save images."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ManualCoverTimeout), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1719
#, kde-format
msgid "Cover or uncover telescope dialog timeout in seconds."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (fileSettingsUseFilter), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1723
#, kde-format
msgid "Add the filter name to the capture file name."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (fileSettingsUseDuration), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1727
#, kde-format
msgid "Add the capture duration to the capture file name."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (fileSettingsUseTimestamp), group (Capture)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1731
#, kde-format
msgid "Add the capture timestamp to the capture file name."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultFocusCCD), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1737
#, kde-format
msgid "Default focus module CCD."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultFocusFocuser), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1740
#, kde-format
msgid "Default focus module focuser."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultFocusFilterWheel), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1743
#, kde-format
msgid "Default focus module filter wheel."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusTicks), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1746
#, kde-format
msgid "Default Focuser step ticks"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusTicks), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1747
#, kde-format
msgid "Step size of the absolute focuser. The step size TICKS should be adjusted so that when the focuser moves TICKS steps, the difference in HFR is more than 0.1 pixels. Lower the value when you are close to optimal focus."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusSettleTime), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1751
#, kde-format
msgid "Wait for this many seconds after moving the focuser before capturing the next image during AutoFocus."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (GuideSettleTime), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1755
#, kde-format
msgid "Wait for this many seconds after resuming guide."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusTolerance), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1759
#, kde-format
msgid "Default Focuser tolerance value"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusTolerance), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1760
#, kde-format
msgid "The tolerance specifies the percentage difference between the current focusing position and the minimum obtained during the focusing run. Adjustment of this value is necessary to prevent the focusing algorithm from oscillating back and forth."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusMaxTravel), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1764
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum Focus Travel Distance"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusMaxTravel), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1765
#, kde-format
msgid "Set the maximum travel distance of an absolute focuser."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusGain), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1769
#, kde-format
msgid "Default Focuser gain value"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusGain), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1770
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies gain value of CCD when performing focusing if supported by camera."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusBoxSize), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1774
#, kde-format
msgid "Default Focuser star selection box size"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusBoxSize), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1775
#, kde-format
msgid "Set box size to select a focus star."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusXBin), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1779
#, kde-format
msgid "Default CCD X binning in focus mode"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusXBin), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1780
#, kde-format
msgid "Set horizontal binning of CCD camera while in focus mode."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusYBin), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1784
#, kde-format
msgid "Default CCD Y binning in focus mode"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusYBin), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1785
#, kde-format
msgid "Set vertical binning of CCD camera while in focus mode."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusSubFrame), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1789
#, kde-format
msgid "Subframe the focus star during the autofocus procedure."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusUseFullField), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1793
#, kde-format
msgid "Measure average HFR from all stars combined in a full frame. This method defaults to the Centroid detection, but can use SEP detection too. Its performance decreases as the number of stars increases."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusFullFieldInnerRadius), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1797
#, kde-format
msgid "Full field inner radius."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusFullFieldInnerRadius), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1798
#, kde-format, no-c-format
msgid "During full field focusing, stars which are inside this percentage of the frame are filtered out of HFR calculation (default 0%). Detection algorithms may also have an inherent filter."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusFullFieldOuterRadius), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1802
#, kde-format
msgid "Full field outer radius."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (FocusFullFieldOuterRadius), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1803
#, kde-format, no-c-format
msgid "During full field focusing, stars which are outside this percentage of the frame are filtered out of HFR calculation (default 100%). Detection algorithms may also have an inherent filter."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusAutoStarEnabled), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1807
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically select a star to focus."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SuspendGuiding), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1811
#, kde-format
msgid "Suspend guiding while autofocus in progress."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseFocusDarkFrame), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1815
#, kde-format
msgid "Take a dark frame and subtract it before running autofocus operation."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusEffect), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1819
#, kde-format
msgid "Image filter to be applied to focus image upon loading."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusThreshold), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1823
#, kde-format
msgid "Relative percentage strength of centroid edge pixel strength to average pixel value."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusDetection), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1827
#, kde-format
msgid "Star detection algorithm"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusAlgorithm), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1831
#, kde-format
msgid "Focus process algorithm"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FocusFramesCount), group (Focus)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1835
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of focus frames to average for HFR calculations."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultAlignCCD), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1841
#, kde-format
msgid "Default align module CCD."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultAlignFW), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1844
#, kde-format
msgid "Default align module Filter Wheel."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AlignExposure), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1847
#, kde-format
msgid "Default alignment exposure value"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AlignExposure), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1848
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies exposure value of CCD in seconds when performing plate solving."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverBinningIndex), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1852
#, kde-format
msgid "Default CCD binning index while in alignment mode"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SolverBinningIndex), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1853
#, kde-format
msgid "Set binning index of CCD camera while in alignment mode. Default values 0-3 corresponding to 1x1 to 4x4 binning. 4 is max binning."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometryUseRotator), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1857
#, kde-format
msgid "Use rotator when performing load and slew."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometryRotatorThreshold), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1861
#, kde-format
msgid "Threshold between measured and FITS position angles in arcminutes to consider the load and slew operation successful."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SolverBackend), group (Align)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometrySolverType), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1869
#, kde-format
msgid "Set astrometry.net solver type (online, offline, remote)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverScopeType), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1873
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of telescope type to be used when solving an image. 0 for Primary, 1 for Guide"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverGotoOption), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1877
#, kde-format
msgid "Action to take if solver if successful (Sync, Slew to Target, or None)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometrySolverWCS), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1881
#, kde-format
msgid "World Coordinate System (WCS). WCS is used to encode RA/DEC coordinates in captured CCD images."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometrySolverOverlay), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1885
#, kde-format
msgid "Display received FITS images unto solver FOV rectangle in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryDifferentialSlewing), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1889
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not use Sync when Slew to Target is selected. Use differential slewing to correct for discrepancies."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SolverAccuracyThreshold), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1893
#, kde-format
msgid "Accuracy threshold in arcseconds between solution and target coordinates."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LockAlignFilterIndex), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1897
#, kde-format
msgid "Use specified filter index when performing astrometry regardless of current filter settings."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AlignDarkFrame), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1901
#, kde-format
msgid "Take a dark frame and subtract it before running astrometry operation."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SettlingTime), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1905
#, kde-format
msgid "Time to wait in milliseconds after telescope slewing is complete before starting the next capture."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryUseNoFITS2FITS), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1909
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not sanitize FITS. This option should only be checked if astrometry.net version is 0.67 or earlier. Uncheck for any versions greater than 0.67."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryImageScaleLow), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1925
#, kde-format
msgid "Lower image scale."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryImageScaleHigh), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1928
#, kde-format
msgid "Upper image scale."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryAutoUpdateImageScale), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1931
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically update image scale when CCD or Mount parameters are updated."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryImageScaleUnits), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1935
#, kde-format
msgid "Image scale units in arcminutes (aw), degrees (dw), or arcsec per pixel (app)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryDownsample), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1943
#, kde-format
msgid "Downsample factor"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryAutoDownsample), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1947
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically downsample based on image size."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryPositionRA), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1955
#, kde-format
msgid "User supplied Right Ascension value in degrees to be passed to the solver."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryPositionDE), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1958
#, kde-format
msgid "User supplied declination value in degrees to be passed to the solver."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryAutoUpdatePosition), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1961
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically update position coordinates when mounts completes slewing."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryCustomOptions), group (Align)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometrySolverBinary), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1976
#, kde-format
msgid "astrometry.net solve-field binary"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometrySolverBinary), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1977
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to astrometry.net solver location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryWCSInfo), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1985
#, kde-format
msgid "astrometry.net wcsinfo binary"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometryWCSInfo), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1986
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to astrometry.net wcsinfo location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryConfFile), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1994
#, kde-format
msgid "astrometry.net configuration file"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometryConfFile), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1995
#, kde-format
msgid "Path to astrometry.net file location."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryConfFileIsInternal), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:1999
#, kde-format
msgid "Internal or External Astrometry.net Conf File?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseDefaultPython), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2003
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the Default System Python Path"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PythonExecPath), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2008
#, kde-format
msgid "Folder in which the desired python executable or link to be used for astrometry.net resides."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryAPIKey), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2013
#, kde-format
msgid "astrometry.net API Key"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AstrometryAPIKey), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2014
#, kde-format
msgid "Key to access astrometry.net online web services. You must register with astrometry.net to obtain a key."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryAPIURL), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2018
#, kde-format
msgid "astrometry.net API URL"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryUseJPEG), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2022
#, kde-format
msgid "Use JPEG format, instead of FITS, to upload images to the astrometry.net online service."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AstrometryTimeout), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2026
#, kde-format
msgid "Timeout in seconds to wait for astrometry solver to complete."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PAHMountSpeedIndex), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2030
#, kde-format
msgid "Speed index to set mount in Polar Alignment Assistant Tool."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PAHAutoPark), group (Align)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2034
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically park the mount after Polar Alignment Assistant Tool is complete."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultGuideCCD), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2040
#, kde-format
msgid "Default guide module CCD."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultST4Driver), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2043
#, kde-format
msgid "Default guide module ST4 Driver."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideExposure), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2046
#, kde-format
msgid "Guider exposure duration in seconds."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuiderType), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2050
#, kde-format
msgid "Which guider process to utilize for guiding (0 Internal Guider, 1 PHD2, 2 lin_guider)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideAlgorithm), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2054
#, kde-format
msgid "Which Algorithm to use track guide square (0 smart, 1 fast, 2 threshold, 3 no threshold)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PHD2Host), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2058
#, kde-format
msgid "Host name of external PHD2 service"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PHD2Port), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2062
#, kde-format
msgid "PHD2 Event Monitoring Port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LinGuiderHost), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2066
#, kde-format
msgid "Host name of external lin_guider service"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LinGuiderPort), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2070
#, kde-format
msgid "Lin_guider Event Monitoring Port"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideScopeType), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2074
#, kde-format
msgid "Index of telescope type to be used when guiding. 0 for Primary, 1 for Guide"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CalibrationPulseDuration), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2078
#, kde-format
msgid "Pulse duration in milliseconds used for guiding pulses during calibration stage."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideSquareSizeIndex), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2082
#, kde-format
msgid "Guide square size index (0 to 4) corresponding to pixel sizes (8 to 128)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ImageGuidingEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2086
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Image Guiding algorithms instead of classical centroid guiding."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideRegionAxis), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2090
#, kde-format
msgid "Region Axis Index (0 to 4) corresponding to NxN partition size used Image Guiding (64 to 1024)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideAutoStarEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2094
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically select calibration star and perform calibration."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoModeIterations), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2102
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of automode iterations for calibration process."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideLostStarTimeout), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2106
#, kde-format
msgid "When star tracking is lost, wait this many seconds before aborting."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideMaxDeltaRMS), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2110
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum delta RMS permitted while guiding before aborting."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TwoAxisEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2114
#, kde-format
msgid "Use both axes to perform calibration."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RapidGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2118
#, kde-format
msgid "Use driver side Rapid Guide to perform guiding."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideDarkFrameEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2122
#, kde-format
msgid "Take dark frame for autoguider images."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuideSubframeEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2126
#, kde-format
msgid "Subframe guide image around selected region"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherPixels), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2130
#, kde-format
msgid "How many pixels to move between subsequent exposures under auto dithering mode."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherFrames), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2134
#, kde-format
msgid "Dither after this many frames."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherThreshold), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2142
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum distance (pixels) for guiding to be considered settled."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherTimeout), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2146
#, kde-format
msgid "Time limit (seconds) on dithering to settle down."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherMaxIterations), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2150
#, kde-format
msgid "How many dithering attempts to undertake before giving up."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherNoGuidingPulse), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2154
#, kde-format
msgid "Pulse length in milliseconds used for non-guiding dither."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherFailAbortsAutoGuide), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2158
#, kde-format
msgid "If dithering fails then abort autoguide."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2162
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Auto Dithering when guiding."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DitherNoGuiding), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2166
#, kde-format
msgid "Perform dithering even when not guiding."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AOLimit), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2170
#, kde-format
msgid "The Adaptive Optics unit is utilized if the guiding deviation is less than this limit in arcseconds. Once exceeded, mechanical guiding is utilized."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RAGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2174
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable autoguiding in the RA axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DECGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2178
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable autoguiding in the DEC axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (NorthDECGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2182
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable North autoguiding in the DEC axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SouthDECGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2186
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable South autoguiding in the DEC axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EastRAGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2190
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable East autoguiding in the RA axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (WestRAGuideEnabled), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2194
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable West autoguiding in the RA axis."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (GuiderAccuracyThreshold), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2231
#, kde-format
msgid "Accuracy threshold for the Guide Graphs."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RADisplayedOnGuideGraph), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2235
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the RA Plot on the Guide Drift Graphics."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DEDisplayedOnGuideGraph), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2239
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the DEC Plot on the Guide Drift Graphics."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RACorrDisplayedOnGuideGraph), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2243
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the RA Corrections Plot on the Guide Drift Graphics."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DECorrDisplayedOnGuideGraph), group (Guide)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2247
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the DEC Corrections Plot on the Guide Drift Graphics."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SchedulerLogging), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2253
#, kde-format
msgid "Log Ekos Scheduler Module activity."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SortSchedulerJobs), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2257
#, kde-format
msgid "Sort scheduler jobs by priority and altitude."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StopEkosAfterShutdown), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2261
#, kde-format
msgid "After shutdown procedure is successfully executed, shutdown INDI and Ekos."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShutdownScriptTerminatesINDI), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2265
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether shutdown script, if exists, terminates INDI server in the process."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreemptiveShutdown), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2269
#, kde-format
msgid "Perform pre-emptive shutdown if no jobs are due for a number of hours."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ResetMountModelOnAlignFail), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2273
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset mount model in case of alignment failure."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ResetMountModelBeforeJob), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2277
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset mount model before starting each job."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ResetGuideCalibration), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2281
#, kde-format
msgid "Always Reset guiding calibration before starting each job."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RealignAfterCalibrationFailure), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2285
#, kde-format
msgid "If guiding calibration fails, run alignment process again before proceeding to recalibration."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreemptiveShutdownTime), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2289
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum number of hours before the next job is due to trigger a pre-emptive shutdown."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RememberJobProgress), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2293
#, kde-format
msgid "When processing a scheduled job, resume the sequence starting from the last image present in storage."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LeadTime), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2297
#, kde-format
msgid "Minimum time between jobs in minutes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (PreDawnTime), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2301
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not permit jobs to be scheduled or executed past this many minutes before dawn."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SettingAltitudeCutoff), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2305
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not permit jobs to be scheduled less than this many degrees before the altitude restriction. Actual execution proceeds until the altitude limit."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DawnOffset), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2309
#, kde-format
msgid "Offset astronomical dawn by this many hours to relax twilight restriction when using narrowband filters."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DuskOffset), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2313
#, kde-format
msgid "Offset astronomical dusk by this many hours to relax twilight restriction when using narrowband filters."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TelescopeFocalLength), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2317
#, kde-format
msgid "Telescope focal length in millimeters."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CameraPixelWidth), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2321
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera pixel size width in micrometers."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CameraPixelHeight), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2325
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera pixel size height in micrometers."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CameraWidth), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2329
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera Width in pixels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CameraHeight), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2333
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera Height in pixels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CameraRotation), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2337
#, kde-format
msgid "Position angle of the camera with respect to north."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ErrorHandlingStrategy), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2341
#, kde-format
msgid "Strategy how to react, when a job aborts or steps into an error."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ErrorHandlingStrategyDelay), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2345
#, kde-format
msgid "Delay in minutes how long the scheduler should pause before restarting an aborted job or a job that ran into an error."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RescheduleErrors), group (Scheduler)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2349
#, kde-format
msgid "Re-schedule jobs that ran into errors."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LastServer), group (INDI Lite)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2355
#, kde-format
msgid "The address of last used server"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LastServerPort), group (INDI Lite)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2358
#, kde-format
msgid "The port of last used server"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (LastWebManagerPort), group (INDI Lite)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2362
#, kde-format
msgid "The port of last used Web Manager"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSMemoryCache), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2368
#, kde-format
msgid "RAM cache size in MB used to store cached HIPS images."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSNetCache), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2372
#, kde-format
msgid "Hard disk cache size in MB used to store cached HIPS images."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSSource), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2376
#, kde-format
msgid "HIPS source catalog title."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSBiLinearInterpolation), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2380
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Bilinear interpolation when rendering HiPS images?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSShowGrid), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2384
#, kde-format
msgid "Show HiPS grid on the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (HIPSPanning), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2388
#, kde-format
msgid "Redraw HiPS while panning."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowHIPS), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2392
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw HiPS sources in the sky map?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ShowHIPS), group (HIPS)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2393
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle whether the HIPS sources are drawn in the sky map."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (warningActionsActive), group (Observatory)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2399
#, kde-format
msgid "Will be reacted upon warnings?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (alertActionsActive), group (Observatory)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2403
#, kde-format
msgid "Will be reacted upon alerts?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (weatherWarningCloseDome), group (Observatory)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2407
#, kde-format
msgid "Shall the dome being closed when a weather warning occurs?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (weatherWarningCloseShutter), group (Observatory)
#. +> trunk5
#: kstars.kcfg:2411
#, kde-format
msgid "Shall the shutter being closed when a weather warning occurs?"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (weatherWarningStopScheduler), group (Observatory)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (weatherAlertCloseShutter), group (Observatory)
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (weatherAlertStopScheduler), group (Observatory)
"<p>The ICC profiles folder seems to be invalid.</p>"
"<p>If you want to try setting it again, choose \"Yes\" here, otherwise choose \"No\", and the \"Color Management\" feature will be disabled until you solve this issue.</p>"
msgid "Edit album properties and collection information."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/digikamapp_setup.cpp:233
#, kde-format
msgid "Write Metadata to Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/digikamapp_setup.cpp:234
#: core/app/main/digikamapp_setup.cpp:391
#, kde-format
msgid "Updates metadata of files in the current album with the contents of digiKam database (file metadata will be overwritten with data from the database)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/digikamapp_setup.cpp:243
#, kde-format
msgid "Reread Metadata From Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/digikamapp_setup.cpp:244
#: core/app/main/digikamapp_setup.cpp:402
#, kde-format
msgid "Updates the digiKam database from the metadata of the files in the current album (information in the database will be overwritten with data from the files' metadata)."
msgid "Open camera dialog for the device with Solid UDI <udi>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically detect and open a connected gphoto2 camera"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid "Start digikam with the SQLite database file found in the directory <dir>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "Start digikam with the configuration file <config>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Run-time Qt SQLite or MySQL database plugin is not available. please install it.\n"
"There is no database plugin installed on your computer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:175
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Run-time Qt SQLite or MySQL database plugin are not available. Please install it.\n"
"Database plugins installed on your computer are listed below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:212
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>The given path for the config file is not valid. Either its parent directory does not exist, it is a directory itself or it cannot be read/written to.</p>"
msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to restore %1 items?"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/trashview.cpp:267
#, kde-format
msgid "Confirm Restore"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/trashview.cpp:315
#: core/app/views/stack/trashview.cpp:361
#, kde-format
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/trashview.cpp:316
#, kde-format
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete %1 item permanently?"
msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to delete %1 items permanently?"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/trashview.cpp:362
#, kde-format
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete ALL items permanently?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Image Editor: Add Web services Import and Export tools;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Showfoto: Add Web services Import and Export tools;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "Light Table: Add Web services Import and Export tools;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid "New video metadata parser based on ffmpeg to populate database;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgid "Add video support to find files based on properties registered on database."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Similarity database has been moved to a dedicated file to not bloat core database with computed finger-prints. This will speed-up query in core database in case of Similarity feature is used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid "Add possibility to merge tags by drag & drop."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid "HTML Gallery: New Vanilla theme to emulate export to HTML from Adobe LightRoom."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgid "HTML Gallery: New Blue Frame theme."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:147
#, kde-format
msgid "...and much more."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<li>%1</li>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:156
#, kde-format
msgid "New Features"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h3>%1</h3>"
"<ul>%2</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgid "Some of the new features in this release of digiKam include (compared to digiKam 5.x):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:168
#, kde-format
msgid "About"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h3>%1</h3>"
"<h3>%2</h3>"
"<ul>%3</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid "digiKam is an open source photo management program designed to import, organize, enhance, search and export your digital images to and from your computer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid "Currently, you are in the Album view mode of digiKam. Albums are the places where your files are stored, and are identical to the folders on your hard disk."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<li>%1</li>"
"<li>%2</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "digiKam has many powerful features which are described in the <a href=\"https://docs.kde.org/trunk5/en/extragear-graphics/digikam/index.html\">documentation</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:175
#, kde-format
msgid "The <a href=\"https://www.digikam.org\">digiKam homepage</a> provides information about new versions of digiKam."
"<p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can convert images data to HEIF format.</p>"
"<p>High Efficiency Image File Format (HEIF), also known as High Efficiency Image Coding (HEIC), is a file format for individual images and image sequences. It was developed by the Moving Picture Experts Group (MPEG) and it claims that twice as much information can be stored in a HEIF image as in a JPEG image of the same size, resulting in a better quality image. HEIF also supports animation, and is capable of storing more information than an animated GIF at a small fraction of the size.</p>"
"<p>See <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/High_Efficiency_Image_File_Format'>High Efficiency Image File Format</a> for details.</p>"
"<p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can convert images data to JPEG-2000 format.</p>"
"<p>This is an image compression standard and coding system. It was created by the Joint Photographic Experts Group committee in 2000 with the intention of superseding their original discrete cosine transform-based JPEG standard (created in 1992) with a newly designed, wavelet-based method.</p>"
"<p>See details about this format from <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JPEG_2000'>this page</a>.</p>"
"<p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can convert images data to JPEG format.</p>"
"<p>The Joint Photographic Experts Group format is a commonly used method of lossy compression for digital images, particularly for those images produced by digital photography.</p>"
"<p>See details about this format from <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JPEG'>this page</a>.</p>"
msgid "<b>If conversion to PNG fails, this may be due to the color profile check. Simply insert the tool for color profile conversion before this tool and select the desired color profile.</b>"
"<p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can convert images data to TIFF format.</p>"
"<p>The Tagged Image File Format is a computer file format for storing raster graphics images, popular among graphic artists, the publishing industry, and photographers.</p>"
"<p>See details about this format from <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TIFF'>this page</a>.</p>"
msgid "Enter script for execution. Use $INPUT and $OUTPUT for input / output filenames (with special characters escaped). These would be substituted before shell execution."
msgid "When you choose to have the watermark repeated randomly in the placement combo box, you can specify here to randomly rotate the watermark (0, 90, 180, 270 degrees)."
msgid "Use this to get more control over the sparsity of watermark repetition. The higher the value the sparser the watermarks get. Use floating point values, typically between 1.0 and 3.0. It can also be less than 1.0"
msgid "<p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can rotate images.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/dplugins/dimg/heif/dimgheifplugin.cpp:58
#, kde-format
msgid "HEIF loader"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/dplugins/dimg/heif/dimgheifplugin.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid "An image loader based on Libheif codec"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/dplugins/dimg/heif/dimgheifplugin.cpp:78
#, kde-format
msgid "This library is not present on your system."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/dplugins/dimg/heif/dimgheifplugin.cpp:85
#, kde-format
msgid "This library is available on your system with a maximum color depth support of %1 bits."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/dplugins/dimg/heif/dimgheifplugin.cpp:90
#, kde-format
msgid "This library is available on your system but is not able to encode image with a suitable color depth."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/dplugins/dimg/heif/dimgheifplugin.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This plugin permit to load and save image using Libheif codec.</p>"
"<p>High Efficiency Image File Format (HEIF), also known as High Efficiency Image Coding (HEIC), is a file format for individual images and image sequences. It was developed by the Moving Picture Experts Group (MPEG) and it claims that twice as much information can be stored in a HEIF image as in a JPEG image of the same size, resulting in a better quality image. HEIF also supports animation, and is capable of storing more information than an animated GIF at a small fraction of the size.</p>"
"<p>Encoding HEIC is relevant of optional libde265 codec. %1</p>"
"<p>See <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/High_Efficiency_Image_File_Format'>High Efficiency Image File Format</a> for details.</p>"
"<p>This plugin permit to load and save image using ImageMagick coders.</p>"
"<p>ImageMagick is a free and open-source software suite for converting raster image and vector image files. It can read and write over 200 image file formats.</p>"
"<p>See <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ImageMagick'>ImageMagick documentation</a> for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/dplugins/dimg/jpeg/dimgjpegplugin.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "JPEG loader"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/dplugins/dimg/jpeg/dimgjpegplugin.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "An image loader based on Libjpeg codec"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/dplugins/dimg/jpeg/dimgjpegplugin.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This plugin permit to load and save image using Libjpeg codec.</p>"
"<p>Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) is a commonly used method of lossy compression for digital images, particularly for those images produced by digital photography. The degree of compression can be adjusted, allowing a selectable tradeoff between storage size and image quality.</p>"
"<p>See <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JPEG'>Joint Photographic Experts Group documentation</a> for details.</p>"
"<p>This plugin permit to load and save image using Libjasper codec</p>"
"<p>The JPEG (Joint Photographic Experts Group) 2000 standard, finalized in 2001, defines a image-coding scheme using state-of-the-art compression techniques based on wavelet technology. Its architecture is useful for many diverse applications, including image archiving, security systems, digital photography, and medical imaging.</p>"
"<p>See <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JPEG_2000'>Joint Photographic Experts Group documentation</a> for details.</p>"
"<p>This plugin permit to load and save image using Libpgf codec.</p>"
"<p>The Progressive Graphics File (PGF) is an efficient image file format, that is based on a fast, discrete wavelet transform with progressive coding features. PGF can be used for lossless and lossy compression. It's most suitable for natural images. PGF can be used as a very efficient and fast replacement of JPEG-2000.</p>"
"<p>See <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Progressive_Graphics_File'>Progressive Graphics File documentation</a> for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/dplugins/dimg/pgf/dimgpgfplugin.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Progressive Graphics File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/dplugins/dimg/png/dimgpngplugin.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "PNG loader"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/dplugins/dimg/png/dimgpngplugin.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "An image loader based on Libpng codec"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/dplugins/dimg/png/dimgpngplugin.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This plugin permit to load and save image using Libpng codec.</p>"
"<p>Portable Network Graphics (PNG) is a raster-graphics file-format that supports lossless data compression. PNG was developed as an improved, non-patented replacement for Graphics Interchange Format.</p>"
"<p>See <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portable_Network_Graphics'>Portable Network Graphics documentation</a> for details.</p>"
"<p>This plugin permit to load and save image using QImage plugins from Qt Framework.</p>"
"<p>See <a href='https://doc.qt.io/qt-5/qimage.html'>Qt Framework documentation</a> for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/dplugins/dimg/raw/dimgrawplugin.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgid "RAW loader"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/dplugins/dimg/raw/dimgrawplugin.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid "An image loader based on Libraw codec"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/dplugins/dimg/raw/dimgrawplugin.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This plugin permit to load and save image using Libraw codec.</p>"
"<p>A camera raw image file contains minimally processed data from the image sensor of either a digital camera, a motion picture film scanner, or other image scanner. Raw files are not yet processed and therefore are not ready to be printed or edited with a bitmap graphics editor. RAW are processed by a raw converter in a wide-gamut internal color space where precise adjustments can be made before conversion to a TIFF or JPEG for storage, printing, or further manipulation. This often encodes the image in a device-dependent color space.</p>"
"<p>See <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Raw_image_format'>Raw Image File documentation</a> for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/dplugins/dimg/tiff/dimgtiffplugin.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "TIFF loader"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/dplugins/dimg/tiff/dimgtiffplugin.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "An image loader based on Libtiff codec"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/dplugins/dimg/tiff/dimgtiffplugin.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This plugin permit to load and save image using Libtiff codec.</p>"
"<p>Tagged Image File Format, abbreviated TIFF or TIF, is a computer file format for storing raster graphics images, popular among graphic artists, the publishing industry, and photographers. TIFF is widely supported by scanning, faxing, word processing, optical character recognition, image manipulation, desktop publishing, and page-layout applications.</p>"
"<p>See <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TIFF'>Tagged Image File Format documentation</a> for details.</p>"
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
"<p>This option maximizes the tonal range in the Red, Green, and Blue channels. It searches the image shadow and highlight limit values and adjusts the Red, Green, and Blue channels to a full histogram range.</p>"
"<p>This option scales brightness values across the active image so that the darkest point becomes black, and the brightest point becomes as bright as possible without altering its hue. This is often a \"magic fix\" for images that are dim or washed out.</p>"
"<p>This option adjusts the brightness of colors across the active image so that the histogram for the value channel is as nearly as possible flat, that is, so that each possible brightness value appears at about the same number of pixels as each other value. Sometimes Equalize works wonderfully at enhancing the contrasts in an image. Other times it gives garbage. It is a very powerful operation, which can either work miracles on an image or destroy it.</p>"
"<p>This option enhances the contrast and brightness of the RGB values of an image by stretching the lowest and highest values to their fullest range, adjusting everything in between.</p>"
"<p>This option enhances the contrast and brightness of the RGB values of an image to calculate optimal exposition and black level using image histogram properties.</p>"
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color of the orange mask of the scanned color negative. It represents white point of the negative, or the darkest black tone of the positive image after inversion. It is also the reference point for applying the film profile."
msgid "If you press this button, the white point is calculated from the image data automatically. This function requires to have some residual orange mask around the exposed area of the negative."
msgid "Move the slider to higher values until maximum brightness is achieved without clipping any color channel. Use the output histogram to evaluate each channel."
msgid "A percent of 0 has no effect, values above 0 represent a factor for mixing the destination color with source color this is done radially i.e. the inner part of the brush radius is totally from source and mixing with destination is done gradually till the outer part of the circle."
"* Press <b>s</b> to switch to source-selection mode, and select source point on image.<br/>"
"* Press <b>s</b> again and start cloning.<br/>"
"* Press <b>[</b> and <b>]</b> to change brush size.<br/>"
"* Press <b>CTRL+Mousewheel</b> to zoom in/out.<br/>"
"* Press <b>m</b> to pan the image if image is larger than viewport.<br/>"
"* Press <b>l</b> to start lasso mode. Start drawing lasso boundary either continuously or discretely, then double-click or press l again to close the boundary.<br/>"
"* Inside lasso mode, you can clone only inside the lasso region.</p>"
"<p>Select the blurring effect to apply to image.</p>"
"<p><b>Zoom Blur</b>: blurs the image along radial lines starting from a specified center point. This simulates the blur of a zooming camera.</p>"
"<p><b>Radial Blur</b>: blurs the image by rotating the pixels around the specified center point. This simulates the blur of a rotating camera.</p>"
"<p><b>Far Blur</b>: blurs the image by using far pixels. This simulates the blur of an unfocalized camera lens.</p>"
"<p><b>Motion Blur</b>: blurs the image by moving the pixels horizontally. This simulates the blur of a linear moving camera.</p>"
"<p><b>Softener Blur</b>: blurs the image softly in dark tones and hardly in light tones. This gives images a dreamy and glossy soft focus effect. It is ideal for creating romantic portraits, glamour photographs, or giving images a warm and subtle glow.</p>"
"<p><b>Shake Blur</b>: blurs the image by shaking randomly the pixels. This simulates the blur of a random moving camera.</p>"
"<p><b>Focus Blur</b>: blurs the image corners to reproduce the astigmatism distortion of a lens.</p>"
"<p><b>Smart Blur</b>: finds the edges of color in your image and blurs them without muddying the rest of the image.</p>"
"<p><b>Frost Glass</b>: blurs the image by randomly disperse light coming through a frosted glass.</p>"
"<p><b>Mosaic</b>: divides the photograph into rectangular cells and then recreates it by filling those cells with average pixel value.</p>"
"<p>Note: if you have previously selected an area in the editor, this will be unaffected by the filter. You can use this method to disable the Raindrops effect on a human face, for example.</p>"
msgid "<p>This Image Editor tool can crop automatically an image by detection of inner black border, generated while panorama stitching for example.</p>"
msgid "Click on this button to draw zones marking which areas of the image are less important. These zones will be deleted when reducing the picture, or duplicated when enlarging the picture."
msgid "Use this value to give a negative bias to the seams which are not straight. May be useful to prevent distortions in some situations, or to avoid artifacts from pixel skipping (it is better to use low values in such case). This setting applies to the whole selected layer if no rigidity mask is used. Note: the bias is proportional to the difference in the transversal coordinate between each two successive points, elevated to the power of 1.5, and summed up for the whole seam."
msgid "This option lets you choose the maximum transversal step that the pixels in the seams can take. In the standard algorithm, corresponding to the default value step = 1, each pixel in a seam can be shifted by at most one pixel with respect to its neighbors. This implies that the seams can form an angle of at most 45 degrees with respect to their base line. Increasing the step value lets you overcome this limit, but may lead to the introduction of artifacts. In order to balance the situation, you can use the rigidity setting."
msgid "During the carving process, at each step the optimal seam to be carved is chosen based on the relevance value for each pixel. However, in the case where two seams are equivalent (which may happen, for instance, when large portions of the image have the same color), the algorithm always chooses the seams from one side. In some cases, this can pose problems, e.g. an object centered in the original image might not be centered in the resulting image. In order to overcome this effect, this setting allows the favored side to be switched automatically during rescaling, at the cost of slightly worse performance."
msgid "This is the free rotation operation preview. If you move the mouse cursor on this preview, a vertical and horizontal dashed line will be drawn to guide you in adjusting the free rotation correction. Release the left mouse button to freeze the dashed line's position."
msgid "This is the perspective transformation operation preview. You can use the mouse for dragging the corner to adjust the perspective transformation area."
"<p>Select your constrained aspect ratio for cropping. Aspect Ratio Crop tool uses a relative ratio. That means it is the same if you use centimeters or inches and it does not specify the physical size.</p>"
"<p>You can see below a correspondence list of traditional photographic paper sizes and aspect ratio crop:</p>"
"<p><b>8:5</b>: common wide-screen monitor (as 1680x1050)</p>"
"<p><b>2:1</b>, <b>3:1</b>, <b>4:1</b>: common panoramic sizes</p>"
"<p><b>16:9</b>: common tv-screen (as HDTV or Full-HD)</p>"
"<p>The paper <b>Format DIN A</b> use the ratio 1:1.414</p>"
"<p>The <b>Golden Ratio</b> is 1:1.618. A composition following this rule is considered visually harmonious but may not be suitable to print on standard photographic paper.</p>"
"<p>The <b>Current Aspect Ratio</b> takes aspect ratio from the currently opened image.</p>"
msgid "This is the shear operation preview. If you move the mouse cursor on this preview, a vertical and horizontal dashed line will be drawn to guide you in adjusting the shear correction. Release the left mouse button to freeze the dashed line's position."
"<p>This tool permit to changes geolocation information from items.</p>"
"<p>This tool can edit GPS data, manually or over a map. Reverse geo-coding is also available through web services.</p>"
"<p>This tool as also an export function to KML to store map traces in Google format.</p>"
"<p>Finally, this tool is able to read a GPS trace from a device to synchronize geo-location of items if you camera do not have an embedded GPS device.</p>"
msgid "<b>Note: <b><a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EXIF'>EXIF</a></b> text tags marked by (*) only support printable <b><a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ascii'>ASCII</a></b> characters.</b>"
msgid "Set here the date and time when the original image data was generated. For a digital still camera the date and time the picture was taken are recorded."
msgid "Set here the date and time when the image was stored as digital data. If, for example, an image was captured by a digital still camera and at the same time the file was recorded, then Original and Digitization date and time will have the same contents."
msgid "<b>Warning: EXIF <b><a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exchangeable_image_file_format#MakerNote_data'>Makernotes</a></b> can be unreadable if you set wrong device manufacturer/model description.</b>"
msgid "Select here the mode used by the camera to set exposure when the picture was taken. In auto-bracketing mode, the camera shoots a series of frames of the same scene at different exposure settings."
msgid "Set here the flash energy used to take the picture in BCPS units. Beam Candle Power Seconds is the measure of effective intensity of a light source when it is focused into a beam by a reflector or lens. This value is the effective intensity for a period of one second."
msgid "<b>Note: <b><a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPTC_Information_Interchange_Model'>IPTC</a></b> text tags only support the printable <b><a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ascii'>ASCII</a></b> characters and limit string sizes. Use contextual help for details.</b>"
msgid "Enter here the Informative Provider Reference. I.P.R is a name registered with the IPTC/NAA, identifying the provider that provides an indicator of the content. The default value for the I.P.R is \"IPTC\" if a standard Reference Code is used. This field is limited to 32 ASCII characters."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Reference Number. Provides a numeric code to indicate the Subject Name plus optional Subject Matter and Subject Detail Names in the language of the service. Subject Reference is a number from the range 01000000 to 17999999 and represent a language independent international reference to a Subject. A Subject is identified by its Reference Number and corresponding Names taken from a standard lists given by IPTC/NAA. If a standard reference code is used, these lists are the English language reference versions. This field is limited to 8 ASCII digit code."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Name. English language is used if you selected a standard IPTC/NAA reference code. This field is limited to 64 ASCII characters."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Matter Name. English language is used if you selected a standard IPTC/NAA reference code. This field is limited to 64 ASCII characters."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Detail Name. English language is used if you selected a standard IPTC/NAA reference code. This field is limited to 64 ASCII characters."
msgid "Enter here the Informative Provider Reference. I.P.R is a name registered with the XMP/NAA, identifying the provider that provides an indicator of the content. The default value for the I.P.R is \"XMP\" if a standard Reference Code is used."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Reference Number. Provides a numeric code to indicate the Subject Name plus optional Subject Matter and Subject Detail Names in the language of the service. Subject Reference is a number from the range 01000000 to 17999999 and represent a language independent international reference to a Subject. A Subject is identified by its Reference Number and corresponding Names taken from a standard lists given by XMP/NAA. If a standard reference code is used, these lists are the English language reference versions. This field is limited to 8 digit code."
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">You can download a calendar for your country from <a href=\"http://www.icalshare.com\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#0057ae;\">http://www.icalshare.com</span></a> or other sites.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">This is fully optional. All the events from this calendar will be printed in red.</p>"
msgid "<p>This tool will also permit to set specific dates on your calendar using external data event files as <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/VCalendar'>vCalendar</a>, and <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Icalendar'>iCalendar</a> formats.</p>"
msgid "Set automatic level selection (maximized) for pyramid blending, i.e. optimize image features (contrast, saturation, . . .) to be as global as possible."
msgid "Set the number of levels for pyramid blending. Balances towards local features (small number) or global features (high number). Additionally, a low number trades off quality of results for faster execution time and lower memory usage."
msgid "Force hard blend masks without averaging on finest scale. This is only useful for focus stacks with thin and high contrast features. It improves sharpness at the expense of increased noise."
msgid "Sets the relative weight of high-contrast pixels. Increasing this weight makes pixels with neighboring differently colored pixels contribute more to the final output. Particularly useful for focus stacks."
msgid "Use Color Appearance Modelling (CIECAM02) to render detailed colors. Your input files should have embedded ICC profiles. If no ICC profile is present, sRGB color space will be assumed. The difference between using this option and default color blending algorithm is very slight, and will be most noticeable when you need to blend areas of different primary colors together."
"<p>This tool permit to blend bracketed images together to create pseudo HDR photo.</p>"
"<p>To create high definition range image, you need to use images from same subject taken with a tripod and exposed with different exposure settings.</p>"
"<p>To create image with better results, you can use RAW images instead JPEG, where colors depth is higher and are well adapted for merging pixels by pixels.</p>"
"<p>This tool fuses bracketed images with different exposure to make pseudo <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/High_dynamic_range_imaging'>HDR image</a>.</p>"
"<p>It can also be used to <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Focus_stacking'>merge focus bracketed stack</a> to get a single image with increased depth of field.</p>"
"<p>This assistant will help you to configure how to import images before merging them to a single one.</p>"
"<p>Bracketed images must be taken with the same camera, in the same conditions, and if possible using a tripod.</p>"
"<p>For more information, please take a look at <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bracketing'>this page</a></p>"
"<p>Now, we will pre-process bracketed images before fusing them.</p>"
"<p>To perform auto-alignment, the <b>%1</b> program from the <a href='%2'>%3</a> project will be used. Alignment must be performed if you have not used a tripod to take bracketed images. Alignment operations can take a while.</p>"
"<p>Pre-processing operations include Raw demosaicing. Raw images will be converted to 16-bit sRGB images with auto-gamma.</p>"
"The media server permit to share items through the local network using <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance'>DLNA</a> standard and <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universal_Plug_and_Play'>UPNP</a> protocol. Many kind of electronic devices can support DLNA, as tablets, cellulars, TV, etc.<br/>"
"Note: depending of the network features and the configuration, the delay to discover the server on client devices can take a while."
"<p>This tool permit to assemble images together to create large panorama.</p>"
"<p>To create panorama image, you need to use images taken from same point of view with a tripod and exposed with same settings.</p>"
"<p>The tool is able to assemble shot taken horizontally, vertically, or as a matrix. Take a care that target image will become huge and require a lots of memory to be processed.</p>"
msgid "<b>JPEG output</b>: Using JPEG output, the panorama file will be smaller at the cost of information loss during compression. This is the easiest way to share the result, or print it online or in a shop."
msgid "<b>TIFF output</b>: Using TIFF output, you get the same color depth than your original photos using RAW images at the cost of a bigger panorama file."
msgid "<b>File name template</b>: Set here the base name of the files that will be saved. For example, if your template is <i>panorama</i> and if you chose a JPEG output, then your panorama will be saved with the name <i>panorama.jpg</i>. If you choose to save also the project file, it will have the name <i>panorama.pto</i>."
msgid "<b>Save project file</b>: You can keep the project file generated to stitch your panorama for further tweaking within <a href=\"http://hugin.sourceforge.net/\">Hugin</a> by checking this. This is useful if you want a different projection, modify the horizon or the center of the panorama, or modify the control points to get better results."
"<p><font color=\"orange\"><b>Warning:</b> One or more converted raw files already exists (they will be skipped during the copying process).</font></p>"
"<p>Congratulations. Your images are stitched into a panorama.</p>"
"<p>Your panorama will be created to the directory:<br />"
"<b>%1</b><br />"
"once you press the <i>Finish</i> button, with the name set below.</p>"
"<p>If you choose to save the project file, and if your images were raw images then the converted images used during the stitching process will be copied at the same time (those are TIFF files that can be big).</p>"
msgid "<b>Detect moving skies</b>: During the control points selection and matching, this option discards any points that are associated to a possible cloud. This is useful to prevent moving clouds from altering the control points matching process."
"<p>Now, we will pre-process images before stitching them.</p>"
"<p>Pre-processing operations include Raw demosaicing. Raw images will be converted to 16-bit sRGB images with auto-gamma.</p>"
"<p>Pre-processing also include a calculation of some control points to match overlaps between images. For that purpose, the <b>%1</b> program from the <a href='%2'>%3</a> project will be used.</p>"
"<p>You can generate quickly a <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Time-lapse_photography'>Time-lapse</a> movie from images</p>"
"<p>captured with a tripod mounted camera controlled with an <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Intervalometer#Photography'>intervalometer</a>.</p>"
"<p></p>"
"<p>You can also create a video presentation with transition</p>"
"<p>effects and audio tracks to show on a TV screen.</p>"
msgid "<i>An effect is an visual panning or zooming applied while an image is displayed. The effect duration will follow the number of frames used to render the image on video stream.</i>"
msgid "<i>A transition is an visual effect applied between two images. For some effects, the duration can depend of random values and can change while the slideshow.</i>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">move mouse in up/down-direction while pressing the right mouse button</li>"
"\n"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">alternatively, press c and use the scrollwheel<br />"
"<li style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">move mouse while pressing the left button</li>"
"<p>This tool permit to export and import items with Google web-services.</p>"
"Google Photo and Google Drive web services are supported."
"<p>See Google web sites for details: <a href='https://photos.google.com'>https://photos.google.com</a> and <a href='https://www.google.com/drive/'>https://www.google.com/drive/</a></p>"
"<p>You cannot use digiKam without a working database. digiKam will attempt to start now, but it will <b>not</b> be functional. Please check the database settings in the <b>configuration menu</b>.</p>"
"<p>Failed to open the database. Error message from database:</p>"
"<p><b>%1</b></p>"
"<p>You cannot use digiKam without a working database. digiKam will attempt to start now, but it will <b>not</b> be functional. Please check the database settings in the <b>configuration menu</b>.</p>"
"Your locale has changed since this album was last opened.\n"
"Old locale: %1, new locale: %2\n"
"If you have recently changed your locale, you need not be concerned.\n"
"Please note that if you switched to a locale that does not support some of the filenames in your collection, these files may no longer be found in the collection. If you are sure that you want to continue, click 'Yes'. Otherwise, click 'No' and correct your locale setting before restarting digiKam."
"<p>You have chosen the folder \"%1\" as the place to store the database. A database file from an older version of digiKam is found in this folder.</p>"
" "
"<p>Would you like to upgrade the old database file - confirming that this database file was indeed created for the pictures located in the folder \"%2\" - or ignore the old file and start with a new database?</p>"
"<p>You have chosen the folder \"%1\" as the new place to store the database. A database file from an older version of digiKam is found in this folder.</p>"
" "
"<p>Would you like to upgrade the old database file, start with a new database, or copy the current database to this location and continue using it?</p>"
"<p>You have chosen the folder \"%1\" as the new place to store the database. A database file from an older version of digiKam is found in this folder.</p>"
" "
"<p>Would you like to upgrade the old database file or start with a new database?</p>"
msgid "This is a CD/DVD, which is identified by the label that you can set in your CD burning application. There is already another entry with the same label. The two will be distinguished by the files in the top directory, so please do not append files to the CD, or it will not be recognized. In the future, please set a unique label on your CDs and DVDs if you intend to use them with digiKam."
msgid "This is a CD/DVD. It will be identified by the label (\"%1\")that you have set in your CD burning application. If you create further CDs for use with digikam in the future, please remember to give them a unique label as well."
msgid "This entry will only be identified by the path where it is found on your system (\"%1\"). No more specific means of identification (UUID, label) is available."
msgid "It is not possible on your system to identify the storage medium of this path. It will be added using the file path as the only identifier. This will work well for your local hard disk."
msgid "The database is not valid: the \"DBVersion\" setting does not exist. The current database schema version cannot be verified. Try to start with an empty database. "
msgid "The database has been used with a more recent version of digiKam and has been updated to a database schema which cannot be used with this version. (This means this digiKam version is too old, or the database format is too recent.) Please use the more recent version of digiKam that you used before. "
msgid "Failed to open a database transaction on your database file \"%1\". This is unusual. Please check that you can access the file and no other process has currently locked the file. If the problem persists you can get help from the digikam developers mailing list (see www.digikam.org/support). As well, please have a look at what digiKam prints on the console. "
msgid "The schema updating process from version 4 to 6 failed, caused by an error that we did not expect. You can try to discard your old database and start with an empty one. (In this case, please move the database files \"%1\" and \"%2\" from the directory \"%3\"). More probably you will want to report this error to the digikam developers mailing list (see www.digikam.org/support). As well, please have a look at what digiKam prints on the console. "
msgid "Failed to update the database schema from version %1 to version %2. Please read the error messages printed on the console and report this error as a bug at bugs.kde.org. "
msgid "The database update action cannot be found. Please ensure that the dbconfig.xml file of the current version of digiKam is installed at the correct place. "
msgid "Failed to copy the old database file (\"%1\") to its new location (\"%2\"). Error message: \"%3\". Please make sure that the file can be copied, or delete it."
msgid "The old database file (\"%1\") has been copied to the new location (\"%2\") but it cannot be opened. Please delete both files and try again, starting with an empty database. "
msgid "No album library path has been found in the configuration file. Giving up the schema updating process. Please try with an empty database, or repair your configuration."
msgid "There was an error associating your albumLibraryPath (\"%1\") with a storage volume of your system. This problem may indicate that there is a problem with your installation. If you are working on Linux, check that HAL is installed and running. In any case, you can seek advice from the digikam developers mailing list (see www.digikam.org/support). The database updating process will now be aborted because we do not want to create a new database based on false assumptions from a broken installation."
msgid "Could not open the configuration file <b>%1</b>. This file is installed with the digikam application and is absolutely required to run digikam. Please check your installation."
msgid "An old version of the configuration file <b>%1</b> is found. Please ensure that the version released with the running version of digiKam is installed. "
msgid "The database is not valid: the \"DBSimilarityVersion\" setting does not exist. The current database schema version cannot be verified. Try to start with an empty database. "
msgid "The database has been used with a more recent version of digiKam and has been updated to a database schema which cannot be used with this version. (This means this digiKam version is too old, or the database format is to recent) Please use the more recent version of digikam that you used before. "
msgid "The database is not valid: the \"DBThumbnailsVersion\" setting does not exist. The current database schema version cannot be verified. Try to start with an empty database. "
"<p>Select here the type of database backend.</p>"
"<p><b>SQlite</b> backend is for local database storage with a small or medium collection sizes. It is the default and recommended backend for collections with less than 100K items.</p>"
"<p><b>MySQL Internal</b> backend is for local database storage with huge collection sizes. This backend is recommend for local collections with more than 100K items.</p>"
"<p><i>Be careful: this one still in experimental stage.</i></p>"
"<p><b>MySQL Server</b> backend is a more robust solution especially for remote and shared database storage. It is also more efficient to manage huge collection sizes with more than 100K items.</p>"
"<p><i>Be careful: this one still in experimental stage.</i></p>"
"<p>Set here the location where the database files will be stored on your system. There are three databases: one for all collections properties, one to store compressed thumbnails, and one to store faces recognition metadata.<br/>"
"Write access is required to be able to edit image properties.</p>"
"<p>Databases are digiKam core engines. Take care to use a place hosted by fast hardware (as SSD) with enough free space especially for thumbnails database.</p>"
"<p>Note: a remote file system such as NFS, cannot be used here. For performance reasons, it is also recommended not to use removable media.</p>"
msgid "<p>Here you can configure locations where MySQL binary tools are located. digiKam will try to find these binaries automatically if they are already installed on your computer.</p>"
"<p>digiKam expects that database is already created with a dedicated user account. This user name <i>digikam</i> will require full access to the database.<br/>"
"If your database is not already set up, you can use the following SQL commands (after replacing the <b><i>password</i></b> with the correct one).</p>"
"<p>Note: with a Linux server, a database can be initialized following the commands below:</p>"
"<p># su</p>"
"<p># systemctl restart mysqld</p>"
"<p># mysql -u root</p>"
"<p>...</p>"
"<p>Enter SQL code to Mysql prompt in order to init digiKam databases with grant privileges (see behind)</p>"
"<p>...</p>"
"<p>quit</p>"
"<p>NOTE: If you have an enormous collection, you should start MySQL server with mysql --max_allowed_packet=128M OR in my.ini or ~/.my.cnf, change the settings</p>"
"<p>Use this configuration view to set all information to be connected to a remote <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MySQL\">Mysql database server</a> (or <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MariaDB\">MariaDB</a>) through a network. As with Sqlite or MySQL internal server, 3 databases will be stored on the remote server: one for all collections properties, one to store compressed thumbnails, and one to store faces recognition metadata.</p>"
"<p>Unlike Sqlite or MySQL internal server, you can customize the database names to simplify your backups.</p>"
"<p>Databases are digiKam core engines. To prevent performance issues, take a care to use a fast network link between the client and the server computers. It is also recommended to host database files on fast hardware (as <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solid-state_drive\">SSD</a>) with enough free space, especially for thumbnails database, even if data are compressed using wavelets image format <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Progressive_Graphics_File\">PGF</a>.</p>"
"<p>The databases must be created previously on the remote server by the administrator. Look in <b>Requirements</b> tab for details.</p>"
"<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a green filter. This is useful for all scenic shoots, especially portraits photographed against the sky.</p>"
"<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a yellow filter. This has the most natural tonal correction, and improves contrast. Ideal for landscapes.</p>"
"<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a yellow-green filter. A yellow-green filter is highly effective for outdoor portraits because red is rendered dark while green appears lighter. Great for correcting skin tones, bringing out facial expressions in close-ups and emphasizing the feeling of liveliness. This filter is highly effective for indoor portraits under tungsten lighting.</p>"
"<p>Gives a warm highlight and mid-tone while adding a bit of coolness to the shadows - very similar to the process of bleaching a print and re-developing in a sepia toner.</p>"
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "Enable this option if you want to preserve the aspect ratio of image. If enabled, the border width will be a percentage of the image size, else the border width will be in pixels."
msgid "Total smoothing power: if the Detail Factor sets the relative smoothing and the Anisotropy Factor the direction, the Smoothing Factor sets the overall effect."
msgid "<b>Function</b>: This function combines the original RGB channels with the desaturated blurred image. This function is used in each of the tonemapping stages. It can be linear or power. Basically, this function increases the values where both the original and blurred image's value are low and do the opposite on high values."
msgid "<b>Highlights saturation</b>: Usually the (perceived) saturation is increased. The user can choose to lower the saturation on original highlight and shadows from the image with these parameters."
msgid "<b>Shadow saturation</b>: Usually the (perceived) saturation is increased. The user can choose to lower the saturation on original highlight and shadows from the image with these parameters."
msgid "This value is the radius of the inner circle of the filter. In the inner circle the image is preserved. It is expressed as a multiple of the outer radius of the filter."
msgid "This value is the radius of the outer circle of the filter. Outside the outer circle the effect of the filter is at its maximum. It is expressed as a multiple of the diagonal of the image."
msgid "This is the camera maker description string found in image meta-data. This one is used to query and find relevant camera device information from Lensfun database."
msgid "This is the camera model description string found in image meta-data. This one is used to query and found relevant camera device information from Lensfun database."
msgid "This is the lens description string found in image meta-data. This one is used to query and found relevant lens information from Lensfun database."
msgid "Vignetting refers to an image darkening, mostly in the corners. Optical and natural vignetting can be canceled out with this option, whereas mechanical vignetting will not be cured."
msgid "Distortion refers to an image deformation, which is most pronounced towards the corners. These Seidel aberrations are known as pincushion and barrel distortions."
msgid "<b>Note: lens correction options depend of filters available in LensFun library. See <a href='http://lensfun.sourceforge.net'>LensFun project web site</a> for more information.</b>"
"<p>If the image's maximal counts are small, you can use the <b>linear</b> scale.</p>"
"<p><b>Logarithmic</b> scale can be used when the maximal counts are big; if it is used, all values (small and large) will be visible on the graph.</p>"
msgid "<b>Alpha</b>: display the alpha image-channel values. This channel corresponds to the transparency value and is supported by some image formats, such as PNG or TIF."
msgid "<b>Threshold</b>: Adjusts the threshold for denoising of the image in a range from 0.0 (none) to 10.0. The threshold is the value below which everything is considered noise."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Softness</b>: This adjusts the softness of the thresholding (soft as opposed to hard thresholding). The higher the softness the more noise remains in the image."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Estimate Noise"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "Compute automatically all noise reduction settings by a parse of noise contained in image."
msgid "This is the radius of the circular convolution. It is the most important parameter for using this tool. For most images the default value of 1.0 should give good results. Select a higher value when your image is very blurred."
msgid "Increasing the correlation may help to reduce artifacts. The correlation can range from 0-1. Useful values are 0.5 and values close to 1, e.g. 0.95 and 0.99. Using a high value for the correlation will reduce the sharpening effect of the tool."
msgid "Increasing the noise filter parameter may help to reduce artifacts. The noise filter can range from 0-1 but values higher than 0.1 are rarely helpful. When the noise filter value is too low, e.g. 0.0 the image quality will be very poor. A useful value is 0.01. Using a high value for the noise filter will reduce the sharpening effect of the tool."
msgid "This is the sharpness for the Gaussian convolution. Use this parameter when your blurring is of a Gaussian type. In most cases you should set this parameter to 0, because it causes nasty artifacts. When you use non-zero values, you will probably also have to increase the correlation and/or noise filter parameters."
msgid "This parameter determines the size of the transformation matrix. Increasing the matrix width may give better results, especially when you have chosen large values for circular or Gaussian sharpness."
msgid "<font color='red'><i>Warning: <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JPEG'>JPEG</a> is a lossy image compression format.</i></font>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid "Chroma subsampling:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgid "4:4:4 (best quality)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgid "4:2:2 (good quality)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgid "4:2:0 (low quality)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgid "4:1:1 (low quality)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Chroma subsampling reduces file size by taking advantage of the eye's lesser sensitivity to color resolution. How perceptible the difference is depends on the image - large photos will generally show no difference, while sharp, down-scaled pixel graphics may lose fine color detail.</p>"
"<p><b>4:4:4</b> - No chroma subsampling, highest quality but lowest compression.</p>"
"<p><b>4:2:2</b> - Chroma halved horizontally, average compression, average quality.</p>"
"<p><b>4:2:0</b> - Chroma quartered in 2x2 blocks, high compression but low quality.</p>"
"<p><b>4:1:1</b> - Chroma quartered in 4x1 blocks, high compression but low quality.</p>"
msgid "The database is not valid: the \"DBFaceVersion\" setting does not exist. The current database schema version cannot be verified. Try to start with an empty database. "
msgid "The database has been used with a more recent version of digiKam and has been updated to a database schema which cannot be used with this version. (This means this digiKam version is too old, or the database format is to recent.) Please use the more recent version of digiKam that you used before."
"Background color indicates the global image filter status, encompassing all filter settings from the right sidebar.\n"
"\n"
"NO COLOR: no filter is active, all items are visible.\n"
"RED: filtering is on, but no items match.\n"
"GREEN: filter(s) match(es) at least one item.\n"
"\n"
"Move mouse cursor over this text to see more details about active filters.\n"
"Press the Reset button from the right side to clear all filter settings.\n"
"Press the Settings button from the right side to open the filters panel."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset all active filters"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "Open filter settings panel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:132
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Text</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Mime Type</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Geolocation</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:147
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Rating</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Pick Labels</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Color Labels</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Tags</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "<nobr><b>Active filters:</b></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid "<nobr><b>Active filter:</b></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "No active filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "One active filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid "1 active filter"
msgid_plural "%1 active filters"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/geolocationfilter.cpp:37
#, kde-format
msgid "No geo filtering"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/geolocationfilter.cpp:38
#, kde-format
msgid "Images with coordinates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/geolocationfilter.cpp:39
#, kde-format
msgid "Images without coordinates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/geolocationfilter.cpp:41
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter by geolocation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/geolocationfilter.cpp:42
#, kde-format
msgid "Select how geolocation should affect the images which are shown."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:36
#, kde-format
msgid "All Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:37
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Image Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:38
#, kde-format
msgid "No RAW Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:39
#, kde-format
msgid "JPEG Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:40
#, kde-format
msgid "PNG Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:41
#, kde-format
msgid "TIFF Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:42
#, kde-format
msgid "PGF Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:43
#, kde-format
msgid "HEIF Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:44
#, kde-format
msgid "DNG Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:45
#, kde-format
msgid "RAW Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:46
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "Video Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:47
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid "Audio Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Raster Graphics"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter by file type"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "Select the file types (MIME types) that you want shown. Note: \"Raster Graphics\" are file formats from raster graphics editors, such as Photoshop, The Gimp, Krita, etc."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "Select the rating value used to filter albums' contents. Use the context pop-up menu to set rating filter conditions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "Rating greater than or equal to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Rating equal to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid "Rating less than or equal to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:227
#, kde-format
msgid "Rating Filter Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:232
#, kde-format
msgid "Greater Than or Equals Condition"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:234
#, kde-format
msgid "Equals Condition"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:236
#, kde-format
msgid "Less Than or Equals Condition"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:239
#, kde-format
msgid "Exclude Items Without Rating"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "Text quick filter (search)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter search patterns to quickly filter this view on item names, captions (comments), and tags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgid "Text Search Fields"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid "Defines which fields to search for the text in."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "Item Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Item Title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Item Comment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Tag Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgid "Album Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "Item Aspect Ratio"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Item Pixel Size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid "Clear All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/iojobs/iojob.cpp:78
#, kde-format
msgid "File/Folder %1 does not exist anymore"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/iojobs/iojob.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgid "Album %1 does not exist anymore"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/iojobs/iojob.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "A file or folder named %1 already exists in %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/iojobs/iojob.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not move folder %1 to album %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/iojobs/iojob.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not move folder %1 to album %2. The folder %1 was copied as well to album %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/iojobs/iojob.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not move file %1 to album %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/iojobs/iojob.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not copy folder %1 to album %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/iojobs/iojob.cpp:168
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not copy file %1 to album %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/iojobs/iojob.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid "File/Folder %1 does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/iojobs/iojob.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not move folder %1 to collection trash"
msgid "Enter the text used to create tags here. '/' can be used to create a hierarchy of tags. ',' can be used to create more than one hierarchy at the same time."
"<para>If enabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 16-bit color depth using a linear gamma curve. To prevent dark picture rendering in the editor, it is recommended to use Color Management in this mode.</para>"
"<para>If disabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 8-bit color depth with a BT.709 gamma curve and a 99th-percentile white point. This mode is faster than 16-bit decoding.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:253
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Interpolate RGB as four colors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:254
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Interpolate RGB as four colors</title>"
"<para>The default is to assume that all green pixels are the same. If even-row green pixels are more sensitive to ultraviolet light than odd-row this difference causes a mesh pattern in the output; using this option solves this problem with minimal loss of detail.</para>"
"<para>To resume, this option blurs the image a little, but it eliminates false 2x2 mesh patterns with VNG quality method or mazes with AHD quality method.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:268
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Visit LibRaw project website"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Do not stretch or rotate pixels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:280
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Do not stretch or rotate pixels</title>"
"<para>For Fuji Super CCD cameras, show the image tilted 45 degrees. For cameras with non-square pixels, do not stretch the image to its correct aspect ratio. In any case, this option guarantees that each output pixel corresponds to one RAW pixel.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:288
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "Quality:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "Bilinear"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:293
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "VNG"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:294
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "PPG"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:295
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "AHD"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "DCB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:297
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "DHT"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:298
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "AAHD"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:302
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Quality (interpolation)</title>"
"<para>Select here the demosaicing method to use when decoding RAW images. A demosaicing algorithm is a digital image process used to interpolate a complete image from the partial raw data received from the color-filtered image sensor, internal to many digital cameras, in form of a matrix of colored pixels. Also known as CFA interpolation or color reconstruction, another common spelling is demosaicing. The following methods are available for demosaicing RAW images:</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>: use high-speed but low-quality bilinear interpolation (default - for slow computers). In this method, the red value of a non-red pixel is computed as the average of the adjacent red pixels, and similarly for blue and green.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>: use Variable Number of Gradients interpolation. This method computes gradients near the pixel of interest and uses the lower gradients (representing smoother and more similar parts of the image) to make an estimate.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>: use Patterned-Pixel-Grouping interpolation. Pixel Grouping uses assumptions about natural scenery in making estimates. It has fewer color artifacts on natural images than the Variable Number of Gradients method.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>: use Adaptive Homogeneity-Directed interpolation. This method selects the direction of interpolation so as to maximize a homogeneity metric, thus typically minimizing color artifacts.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: DCB interpolation from linuxphoto.org project.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>DHT</emphasis>: DHT interpolation.See https://www.libraw.org/node/2306 for details.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>AAHD</emphasis>: modified AHD interpolation.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:350
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:slider"
msgid "Pass:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:351
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Pass</title>"
"<para>Set here the passes used by the median filter applied after interpolation to Red-Green and Blue-Green channels.</para>"
"<para>This setting is only available for specific Quality options: <emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>, and <emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:363
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Refine interpolation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:364
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Refine interpolation</title>"
"<para>This setting is available only for few Quality options:</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: turn on the enhance interpolated colors filter.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: turn on the enhanced effective color interpolation (EECI) refine to improve sharpness.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:377
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Demosaicing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:385
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "Method:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:387
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Default D65"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:388
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Camera"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:389
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox set while balance automatically"
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:390
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox set white balance manually"
msgid "Manual"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:392
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>White Balance</title>"
"<para>Configure the raw white balance:</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Default D65</emphasis>: Use a standard daylight D65 white balance.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Camera</emphasis>: Use the white balance specified by the camera. If not available, reverts to default neutral white balance.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Automatic</emphasis>: Calculates an automatic white balance averaging the entire image.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Manual</emphasis>: Set a custom temperature and green level values.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:407
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:slider"
msgid "T(K):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:408
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Temperature</title>"
"<para>Set here the color temperature in Kelvin.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:415
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:slider Green component"
msgid "Green:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:416
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>Set here the green component to set magenta color cast removal level.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:419
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "Highlights:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:421
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Solid white"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:422
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Unclip"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:423
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Blend"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:424
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Rebuild"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:426
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Highlights</title>"
"<para>Select here the highlight clipping method:</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Solid white</emphasis>: clip all highlights to solid white</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Unclip</emphasis>: leave highlights unclipped in various shades of pink</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Blend</emphasis>:Blend clipped and unclipped values together for a gradual fade to white</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Rebuild</emphasis>: reconstruct highlights using a level value</item>"
"<para>Specify the reconstruct highlight level. Low values favor whites and high values favor colors.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:445
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Exposure Correction (E.V)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:446
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>Turn on the exposure correction before interpolation.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:449
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:slider"
msgid "Linear Shift:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:454
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Shift</title>"
"<para>Linear Shift of exposure correction before interpolation in E.V</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:457
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:slider"
msgid "Highlight:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:462
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Highlight</title>"
"<para>Amount of highlight preservation for exposure correction before interpolation in E.V. Only take effect if Shift Correction is > 1.0 E.V</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:466
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Correct false colors in highlights"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:467
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>If enabled, images with overblown channels are processed much more accurately, without 'pink clouds' (and blue highlights under tungsten lamps).</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:471
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Auto Brightness"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:472
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>If disable, use a fixed white level and ignore the image histogram to adjust brightness.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:475
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:slider"
msgid "Brightness:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:480
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Brightness</title>"
"<para>Specify the brightness level of output image. The default value is 1.0 (works in 8-bit mode only).</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:490
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check Black point"
msgid "Black:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:491
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Black point</title>"
"<para>Use a specific black point value to decode RAW pictures. If you set this option to off, the Black Point value will be automatically computed.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:498
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Black point value</title>"
"<para>Specify specific black point value of the output image.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:501
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check White point"
msgid "White:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:502
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>White point</title>"
"<para>Use a specific white point value to decode RAW pictures. If you set this option to off, the White Point value will be automatically computed.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:509
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>White point value</title>"
"<para>Specify specific white point value of the output image.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:548
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "White Balance"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:556
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "Noise reduction:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:558
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Noise Reduction"
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:559
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Noise Reduction"
msgid "Wavelets"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:560
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Noise Reduction"
msgid "FBDD"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:562
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Noise Reduction</title>"
"<para>Select here the noise reduction method to apply during RAW decoding.</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no noise reduction.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Wavelets</emphasis>: wavelets correction to erase noise while preserving real detail. It is applied after interpolation.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>FBDD</emphasis>: Fake Before Demosaicing Denoising noise reduction. It is applied before interpolation.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:587
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Corrections"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:595
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "Camera Profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:597
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Camera Profile"
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:598
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Camera Profile"
msgid "Embedded"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:599
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Camera Profile"
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:601
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Camera Profile</title>"
"<para>Select here the input color space used to decode RAW data.</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no input color profile is used during RAW decoding.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Embedded</emphasis>: use embedded color profile from RAW file, if it exists.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom input color space profile.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:612
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:646
#, kde-format
msgid "ICC Files (*.icc *.icm)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:614
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "Workspace:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:616
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Workspace"
msgid "Raw (no profile)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:617
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Workspace"
msgid "sRGB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:618
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Workspace"
msgid "Adobe RGB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:619
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Workspace"
msgid "Wide Gamut"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:620
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Workspace"
msgid "Pro-Photo"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:621
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Workspace"
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:623
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Workspace</title>"
"<para>Select here the output color space used to decode RAW data.</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Raw (linear)</emphasis>: in this mode, no output color space is used during RAW decoding.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>sRGB</emphasis>: this is an RGB color space, created cooperatively by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft. It is the best choice for images destined for the Web and portrait photography.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Adobe RGB</emphasis>: this color space is an extended RGB color space, developed by Adobe. It is used for photography applications such as advertising and fine art.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Wide Gamut</emphasis>: this color space is an expanded version of the Adobe RGB color space.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Pro-Photo</emphasis>: this color space is an RGB color space, developed by Kodak, that offers an especially large gamut designed for use with photographic outputs in mind.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom output color space profile.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:658
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Color Management"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:851
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Threshold:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:852
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Threshold</title>"
"<para>Set here the noise reduction threshold value to use.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawfiles.cpp:58
#, kde-format
msgid "Casio Digital Camera Raw File Format"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawfiles.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid "NuCore Raw Image File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawfiles.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Canon Digital Camera RAW Image Format version 2.0"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawfiles.cpp:66
#, kde-format
msgid "Canon Digital Camera RAW Image Format version 1.0"
"<li>If a tag hierarchy starts with '/', root tag album is used as parent.</li>"
"</ul>"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tageditdlg.cpp:230
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><b>Note</b>: this shortcut can be used to assign or unassign tag to items.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tageditdlg.cpp:345
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Create New Tag</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tageditdlg.cpp:349
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Create New Tag in<br/>"
"\"%1\"</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tageditdlg.cpp:355
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Properties of Tag<br/>"
"\"%1\"</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tageditdlg.cpp:523
#, kde-format
msgid "Tag creation Error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tageditdlg.cpp:534
#, kde-format
msgid "An error occurred during tag creation:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tageditdlg.cpp:536
#, kde-format
msgid "Tag Path"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tagfolderview.cpp:133
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tagfolderview.cpp:297
#, kde-format
msgid "Collapse Selected Recursively"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tagfolderview.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgid "Expand Selected Recursively"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tagspopupmenu.cpp:530
#, kde-format
msgid "Recently Assigned Tags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tagspopupmenu.cpp:586
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tagspopupmenu.cpp:724
#, kde-format
msgid "Add New Tag..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tagspopupmenu.cpp:592
#, kde-format
msgid "More Tags..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tagspopupmenu.cpp:690
#, kde-format
msgid "Assign this Tag"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tagspopupmenu.cpp:699
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove this Tag"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tagspopupmenu.cpp:709
#, kde-format
msgid "Go to this Tag"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Informative Provider Reference here. I.P.R is a name registered with the XMP/NAA, identifying the provider that provides an indicator of the content. The default value for the I.P.R is \"XMP\" if a standard Reference Code is used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Subject Reference Number here. Provides a numeric code to indicate the Subject Name plus optional Subject Matter and Subject Detail Names in the language of the service. Subject Reference is a number from the range 01000000 to 17999999 and represent a language independent international reference to a Subject. A Subject is identified by its Reference Number and corresponding Names taken from a standard lists given by XMP/NAA. If a standard reference code is used, these lists are the English language reference versions. This field is limited to 8 digit code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Subject Name here. English language is used if you selected a standard XMP/NAA reference code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Subject Matter Name here. English language is used if you selected a standard XMP/NAA reference code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Subject Detail Name here. English language is used if you selected a standard XMP/NAA reference code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatelist.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Here you can see the metadata template list managed by digiKam."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Author Names:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the names of the photograph's creators. Use semi-colons as separator here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This field should contain the names of the persons who created the photograph. If it is not appropriate to add the name of the photographer (for example, if the identity of the photographer needs to be protected) the name of a company or organization can also be used. Once saved, this field should not be changed by anyone.</p>"
"<p>To enter more than one name, use <b>semi-colons as separators</b>.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Authors' Positions:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the job titles of the authors here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This field should contain the job titles of the authors. Examples might include titles such as: Staff Photographer, Freelance Photographer, or Independent Commercial Photographer. Since this is a qualifier for the Author field, the Author field must also be filled out.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the photograph credit here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>(synonymous to Provider): Use the Provider field to identify who is providing the photograph. This does not necessarily have to be the author. If a photographer is working for a news agency such as Reuters or the Associated Press, these organizations could be listed here as they are \"providing\" the image for use by others. If the image is a stock photograph, then the group (agency) involved in supplying the image should be listed here.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:165
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the copyright notice to identify the current owner(s) of the copyright here."
"In Europe you would use: Copyright {Year} {Copyright owner}, all rights reserved. \n"
"In Japan, for maximum protection, the following three items should appear in the copyright field of the IPTC Core: (a) the word, Copyright; (b) year of the first publication; and (c) name of the author. You may also wish to include the phrase \"all rights reserved\".</p>"
"<p>With XMP, you can include more than one copyright string using different languages.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 128 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:186
#, kde-format
msgid "Right Usage Terms:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the list of instructions on how a resource can be legally used here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The Right Usage Terms field should be used to list instructions on how a resource can be legally used.</p>"
"<p>With XMP, you can include more than one right usage terms string using different languages.</p>"
"<p>This field does not exist with IPTC.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:200
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the original owner of the photograph here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:202
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The Source field should be used to identify the original owner or copyright holder of the photograph. The value of this field should never be changed after the information is entered following the image's creation. While not yet enforced by the custom panels, you should consider this to be a \"write-once\" field. The source could be an individual, an agency, or a member of an agency. To aid in later searches, it is suggested to separate any slashes \"/\" with a blank space. Use the form \"photographer / agency\" rather than \"photographer/agency.\" Source may also be different from Creator and from the names listed in the Copyright Notice.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:214
#: core/libs/template/templateviewer.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "Instructions:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the editorial notice here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:219
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The Instructions field should be used to list editorial instructions concerning the use of photograph.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 256 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:244
#: core/libs/template/templateviewer.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgid "Rights"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:255
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the city of contents here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:257
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the name of the city where the photograph was taken.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:265
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the city sublocation of contents here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:267
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the sublocation of the city where the photograph was taken.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:272
#: core/libs/template/templateviewer.cpp:189
#: core/libs/template/templateviewer.cpp:211
#, kde-format
msgid "Province/State:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:275
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the province or state of contents here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:277
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the province or state where the photograph was taken.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:285
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Select here the country where the photograph was taken.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:310
#: core/libs/template/templateviewer.cpp:200
#, kde-format
msgid "Location"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:319
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the city name of the lead author here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:321
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the city name where the lead author lives.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:329
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the country name of the lead author here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:331
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the country name where the lead author lives.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:336
#: core/libs/template/templateviewer.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid "Address:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:339
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the address of the lead author here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the address where the lead author lives.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:346
#: core/libs/template/templateviewer.cpp:207
#, kde-format
msgid "Postal Code:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:349
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the postal code of the lead author here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:351
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the postal code where the lead author lives.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:356
#, kde-format
msgid "Province:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:359
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the province of the lead author here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:361
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the province where the lead author lives.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:366
#: core/libs/template/templateviewer.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgid "Email:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:369
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the email of the lead author here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:371
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the email of the lead author.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:379
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the phone number of the lead author here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:381
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the phone number of the lead author.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:389
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the web site URL of the lead author here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:391
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the web site URL of the lead author.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templateselector.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "Template: "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templateselector.cpp:76
#, kde-format
msgid "Open metadata template editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templateselector.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Select here the action to perform using the metadata template.</p>"
msgid "Determine Time Difference With Clock Photo"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/timeadjust/clockphotodialog.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgid "Load different photo"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/timeadjust/clockphotodialog.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "If you have a photo in your set with a clock or another external time source on it, you can load it here and set the indicator to the (date and) time displayed. The difference of your internal camera clock will be determined from this setting."
msgid "An error has occurred with the media player..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/combo/dcombobox.cpp:70
#: core/libs/widgets/range/dnuminput.cpp:80
#: core/libs/widgets/range/dnuminput.cpp:179
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Reset to default value"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/common/searchtextbar.cpp:290
#, kde-format
msgid "Case sensitive"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinaryiface.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid "Navigate to %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:69
#, kde-format
msgid "Binary"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Binary not found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Minimal version number required for this binary is %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Find"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid " or <a href=\"%1\">download</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p><font color=\"red\"><b>Warning:</b> Some necessary binaries have not been found on your system. If you have these binaries installed, please click the 'Find' button to locate them on your system, otherwise please download and install them to proceed.</font></p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "A development version has been detect. There is no guarantee on the behavior of this binary."
msgid "Here you can switch between fixed font size and font size to be calculated dynamically and adjusted to changing environment (e.g. widget dimensions, paper size)."
"<p><b>Perceptual intent</b> causes the full gamut of the image to be compressed or expanded to fill the gamut of the destination device, so that gray balance is preserved but colorimetric accuracy may not be preserved.</p>"
"<p>In other words, if certain colors in an image fall outside of the range of colors that the output device can render, the image intent will cause all the colors in the image to be adjusted so that the every color in the image falls within the range that can be rendered and so that the relationship between colors is preserved as much as possible.</p>"
"<p>This intent is most suitable for display of photographs and images, and is the default intent.</p>"
"</li>"
"<li>"
"<p><b>Absolute Colorimetric intent</b> causes any colors that fall outside the range that the output device can render to be adjusted to the closest color that can be rendered, while all other colors are left unchanged.</p>"
"<p>This intent preserves the white point and is most suitable for spot colors (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colors, ....)</p>"
"</li>"
"<li>"
"<p><b>Relative Colorimetric intent</b> is defined such that any colors that fall outside the range that the output device can render are adjusted to the closest color that can be rendered, while all other colors are left unchanged. Proof intent does not preserve the white point.</p>"
"</li>"
"<li>"
"<p><b>Saturation intent</b> preserves the saturation of colors in the image at the possible expense of hue and lightness.</p>"
"<p>Implementation of this intent remains somewhat problematic, and the ICC is still working on methods to achieve the desired effects.</p>"
"<p>This intent is most suitable for business graphics such as charts, where it is more important that the colors be vivid and contrast well with each other rather than a specific color.</p>"
"<p>This area contains a CIE or chromaticity diagram. A CIE diagram is a representation of all the colors that a person with normal vision can see. This is represented by the colored sail-shaped area. In addition you will see a triangle that is superimposed on the diagram outlined in white. This triangle represents the outer boundaries of the color space of the device that is characterized by the inspected profile. This is called the device gamut.</p>"
"<p>In addition there are black dots and yellow lines on the diagram. Each black dot represents one of the measurement points that were used to create this profile. The yellow line represents the amount that each point is corrected by the profile, and the direction of this correction.</p>"
"<p>The ICC profile path seems to be invalid.</p>"
"<p>If you want to set it now, select \"Yes\", otherwise select \"No\". In this case, \"Color Management\" feature will be disabled until you solve this issue</p>"
msgid "<p><a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exif'>EXIF</a> - a standard used by most digital cameras today to store technical information (like aperture and shutter speed) about an image.</p>"
msgid "<p><a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPTC_Information_Interchange_Model'>IPTC</a> - an older standard used in digital photography to store photographer information in images.</p>"
msgid "<p><a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extensible_Metadata_Platform'>XMP</a> - a new standard used in digital photography, designed to replace IPTC.</p>"
msgid "This list shows the results for your renaming pattern. Red items indicate a name collision, either because the new name is equal to the current name, or because the name has already been assigned to another item."
msgid "<p>Enter your renaming pattern here. Use the access buttons to quickly add renaming options and modifiers. For further explanation, use the information button.</p>"
msgid "<p>Add a modifier to a renaming option. To activate this button, place the cursor behind a renaming option or an already assigned modifier.</p>"
msgid "Adjust sensitivity versus specificity: The higher the value, the more accurately faces will be recognized, but less faces will be recognized (only faces that are very similar to pretagged faces are recognized)"
msgid "Face detection is a time-consuming task. You can choose if you wish to employ all processor cores on your system, or work in the background only on one core. Warning: this features still experimental and it is disabled by default."
msgid "<b>Configure where you keep your images</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/collectionpage.cpp:83
#, kde-format
msgctxt "This is a path name so you should include the slash in the translation"
msgid "/Pictures"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/collectionpage.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Please enter a location where you keep your images.</p>"
" "
"<p>You can choose any local folder, even one that already contains images.<br/>"
" More folders can be added later under the <i>Settings</i> menu. </p>"
" "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/collectionpage.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><i>Note:</i> removable media (such as USB drives or DVDs) and remote file systems (such as NFS, or Samba mounted with cifs/smbfs) are supported.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/collectionpage.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid "You must select a folder for digiKam to use as the root album. All of your images will go there."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/collectionpage.cpp:185
#, kde-format
msgid "Create Root Album Folder?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/collectionpage.cpp:186
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The folder to use as the root album path does not exist:</p>"
"<p><b>%1</b></p>"
"Would you like digiKam to create it for you?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/collectionpage.cpp:198
#, kde-format
msgid "Create Root Album Folder Failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/collectionpage.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>digiKam could not create the folder to use as the root album.\n"
"Please select a different location.</p>"
"<p><b>%1</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/collectionpage.cpp:219
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"You do not seem to have write access for the folder selected to be the root album.\n"
"Warning: Without write access, items cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/databasepage.cpp:62
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Configure where you will store databases</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/metadatapage.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Configure Metadata Storage to Files</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/metadatapage.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Set here if you want to store the information assigned to items in digiKam in the files' metadata, to improve interoperability with other photo management programs:</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/metadatapage.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Do nothing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/metadatapage.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Add information to files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/metadatapage.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> recording information to the files' metadata can slow down photo management operations.</p>"
"<h1><b>Migrate configuration and metadata from digiKam 4</b></h1>"
"</p>"
"<p>You can choose here if you want to use the configuration and albums from digiKam 4 in new digiKam. Please note the following warnings:</p>"
"<p>Migration is done <b>at your own risk</b>. digiKam developers do not recommend it and do not support it. On the other hand, creating a new configuration might result in loss of tags and other metadata that was not embedded inside the pictures and was only available in digiKam 4's database.</p>"
"<p>In either case you are recommended to backup the configuration files and databases before proceeding.</p>"
"<p>Specify how images should be opened when left-clicked on in the icon view:</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/openfilepage.cpp:83
#, kde-format
msgid "Open a preview"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/openfilepage.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Open in the editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/openfilepage.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> using a preview is always faster than using the editor, especially when checking a series of shots. However, you cannot change or fix the image in preview mode. Note that if you want to compare images quickly, it is often better to use the light table: images can be displayed side-by-side, and synchronized zooming and panning can be performed.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/previewpage.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Configure Preview Behavior</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/previewpage.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Set here how images are displayed in preview mode and on the light table:</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/previewpage.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Load reduced version of image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/previewpage.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Load image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/previewpage.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> loading a reduced version of an image is faster but can differ from the original, especially with Raw. In this case, a JPEG version of Raw pre-processed by camera is loaded, instead of the real image data. This JPEG image is embedded in the file metadata and is used by the camera to display a Raw image faster to a TV screen.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/rawpage.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Configure Raw File Handling</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/rawpage.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Set here how you want to open Raw images in the editor:</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/rawpage.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Open directly, with adjustments made automatically"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/rawpage.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the Raw import tool to adjust corrections manually"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/rawpage.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> the Raw import tool is designed for advanced users who want to have the best control over the image. This requires more time in your workflow.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/startscanpage.cpp:43
#, kde-format
msgid "Scan Your Collection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/startscanpage.cpp:49
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Congratulations. Your minimal setup is done.</p>"
"<p>Remember, you can customize more settings using the digiKam configuration panel. To learn more about the digiKam world, we recommend reading the <b>digiKam handbook</b> using the <b>Help/Handbook</b> menu entry (you need to install the separate digiKam documentation package.) You can also read the manual online from the <a href='https://www.digikam.org/docs'>digikam.org website</a>.</p>"
"<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to close this assistant. digiKam will scan your collection to register all albums in the database. Items including in albums are collected after startup stage in background.</p>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> depending on your collection size, this operation can take a while. If you cancel the scanning operation, it will start again in the next digiKam session.</p>"
"<p>When scanning has completed, at next start-up, digiKam will only check your collection to identify new albums - which is much faster. You can force digiKam to scan for new items manually using the <b>Tools->Maintenance->Scan for new items</b> menu entry.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/tooltipspage.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Enabled Contextual Tooltips</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/tooltipspage.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Set here if you want to show contextual tooltips in icon-view and folder-view:</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/tooltipspage.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not show tooltips"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/tooltipspage.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Tooltips"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/tooltipspage.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> tooltips show photograph and digiKam metadata on the fly, as the mouse moves over items. This can be useful when selecting items. Tooltips are displayed in the album folder view, album icon view, camera icon view, batch queue list, and thumb bar. From the digiKam configuration dialog, you can customize the contents of these tooltips and the fonts used.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/welcomepage.cpp:49
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>"
"<h1><b>Welcome to digiKam %1</b></h1>"
"</p>"
"<p>digiKam is an advanced digital photo management application published as open-source.</p>"
"<p>This assistant will help you to configure first run settings to be able to use digiKam quickly.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/welcomepage.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt><br/>"
"<p>You can ignore the following if you use digiKam for the first time:</p>"
"<p><b>Transition from digiKam 4</b></p>"
"<p>Configuration files from digiKam 4 are not migrated. The old database can still be used, you just need to choose the same locations for collections and database in the following dialogs. It is recommended to create a backup of your database before proceeding.</p>"
"<p>The new location for configuration files is %1 (old %2). There are unresolved problems reported when re-using old configuration files, so it is not recommended to do it for the moment, and at your own risk.</p>"
msgid "Use this option to restrict the duplicate search with some criteria, as to limit search to the album of reference image, or to exclude the album of reference image of the search."
msgid "Image fingerprints have not yet been generated for your collection. The Similarity Search Tools will not be operational without pre-generated fingerprints. Please generate the fingerprints first."
"You have enabled writing to sidecar files for metadata storage in the host application, but not for reading. This means that any metadata stored in the sidecar files will be overwritten here.\n"
"Please enable reading of sidecar files in the host application or continue at your own risk."
"<p>Sets the time zone the camera was set to during photo shooting, so that the time stamps of the images can be converted to GMT to match the GPS time reference.</p>"
"<p>Note: positive offsets count eastwards from zero longitude (GMT), they are 'ahead of time'.</p>"
msgid "Sets the maximum time difference to interpolate GPX file points to image time data. If the time difference exceeds this setting, no match will be attempted."
msgid "Sets the maximum time difference from a GPS track point to the image time to be matched. If the time difference exceeds this setting, no match will be attempted."
msgid "<p>Select the profile for your output device (usually, your printer). This profile will be used to do a soft proof, so you will be able to preview how an image will be rendered via an output device.</p>"
msgid "Cannot open the specified working space profile (\"%1\"). No color transformation will be applied. Please check the color management configuration in digiKam's setup."
msgid "If this option is enabled, the preview area will split vertically. A contiguous area of the image will be shown, with one half from the original image, the other half from the target image."
msgid "If this option is enabled, the preview area will split horizontally. A contiguous area of the image will be shown, with one half from the original image, the other half from the target image."
msgid "If this option is enabled, the preview area will split vertically. The same part of the original and the target image will be shown side by side."
msgid "If this option is enabled, the preview area will split horizontally. The same part of the original and the target image will be shown side by side."
msgid "For more information about the <b>Mounted Camera</b> driver, please read the <b>Supported Digital Still Cameras</b> section in the digiKam manual."
msgid "Set how digiKam will rename files as they are downloaded."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:245
#, kde-format
msgid "File Renaming Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:251
#, kde-format
msgid "Auto-creation of Albums"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:257
#, kde-format
msgid "On the Fly Operations (JPEG only)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:263
#, kde-format
msgid "DNG Convert Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:269
#, kde-format
msgid "Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:288
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Cancel process"
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:295
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Information about camera"
msgid "Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:302
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Capture photo from camera"
msgid "Capture"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:314
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Select All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:322
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Select None"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:330
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Invert Selection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:338
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Select New Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:345
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Select Locked Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:353
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:358
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download New"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:368
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:375
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:383
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download && Delete New"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:391
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download && Delete Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:399
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download && Delete All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:406
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Upload..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:414
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Toggle Lock"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:422
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Mark as downloaded"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:429
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:434
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Delete Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:442
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Delete All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:448
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Delete New"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:456
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:group"
msgid "Views"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:467
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action View the selected image"
msgid "Preview Item"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:487
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "&Sort Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:488
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "The value by which the items are sorted in the thumbnail view"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:492
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:493
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Path"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:494
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:495
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:496
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Rating"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:497
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Download State"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:521
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:inmenu"
msgid "Item Sorting &Order"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:522
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Defines whether items are sorted in ascending or descending manner."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:526
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Sorting Order"
msgid "Ascending"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:528
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Sorting Order"
msgid "Descending"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:540
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "&Group Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:541
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "The categories in which the items in the thumbnail view are displayed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:545
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Group Items"
msgid "Flat List"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:546
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Group Items"
msgid "By Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:547
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Group Items"
msgid "By Format"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:548
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Group Items"
msgid "By Date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:574
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Fit to &Window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:579
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Zoom to 100%"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:597
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Show History"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:603
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Show Thumbbar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:628
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:858
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Previous Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:635
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Connection failed, try again?"
msgid "Retry"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:847
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Exit Preview Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:852
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Next Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:864
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Go to first image"
msgid "First Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:869
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Go to last image"
msgid "Last Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:951
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Canceling current operation, please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1006
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Do you want to close the dialog and cancel the current operation?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1016
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Disconnecting from camera, please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1058
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Scanning for new files, please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1097
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Ready"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1153
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Failed to connect to the camera. Please make sure it is connected properly and turned on."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1243
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Select Image to Upload"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1277
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"There is not enough free space on the Camera Medium to upload pictures.\n"
"\n"
"Space require: %1\n"
"Available free space: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1331
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<qt>Camera Folder <resource>%1</resource> already contains the item <resource>%2</resource>.<br/>"
"Please enter a new filename (without extension):</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1335
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "File already exists"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1401
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Your custom target album date format is not valid. Please check your settings..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1441
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Collection which host your default target album set to process download from camera device is not available. Please select another one from camera configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1450
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Your default target album set to process download from camera device is not available. Please select another one from camera configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1475
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "<p>Please select the destination album from the digiKam library to import the camera pictures into.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1566
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info Popup notification"
msgid "Images download finished, you can now detach your camera while the images will be auto-rotated"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1573
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info Popup notification"
msgid "Images download finished"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1968
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "The items listed below are locked by camera (read-only). These items will not be deleted. If you really want to delete these items, please unlock them and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1979
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "About to delete this image. <b>Deleted file is unrecoverable.</b> Are you sure?"
msgid_plural "About to delete these %1 images. <b>Deleted files are unrecoverable.</b> Are you sure?"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:2030
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Insufficient Disk Space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:2031
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"There is not enough free space on the disk of the album you selected to download and process the selected pictures from the camera.\n"
"\n"
"Estimated space required: %1\n"
"Available free space: %2\n"
"\n"
"Try Anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:2341
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:2367
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "No item selected (%1 item)"
msgid_plural "No item selected (%1 items)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:2359
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status Filename of first selected item of number of items"
msgid "<b>%1</b> (%2 of %3)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:2377
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "%2/%1 item selected"
msgid_plural "%2/%1 items selected"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:2448
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "A file with the same name (<b>%1</b>) already exists in folder <resource>%2</resource>."
msgid "Enable this option to set date and time metadata tags to the right values if your camera does not set these tags correctly when pictures are taken. The values will be saved in the DateTimeDigitized and DateTimeCreated EXIF, XMP, and IPTC tags."
msgid "Enable this option to automatically convert all JPEG files to a lossless image format. <b>Note:</b> Image conversion can take a while on a slow computer."
"<p>These expressions may be used to customize date format:</p>"
"<p><b>d</b>: The day as a number without a leading zero (1 to 31)</p>"
"<p><b>dd</b>: The day as a number with a leading zero (01 to 31)</p>"
"<p><b>ddd</b>: The abbreviated localized day name (e.g. 'Mon' to 'Sun')</p>"
"<p><b>dddd</b>: The long localized day name (e.g. 'Monday' to 'Sunday').</p>"
"<p><b>M</b>: The month as a number without a leading zero (1 to 12)</p>"
"<p><b>MM</b>: The month as a number with a leading zero (01 to 12)</p>"
"<p><b>MMM</b>: The abbreviated localized month name (e.g. 'Jan' to 'Dec')</p>"
"<p><b>MMMM</b>: The long localized month name (e.g. 'January' to 'December')</p>"
"<p><b>yy</b>: The year as two digit number (eg. 00 to 99)</p>"
"<p><b>yyyy</b>: The year as four digit number (eg. 2012)</p>"
"<p>All other input characters will be treated as text. Any sequence of characters that are enclosed in singlequotes will be treated as text and not be used as an expression. Examples, if date is 20 July 1969:</p>"
"<p><b>dd.MM.yyyy</b> : 20.07.1969</p>"
"<p><b>ddd MMMM d yy</b> : Sun July 20 69</p>"
"<p><b>'Photo shot on ' dddd</b> : Photo shot on Sunday</p>"
msgid "Enable this option if you want to download your pictures into automatically created file extension-based sub-albums of the destination album. This way, you can separate JPEG and RAW files as they are downloaded from your camera."
msgid "Set this option to show the file modification date below the image thumbnail if it is different than camera creation date. This option is useful to identify quickly which items have been modified."
"Set this option to render icon-view with large thumbnail size, for example in case of 4K monitor is used.\n"
"By default this option is turned off and the maximum thumbnail size is limited to 256x256 pixels. When this option is enabled, thumbnail size can be extended to 512x512 pixels.\n"
"This option will store more data in thumbnail database and will use more system memory. digiKam needs to be restarted to take effect, and Rebuild Thumbnails option from Maintenance tool needs to be processed over whole collections."
msgid "This option changes the size in which thumbnails are generated. You need to restart digiKam for this option to take effect. Furthermore, you need to regenerate all already stored thumbnails via the <interface>Tools / Maintenance</interface> menu."
"<p>Add new file types to show as album items.</p>"
"<p>digiKam attempts to support all of the image formats that digital cameras produce, while being able to handle a few other important video and audio formats.</p>"
" "
"<p>You can add to the already-appreciable list of formats that digiKam handles by adding the extension of the type you want to add. Multiple extensions need to be separated by a semicolon or space.</p>"
"<p><b><u>Note:</u> changes done in this view will perform a database rescan in the background.</b></p>"
"<p>Here you can add the extensions of image files (including RAW files) to be displayed in the Album view. Just put \"xyz abc\" to display files with the xyz and abc extensions in your Album view.</p>"
"<p>You can also remove file formats that are shown by default by putting a minus sign in front of the extension: e.g. \"-gif\" would remove all GIF files from your Album view and any trace of them in your database. They would not be deleted, just not shown in digiKam.</p>"
"<p><b>Warning:</b> Removing files from the database means losing all of their tags and ratings.</p>"
"<p>Here you can add extra extensions of video files to be displayed in your Album view. Just write \"xyz abc\" to support files with the *.xyz and *.abc extensions. Clicking on these files will play them in an embedded video player.</p>"
"<p>You can also remove file formats that are supported by default by putting a minus sign in front of the extension: e.g. \"-avi\" would remove all AVI files from your Album view and any trace of them in your database. They would not be deleted, just not shown in digiKam.</p>"
"<p><b>Warning:</b> Removing files from the database means losing all of their tags and ratings.</p>"
"<p>Here you can add extra extensions of audio files to be displayed in your Album view. Just write \"xyz abc\" to support files with the *.xyz and *.abc extensions. Clicking on these files will play them in an embedded audio player.</p>"
"<p>You can also remove file formats that are supported by default by putting a minus sign in front of the extension: e.g. \"-ogg\" would remove all OGG files from your Album view and any trace of them in your database. They would not be deleted, just not shown in digiKam.</p>"
"<p><b>Warning:</b> Removing files from the database means losing all of their tags and ratings.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter additional audio file extensions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:258
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You have chosen to remove the following image formats from the list of supported formats: <b>%1</b>.</p>"
"<p>These are very common formats. If you have images in your collection with these formats, they will be removed from the database and you will lose all information about them, including rating and tags.</p>"
"<p>Are you sure you want to apply your changes and lose the support for these formats?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:311
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as images and included into the database:<br/>"
" <code>%1</code></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:321
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as video files and included into the database:<br/>"
" <code>%1</code></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:331
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as audio files and included into the database:<br/>"
" <code>%1</code></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/camera/cameralist.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to auto-detect camera; please make sure it is connected properly and is turned on. Would you like to try again?"
"<p>Set this option to load images at their full size for preview, rather than at a reduced size. As this option will make it take longer to load images, only use it if you have a fast computer.</p>"
"<p><b>Note:</b> for Raw images, a half size version of the Raw data is used instead of the embedded JPEG preview.</p>"
msgid "If this option is enabled, over- and under-exposure indicators will be displayed only when pure white and pure black color matches, as all color components match the condition in the same time. Otherwise, indicators are turned on when one of the color components matches the condition."
"<para><interface>Non-Destructive Editing and Versioning</interface> allows different versions of an image to be created, whilst always preserving the original image.</para>"
" "
"<para> All steps of the editing history are recorded and can be accessed later.</para>"
"<para>Select the file format in which edited images are saved automatically. Format-specific options, like compression settings, can be configured on the <interface>Format Options</interface> tab.</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>JPEG</emphasis>: JPEG is the most commonly used file format, but it employs lossy compression, which means that with each saving operation some image information will be irreversibly lost. JPEG offers a good compression rate, resulting in smaller files. </item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>PNG</emphasis>: A widely used format employing lossless compression. The files, though, will be larger because PNG does not achieve very good compression rates.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>TIFF</emphasis>: A commonly used format, usually uncompressed or with modest lossless compression. Resulting files will be large, but without quality loss due to compression. </item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>PGF</emphasis>: This is a technically superior file format offering good compression rates with either lossy or lossless compression. But it is not yet widely used and supported, so your friends may not directly be able to open these files, and you may not be able to directly publish them on the web. </item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>JPEG 2000</emphasis>: JPEG 2000 is similar to PGF. Loading or saving is slower, the compression rate is better, and the format more widely supported, though still not comparable to the tradition formats JPEG, PNG or TIFF. </item>"
"<para>First and foremost, the <emphasis>original image will never be overwritten.</emphasis> Instead, when an image is edited, a new file is created: The <interface>current version</interface>.</para>"
" "
"<para>You can also create multiple <interface>versions</interface> deriving from the same <interface>original image</interface>.</para>"
" "
"<para>In addition to these files representing a current version, digiKam can take and keep additional, <interface>intermediate snapshots</interface> during the editing process. This can be useful if you want to preserve the intermediate steps for later access, for example if some editing steps cannot be automatically reproduced.</para>"
"<para>If an image has been edited, only the <interface>current versions</interface> will be shown in the main thumbnail view. From the <interface>right sidebar</interface>, you always have access to all hidden files.</para>"
" "
"<para>With the options here, you can choose to show certain files permanently.</para>"
"<para>In addition to the pixel content, image files usually contain a variety of metadata. A lot of the parameters you can use in digiKam to manage files, such as rating or comment, can be written to the files' metadata.</para>"
" "
"<para>Storing in metadata allows one to preserve this information when moving or sending the files to different systems.</para>"
msgid "Instead of synchronizing metadata, just schedule it for synchronization.Synchronization can be done later by triggering the apply pending, or at digikam exit"
msgid "Turn on this option to write metadata into RAW TIFF/EP files. This feature requires the Exiv2 shared library, version >= 0.18.0. It is still experimental, and is disabled by default."
msgid "Turn off this option to not update file timestamps when files are changed as when you update metadata or image data. Note: disabling this option can introduce some dysfunctions with applications which use file timestamps properties to detect file modifications automatically."
msgid "Turning this option on, will force digiKam to rescan files that has been modified outside digiKam. If a file has changed it is file size or if the last modified timestamp has changed, a rescan of that file will be performed when digiKam starts."
msgid "Turning this option on, will force digiKam to delete the file metadata contained in the database before the file is rescanned. WARNING: if your metadata has been written to the database only and not to the file or sidecar, you will be able to lose inserted metadata such as tags, keywords, or geographic coordinates."
" You can change the contents, rearranging the individual pixels of the image data.<nl/>"
" Or you can set a flag that the file is to be rotated before it is shown.</para>"
" "
"<para>Select this option if you always want to set only a flag. This is less obtrusive, but requires support if the file is accessed with another software. Ensure to allow setting the flag in the metadata if you want to share your files outside digiKam.</para>"
" You can change the contents, rearranging the individual pixels of the image data.<nl/>"
" Or you can set a flag that the file is to be rotated before it is shown.</para>"
" "
"<para>Select this option if you want the file to be rotated by changing the content. This is a lossless operation for JPEG files. For other formats it is a lossy operation, which you need to enable explicitly. It is not support for RAW and other read-only formats, which will be rotated by flag only.</para>"
msgid "For some file formats which apply lossy compression, data will be lost each time the content is rotated. Check this option to allow lossy rotation. If not enabled, these files will be rotated by flag."
msgid "<b>Note: These settings affect the album view and not the image editor. The image editor always changes the image data during the rotation.</b>"
msgid "Turn on this option if you want to apply changes to rating, comments and tags made in Baloo to digiKam's metadata storage. Please note that image metadata will not be edited automatically."
"<p><a href='http://community.kde.org/Baloo'>Baloo</a> provides the basis to handle all kinds of metadata on the KDE desktop in a generic fashion. It allows you to tag, rate and comment your files in KDE applications like Dolphin.</p>"
" "
"<p>Please set here if you want to synchronize the metadata stored by digiKam desktop-wide with the Baloo Desktop Search.</p>"
msgid "Turn on this option to create the XMP sidecar files with a compatible file name (BASENAME.xmp) used by many commercial programs. For Darktable do not enable this option."
"<p>Add file types to be recognised as sidecars.</p>"
"<p>digiKam (optionally) writes metadata to *.xmp sidecar files. Other programs might use different types, which can be specified below. digiKam will neither display these nor read from or write to them. But whenever a matching album item (e.g. \"image.dng\" for \"image.dng.pp3\") is renamed, moved, copied or deleted, the same operation will be done on these sidecar files.</p>"
"<p>Multiple extensions must be separated by a semicolon or a space.</p>"
msgid "<p>Here you can add extra extensions of sidecars files to be processed alongside regular items. These files will not be visible, but regarded as an extension of the main file. Just write \"xyz abc\" to support files with the *.xyz and *.abc extensions. The internally used sidecars type *.xmp is always included.</p>"
msgid "Switching off exif auto rotation will most probably show your images in a wrong orientation, so only change this option if you explicitly require this."
msgid "Switching on this option and your metadata has been written to the database only and not to the file or sidecar, you will be able to lose inserted metadata such as tags, keywords, or geographic coordinates."
"<p><b>Do you really want to enable metadata writing to RAW files?</b></p>"
"<p>DigiKam delegates this task to the Exiv2 library. With different RAW formats, problems are known which can lead to the destruction of RAW files. If you decide to do so, make a backup of your RAW files.</p>"
"<p><b>We strongly recommend not to enable this option.</b></p>"
msgid "You would rather disable writing metadata to RAW files?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgid "Database"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Database Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize database settings</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:156
#, kde-format
msgid "Collections"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Collections Settings<br/>"
"<i>Set root albums locations</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Application Views Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize the look of the views</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:168
#, kde-format
msgid "Tool-Tip"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Items Tool-Tip Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize information in item tool-tips</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgid "Templates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Metadata templates<br/>"
"<i>Manage your collection of metadata templates</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Image Editor Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize the image editor settings</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:193
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Settings for Color Management<br/>"
"<i>Customize the color management settings</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Light Table Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize tool used to compare images</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:211
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Image Quality Sorter Settings</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Camera Settings<br/>"
"<i>Manage your camera devices</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:225
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Plug-in Settings<br/>"
"<i>Set which plugins will be accessible from application</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:231
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Miscellaneous Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize behavior of the other parts of digiKam</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Database Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Set the names of directories that you want to ignore from your photo collections. The names are case sensitive and should be separated by a semicolon.</p>"
"<p>This is for example useful when you store your photos on a Synology NAS (Network Attached Storage). In every directory the system creates a subdirectory @eaDir to store thumbnails. To avoid digiKam inserting the original photo and its corresponding thumbnail twice, @eaDir is ignored by default.</p>"
"<p>To re-include directories that are ignored by default prefix it with a minus, e.g. -@eaDir.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Additional directories to ignore (<a href='image'>Currently ignored directories</a>):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter directories that you want to ignore from adding to your collections."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Ignored Directories"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:263
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<p>The process of updating the file hashes takes a few minutes.</p>"
" "
"<p>Please ensure that any important collections on removable media are connected. <i>After the upgrade you cannot use your database with a digiKam version prior to 2.0.</i></p>"
" "
"<p>Do you want to begin the update?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:group"
msgid "Updates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:button"
msgid "Update File Hashes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:283
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid ""
"<qt>File hashes are used to identify identical files and to display thumbnails. A new, improved algorithm to create the hash is now used. The old algorithm, though, still works quite well, so it is recommended to carry out this upgrade, but not required.<br/>"
" After the upgrade you cannot use your database with a digiKam version prior to 2.0.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Get information about <interface>Update File Hashes</interface>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:316
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Directories starting with a dot are ignored by default.<br/>"
" <code>%1</code></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable Color Management"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li>Checked: Color Management is enabled</li>"
"<li>Unchecked: Color Management is disabled</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid "Visit Little CMS project website"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:206
#, kde-format
msgid "Working Color Space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:212
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This is the color space all the images will be converted to when opened (if you choose to convert) and the profile that will be embedded when saving. Good and safe choices are <b>Adobe RGB (1998)</b> and <b>sRGB IEC61966-2.1</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:218
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can use this button to get more detailed information about the selected workspace profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:232
#, kde-format
msgid "When the profile of an image does not match the working color space"
msgid "<p>If an image has an embedded color profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will ask if you want to convert to the working space, keep the embedded profile or discard the embedded profile and assign a different one.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:247
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert the image to the working color space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:248
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>If an image has an embedded color profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will convert the image's color information to the working color space. This changes the pixel data, but not the appearance of the image.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:264
#, kde-format
msgid "When an image has no color profile information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:272
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>If an image has no embedded color profile, digiKam will ask which color space shall be used to interpret the image and to which color space it shall be transformed for editing.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:276
#, kde-format
msgid "Assume it is using the sRGB color space (Internet standard)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n("<p></p>"));
#.
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgid "and convert it to the working color space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:293
#, kde-format
msgid "Assume it is using the working color space"
msgstr ""
#. i18n("<p></p>"));
#.
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:298
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert it from default input color space to working space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:316
#, kde-format
msgid "When loading a RAW file with uncalibrated colors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:323
#, kde-format
msgid "Ask for the input profile"
msgstr ""
#. i18n("<p></p>"));
#.
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:328
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatic color correction"
msgstr ""
#. i18n("<p></p>"));
#.
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:333
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert it from the default input profile"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:357
#, kde-format
msgid "Color Managed View"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:362
#, kde-format
msgid "Monitor profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:366
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Select the color profile for your monitor here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:370
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can use this button to get more detailed information about the selected monitor profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:374
#, kde-format
msgid "Use color managed view in editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:375
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Turn on this option if you want to use your <b>Monitor Color Profile</b> to show your pictures in the Image Editor window with a color correction adapted to your monitor. You can at any time toggle this option from the Editor window. <i>Warning</i>: This can slow down rendering of the image, depending on the speed of your computer.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:382
#, kde-format
msgid "Use color managed view for previews and thumbnails"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:397
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera and Scanner"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:402
#, kde-format
msgid "Default input color profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:404
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This is the default color profile for your input device (that is your camera - or your scanner). A camera input profile is recommended for correct conversion of RAW images in 16bit. Some of the options about loading behavior above refer to this profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:411
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can use this button to get more detailed information about the selected input profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:422
#, kde-format
msgid "Printing and Proofing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:427
#, kde-format
msgid "Output device profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:436
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can use this button to get more detailed information about the selected proofing profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:447
#, kde-format
msgid "Color Profiles Repository"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:452
#, kde-format
msgid "digiKam looks for ICC profiles in a number of <a href='default'>default locations</a>. You can specify an additional folder:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:460
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>digiKam searches ICC profiles in default system folders and ships itself a few selected profiles. Store all your additional color profiles in the directory set here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:483
#, kde-format
msgid "Use black point compensation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:484
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><b>Black Point Compensation</b> is a way to make adjustments between the maximum black levels of digital files and the black capabilities of various digital devices.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:490
#, kde-format
msgid "Rendering Intents:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:506
#, kde-format
msgid "Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:700
#, kde-format
msgid "Monitor Profile From System Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:732
#, kde-format
msgid "No ICC profiles files found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:747
#, kde-format
msgid "No Display Profile Available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:749
#, kde-format
msgid "No Output Profile Available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:879
#, kde-format
msgctxt "none of the paths"
msgid "none"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:888
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"On Windows, the default search paths include "
"<ul>"
"<li>%1/Windows/Spool/Drivers/Color/</li>"
"<li>%2/Windows/Color/</li>"
"</ul>"
"On your system, currently these paths exist and are scanned:"
"<ul>"
"<li>%3</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:902
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"On Mac OS X, the default search paths include "
"<ul>"
"<li>/System/Library/ColorSync/Profiles</li>"
"<li>/Library/ColorSync/Profiles</li>"
"<li>~/Library/ColorSync/Profiles</li>"
"<li>/opt/local/share/color/icc</li>"
"<li>/opt/digikam/share/color/icc</li>"
"<li>~/.local/share/color/icc/</li>"
"<li>~/.local/share/icc/</li>"
"<li>~/.color/icc/</li>"
"</ul>"
"On your system, currently these paths exist and are scanned:"
"<ul>"
"<li>%1</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:919
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"On Linux, the default search paths include "
"<ul>"
"<li>/usr/share/color/icc</li>"
"<li>/usr/local/share/color/icc</li>"
"<li>~/.local/share/color/icc/</li>"
"<li>~/.local/share/icc/</li>"
"<li>~/.color/icc/</li>"
"</ul>"
"On your system, currently these paths exist and are scanned:"
"<ul>"
"<li>%1</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgid "Synchronize panels automatically"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to automatically synchronize zooming and panning between left and right panels if the images have the same size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Selecting a thumbbar item loads the image to the right panel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to automatically load an image into the right panel when the corresponding item is selected on the thumbbar."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "Clear the light table on close"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to remove all images from the light table when you close it, or unset it to preserve the images currently on the light table."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "String comparison type:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgctxt "method to compare strings"
msgid "Natural"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgctxt "method to compare strings"
msgid "Normal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Sets the way in which strings are compared inside digiKam. This eg. influences the sorting of the tree views.<br/>"
"<b>Natural</b> tries to compare strings in a way that regards some normal conventions and will eg. result in sorting numbers naturally even if they have a different number of digits.<br/>"
"<b>Normal</b> uses a more technical approach. Use this style if you eg. want to entitle albums with ISO dates (201006 or 20090523) and the albums should be sorted according to these dates.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "Confirm when moving items to the &trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid "Confirm when permanently deleting items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not confirm when applying changes in the &right sidebar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgid "&Scan for new items at startup (makes startup slower)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Set this option to force digiKam to scan all collections for new items to\n"
"register new elements in database. The scan is performed in the background through\n"
"the progress manager available in the statusbar\n"
" when digiKam main interface\n"
"is loaded. If your computer is fast enough, this will have no effect on usability\n"
"of digiKam while scanning. If your collections are huge or if you use a remote database,\n"
"this can introduce low latency, and it is recommended to disable this option and to plan\n"
"a manual scan through the maintenance tool at the right moment."
"Set this option to force digiKam to clean up the core database from obsolete item entries.\n"
"Entries are only deleted if the connected image/video/audio file was already removed, i.e.\n"
"the database object wastes space.\n"
"This option does not clean up other databases as the thumbnails or recognition db.\n"
"For clean up routines for other databases, please use the maintenance."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid "Show only face tags for assigning names in people sidebar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:177
#, kde-format
msgid "Lower bound for minimum similarity:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the lower bound of the minimum similarity threshold for fuzzy and duplicates searches. The default value is 40. Selecting a lower value than 40 can make the search <b>really</b> slow."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid "Use native file dialogs from system"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:214
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw frames around grouped items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:221
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to configure how sidebar tab titles are visible. Use \"Only For Active Tab\" option if you use a small screen resolution as with a laptop computer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:251
#, kde-format
msgctxt "icon theme"
msgid "Adwaita"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:252
#, kde-format
msgctxt "icon theme"
msgid "Breeze"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:253
#, kde-format
msgctxt "icon theme"
msgid "Breeze Dark"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:254
#, kde-format
msgctxt "icon theme"
msgid "Faenza"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:255
#, kde-format
msgctxt "icon theme"
msgid "Ambiance"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:256
#, kde-format
msgctxt "icon theme"
msgid "Humanity"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:257
#, kde-format
msgctxt "icon theme"
msgid "Oxygen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:312
#, kde-format
msgid "Perform the following operations on all group members:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:313
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"When images are grouped the following operations<br/>"
"are performed only on the displayed item (No)<br/>"
"or on all the hidden items in the group as well (Yes).<br/>"
"If Ask is selected, there will be a prompt every<br/>"
"time this operation is executed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:321
#, kde-format
msgid "Ask"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:366
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Grouping"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupplugins.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Batch Queue Manager"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "Delay between images:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgid "The delay, in seconds, between images."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid "Start with current image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "If this option is enabled, the Slideshow will be started with the current image selected in the images list."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Slideshow runs in a loop"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Run the slideshow in a loop."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "Shuffle images"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid "If this option is enabled, the Slideshow will run in random order"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Show progress indicator"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:131
#, kde-format
msgid "Show a progress indicator with pending items to show and time progression."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image file name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image file name at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image creation date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image creation time/date at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the camera aperture and focal length at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the camera exposure and sensitivity at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the camera make and model at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image caption"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image caption at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image title at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image caption if it has not title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image caption at the bottom of the screen if no titles existed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image tags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the digiKam image tag names at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:160
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image labels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the digiKam image color label and pick label at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image rating"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:164
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the digiKam image rating at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgid "Caption font:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the font used to display text in the slideshow."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid "Screen placement:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid "In case of multi-screen computer, select here the monitor to slide contents."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:175
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox The current screen, for the presentation mode"
msgid "Current Screen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox The default screen for the presentation mode"
msgid "Default Screen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox %1 is the screen number (0, 1, ...)"
msgid "Screen %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "Template Title:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the metadata template title here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Enter the metadata template title here. This title will be used to identify a template in your collection.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Note: These information are used to set <b><a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extensible_Metadata_Platform'>XMP</a></b> and <b><a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPTC'>IPTC</a></b> tag contents. There is no limitation with XMP, but note that IPTC text tags only support the printable <b><a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ascii'>ASCII</a></b> character set, and tag sizes are limited. Use contextual help for details.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:244
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:273
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot register new metadata template without title."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:250
#, kde-format
msgid "A metadata template named '%1' already exists."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid "Tool-Tips Font:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the font used to display text in tool-tips."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgid "Show icon-view and thumb-bar items' tool-tips"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display image information when the mouse hovers over an icon-view or thumb-bar item."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:208
#, kde-format
msgid "File/Item Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:211
#, kde-format
msgid "File name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:214
#, kde-format
msgid "File date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgid "File size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:220
#, kde-format
msgid "Image type"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgid "Image dimensions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:226
#, kde-format
msgid "Image aspect ratio"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:227
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the image aspect ratio."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:243
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:423
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera make and model"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:251
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:254
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:431
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera aperture and focal length"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:258
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:435
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera exposure and sensitivity"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera mode and program"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:266
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:439
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera flash settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:270
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:443
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera white balance settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgid "digiKam Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:290
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:363
#, kde-format
msgid "Album name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:291
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:364
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album name."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:293
#, kde-format
msgid "Image title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:294
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the image title."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgid "Image caption"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:297
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the image captions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:299
#, kde-format
msgid "Image tags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:300
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the image tags."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:302
#, kde-format
msgid "Image labels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:303
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the image pick, color, rating labels."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:315
#, kde-format
msgid "Audio/Video Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:318
#, kde-format
msgid "Video Aspect Ratio"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:319
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:334
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Aspect Ratio of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:322
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Audio Bit Rate of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:325
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Audio Channel Type of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:328
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Audio Codec of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:330
#, kde-format
msgid "Video Duration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:331
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Duration of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:333
#, kde-format
msgid "Video Frame Rate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:337
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Codec of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:357
#, kde-format
msgid "Show album items' tool-tips"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:358
#, kde-format
msgid "Album Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:360
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:401
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display album information when the mouse hovers over a folder-view item."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:366
#, kde-format
msgid "Album date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:367
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album date."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:369
#, kde-format
msgid "Album collection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:370
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album collection."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:372
#, kde-format
msgid "Album category"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:373
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album category."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:375
#, kde-format
msgid "Album caption"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:376
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album caption."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:378
#, kde-format
msgid "Album preview"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:379
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album preview."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:398
#, kde-format
msgid "Show import items' tool-tips"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:399
#, kde-format
msgid "Import Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:404
#, kde-format
msgid "Item name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:405
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the item name."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:407
#, kde-format
msgid "Item date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:408
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the item date."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:410
#, kde-format
msgid "Item size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:411
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the item size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:413
#, kde-format
msgid "Item type"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:414
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the item type."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:416
#, kde-format
msgid "Item dimensions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:417
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the item dimensions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:420
#, kde-format
msgid "Note: these settings require \"Use File Metadata\" option from Camera Setup Behavior page."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:470
#, kde-format
msgid "Icon Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:471
#, kde-format
msgid "Album Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:472
#, kde-format
msgid "Import Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/slideshow/slideend.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Slideshow Completed.\n"
"Click To Exit\n"
"or press ESC..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/slideshow/slideerror.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"An error has occurred to show item\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/slideshow/slidehelp.cpp:43
#, kde-format
msgid "Slideshow Usage"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/slideshow/slidehelp.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<table>"
"<tr>"
"<td colspan=\"2\"><nobr>"
"<center><b>"
"<h1>Item Access</h1>"
"</b></center>"
"</nobr></td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Previous Item:</td>"
"<td><i>Up</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td><i>PgUp</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td><i>Left</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td>Mouse wheel up</td>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td>Left mouse button</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Next Item:</td>"
"<td><i>Down</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td><i>PgDown</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td><i>Right</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td>Mouse wheel down</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td>Right mouse button</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Pause/Start:</td>"
"<td><i>Space</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Hide/Show Properties:</td>"
"<td><i>F4</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Quit:</td>"
"<td><i>Esc</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td colspan=\"2\"><nobr>"
"<center><b>"
"<h1>Item Properties</h1>"
"</b></center>"
"</nobr></td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Change Tags:</td>"
"<td>Use Tags keyboard shortcuts</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Change Rating:</td>"
"<td>Use Rating keyboard shortcuts</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Change Color Label:</td>"
"<td>Use Color label keyboard shortcuts</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Change Pick Label:</td>"
"<td>Use Pick label keyboard shortcuts</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td colspan=\"2\"><nobr>"
"<center><b>"
"<h1>Others</h1>"
"</b></center>"
"</nobr></td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Show this help:</td>"
"<td><i>F1</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"</table>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/slideshow/slideshow.cpp:588
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Reason for inhibiting the screensaver activation, when the presentation mode is active"
msgid "Breakpoint is <a href=\"pending\">pending</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: debugger/breakpoint/breakpointdetails.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Breakpoint is <a href=\"dirty\">dirty</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: debugger/breakpoint/breakpointdetails.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid "Breakpoint is active"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: debugger/breakpoint/breakpointdetails.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Hit %1 time"
msgid_plural "Hit %1 times"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: debugger/breakpoint/breakpointdetails.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgid "Breakpoint has errors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: debugger/breakpoint/breakpointdetails.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Breakpoint is pending</b>"
"<p>Pending breakpoints are those that have been passed to GDB, but which are not yet installed in the target, because GDB cannot find the function or file to which the breakpoint refers. The most common case is a breakpoint in a shared library: GDB will insert this breakpoint only when the library is loaded.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: debugger/breakpoint/breakpointdetails.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Breakpoint is dirty</b>"
"<p>The breakpoint has not yet been passed to the debugger.</p>"
msgid "Displays a list of breakpoints with their current status. Clicking on a breakpoint item allows you to change the breakpoint and will take you to the source in the editor window."
msgid "<b>Frame stack</b>Often referred to as the \"call stack\", this is a list showing which function is currently active, and what called each function to get to this point in your program. By clicking on an item you can see the values in any of the previous calling functions."
"<b>Variable tree</b>The variable tree allows you to see the values of local variables and arbitrary expressions.<br />"
"Local variables are displayed automatically and are updated as you step through your program. For each expression you enter, you can either evaluate it once, or \"watch\" it (make it auto-updated). Expressions that are not auto-updated can be updated manually from the context menu. Expressions can be renamed to more descriptive names by clicking on the name column.<br />"
"To change the value of a variable or an expression, click on the value.<br />"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: debugger/variable/variablewidget.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Expression entry</b>Type in expression to watch."
msgid "This list should contain targets that the application does not directly depend on, but for which an action needs to be taken before running the application."
msgid "Co-maintainer, C++/Clang, QA, Windows Support, Performance, Website"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/core.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgid "Sven Brauch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/core.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgid "Co-maintainer, AppImage, Python Support, User Interface improvements"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/core.cpp:119
#, kde-format
msgid "Friedrich W. H. Kossebau"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/core.cpp:156
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not find any plugins"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/core.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Could not find any plugins during startup.<br/>"
"Please make sure QT_PLUGIN_PATH is set correctly.</p>"
"Refer to <a href=\"https://community.kde.org/Guidelines_and_HOWTOs/Build_from_source#Set_up_the_runtime_environment\">this article</a> for more information."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Debugger"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid "Frame Stack"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgid "Breakpoints"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Variables"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:201
#, kde-format
msgid "&Restart"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:202
#, kde-format
msgid "Restart program"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:203
#, kde-format
msgid "Restarts applications from the beginning."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:209
#, kde-format
msgid "Interrupt"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid "Interrupt application"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:211
#, kde-format
msgid "Interrupts the debugged process or current debugger command."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:215
#, kde-format
msgid "Run to &Cursor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgid "Run to cursor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgid "Continues execution until the cursor position is reached."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid "Set E&xecution Position to Cursor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgid "Jump to cursor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:224
#, kde-format
msgid "Continue execution from the current cursor position."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:228
#, kde-format
msgid "Step &Over"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:230
#, kde-format
msgid "Step over the next line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:231
#, kde-format
msgid "Executes one line of source in the current source file. If the source line is a call to a function the whole function is executed and the app will stop at the line following the function call."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:239
#, kde-format
msgid "Step over Ins&truction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:240
#, kde-format
msgid "Step over instruction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:241
#, kde-format
msgid "Steps over the next assembly instruction."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:246
#, kde-format
msgid "Step &Into"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:248
#, kde-format
msgid "Step into the next statement"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:249
#, kde-format
msgid "Executes exactly one line of source. If the source line is a call to a function then execution will stop after the function has been entered."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:256
#, kde-format
msgid "Step into I&nstruction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:257
#, kde-format
msgid "Step into instruction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:258
#, kde-format
msgid "Steps into the next assembly instruction."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgid "Step O&ut"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:264
#, kde-format
msgid "Step out of the current function"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:265
#, kde-format
msgid "Executes the application until the currently executing function is completed. The debugger will then display the line after the original call to that function. If program execution is in the outermost frame (i.e. in main()) then this operation has no effect."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:273
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle Breakpoint"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:274
#, kde-format
msgid "Ctrl+Alt+B"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:275
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggle breakpoint"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:276
#, kde-format
msgid "Toggles the breakpoint at the current line in editor."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:280
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Current Line"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the current execution position"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:282
#, kde-format
msgid "Jumps to the execution line in the editor."
msgid "Executes the target or the program specified in currently active launch configuration inside a Debugger."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:442
#, kde-format
msgid "&Continue"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:444
#, kde-format
msgid "Continue application execution"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/debugcontroller.cpp:445
#, kde-format
msgid "Continues the execution of your application in the debugger. This only takes effect when the application has been halted by the debugger (i.e. a breakpoint has been activated or the interrupt was pressed)."
msgid "Unable to create hidden dir (%1) for developer file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/project.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to get project file: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/project.cpp:317
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not load %1, a project with the same name '%2' is already open."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/project.cpp:347
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not load project management plugin <b>%1</b>.<br>"
" Check that the required programs are installed, or see console output for more information."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/project.cpp:356
#, kde-format
msgid "project importing plugin (%1) does not support the IProjectFileManager interface."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/project.cpp:408
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not open project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/project.cpp:565
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Could not store developer specific project configuration.\n"
"Attention: The project settings you changed will be lost."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure Project %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:317
#, kde-format
msgid "Invalid Location: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:324
#, kde-format
msgid "Project already being opened"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:325
#, kde-format
msgid "Already opening %1, not opening again"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:482
#, kde-format
msgid "Override"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:483
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Continue to open the project and use the just provided project configuration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:486
#, kde-format
msgid "Open Existing File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:487
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Continue to open the project but use the existing project configuration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:490
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Cancel and do not open the project."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:492
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"There already exists a project configuration file at %1.\n"
"Do you want to override it or open the existing file?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:494
#, kde-format
msgid "Override existing project configuration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:515
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to create configuration file %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:527
#, kde-format
msgid "Reopen the current project?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:566
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Open / Import Project..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:567
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Open or import project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:568
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Open an existing KDevelop 4 project or import an existing Project into KDevelop 4. This entry allows one to select a KDevelop4 project file or an existing directory to open it in KDevelop. When opening an existing directory that does not yet have a KDevelop4 project file, the file will be created."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:579
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Fetch Project..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:581
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Fetch project"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/projectcontroller.cpp:582
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Guides the user through the project fetch and then imports it into KDevelop 4."
msgid "The current launch configuration does not support the '%1' mode."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:441
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure Launches..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:444
#, kde-format
msgid "Open Launch Configuration Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:445
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Open Launch Configuration Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:446
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Opens a dialog to setup new launch configurations, or to change the existing ones."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:449
#, kde-format
msgid "Execute Launch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:450
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Short text for 'Execute launch' used in the toolbar"
msgid "Execute"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:452
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Execute current launch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:453
#, kde-format
msgid "Execute current launch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:454
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Executes the target or the program specified in currently active launch configuration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:460
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Short text for 'Debug launch' used in the toolbar"
msgid "Debug"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:461
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Debug current launch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/runcontroller.cpp:463
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Executes the target or the program specified in currently active launch configuration inside a Debugger."
msgstr ""
#. i18n("Profile Launch"), this);
#. profileAction->setToolTip(i18nc("@info:tooltip", "Profile current launch"));
#. profileAction->setStatusTip(i18n("Profile current launch"));
#. profileAction->setWhatsThis(i18nc("@info:whatsthis", "Executes the target or the program specified in currently active launch configuration inside a Profiler."));
"<p>When a project contains more files than this number, the project will be\n"
"parsed in simplified mode, increasing the efficiency by gathering less information. Global code navigation and quickopen capabilities will be reduced.</p>"
msgid "Try to prevent Repetitive Strain Injury by reminding a user to rest."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/main.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "(c) 2005-2015, The RSIBreak developers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/main.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Albert Astals Cid"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/main.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Maintainer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/main.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid "Tom Albers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/main.cpp:59 src/main.cpp:62
#, kde-format
msgid "Former author"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/main.cpp:62
#, kde-format
msgid "Bram Schoenmakers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/main.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgctxt "NAME OF TRANSLATORS"
msgid "Your names"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/main.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgctxt "EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS"
msgid "Your emails"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/notificator.cpp:26
#, kde-format
msgid "Timer for the short break has now been reset"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/notificator.cpp:34
#, kde-format
msgid "The timers have now been reset"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/notificator.cpp:40
#, kde-format
msgid "Start of a long break"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/notificator.cpp:45
#, kde-format
msgid "End of a long break"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/notificator.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Start of a short break"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/notificator.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgid "End of a short break"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/popupeffect.cpp:31
#, kde-format
msgid "Take a break...."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/popupeffect.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1 is a time string like '2 minutes 42 seconds'"
msgid "Take a break for %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsidock.cpp:76
+#: src/rsidock.cpp:78
#, kde-format
msgid "About &KDE"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsidock.cpp:77
+#: src/rsidock.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgid "&About RSIBreak"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsidock.cpp:78
+#: src/rsidock.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "RSIBreak &Handbook"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsidock.cpp:81
+#: src/rsidock.cpp:83
#, kde-format
msgid "&Report Bug..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsidock.cpp:82
+#: src/rsidock.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgid "Switch application &language..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsidock.cpp:85 src/rsidock.cpp:139
+#: src/rsidock.cpp:87 src/rsidock.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid "&Suspend RSIBreak"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsidock.cpp:86
+#: src/rsidock.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid "&Usage Statistics"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsidock.cpp:87
+#: src/rsidock.cpp:90
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure &Notifications..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsidock.cpp:88
+#: src/rsidock.cpp:91
#, kde-format
msgid "&Configure RSIBreak..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsidock.cpp:145
+#: src/rsidock.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "&Resume RSIBreak"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsidock.cpp:155
+#: src/rsidock.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid "Usage Statistics"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsidock.cpp:164 src/rsidock.cpp:191
+#: src/rsidock.cpp:167 src/rsidock.cpp:194
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsidock.cpp:188
+#: src/rsidock.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid "This will reset all statistics to zero. Is that what you want?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsidock.cpp:190
+#: src/rsidock.cpp:193
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset the statistics"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsidock.cpp:208 src/rsiwidget.cpp:127
+#: src/rsidock.cpp:211 src/rsiwidget.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "Suspended"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsidock.cpp:224
+#: src/rsidock.cpp:227
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 remaining until next short break"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsidock.cpp:233
+#: src/rsidock.cpp:236
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 remaining until next long break"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsirelaxpopup.cpp:62
+#: src/rsirelaxpopup.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Skip this break"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsirelaxpopup.cpp:67
+#: src/rsirelaxpopup.cpp:69
#, kde-format
msgid "Postpone this break"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsirelaxpopup.cpp:72
+#: src/rsirelaxpopup.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgid "Lock the session"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsirelaxpopup.cpp:104
+#: src/rsirelaxpopup.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Please relax for %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: src/rsirelaxpopup.cpp:108
+#: src/rsirelaxpopup.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgid "Note: next break is a big break"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:31
#, kde-format
msgid "Total recorded time"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:35
#, kde-format
msgid "Total time of activity"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:42
#, kde-format
msgid "Total time being idle"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Percentage of activity"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "Percentage of activity last minute"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Percentage of activity last hour"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Percentage of activity last 6 hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum idle period"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgid "Current idle period"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of skipped short breaks (idle)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of skipped long breaks (idle)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgid "Total number of short breaks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of skipped short breaks (user)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:83
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of postponed short breaks (user)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Last short break"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:90
#, kde-format
msgid "Total number of long breaks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of skipped long breaks (user)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of postponed long breaks (user)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "Last long break"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Pause score"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:355
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the total time RSIBreak has been running."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:357
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the total amount of time you used the keyboard or mouse."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:360
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the total amount of time you did not use the keyboard or mouse."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:363
#, kde-format
msgid "This is a percentage of activity, based on the periods of activity vs. the total time RSIBreak has been running. The color indicates the level of your activity. When the color is close to full red it is recommended you lower your work pace."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:368
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the longest period of inactivity measured while RSIBreak has been running."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:371
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the total number of short breaks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:373
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the time of the last finished short break. The color of this text gradually turns from green to red, indicating when you can expect the next tiny break."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:377
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the total number of short breaks which you skipped."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:380
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the total number of short breaks which you postponed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:383
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the total number of short breaks which were skipped because you were idle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:386
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the total number of long breaks."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:388
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the time of the last finished long break.The color of this text gradually turns from green to red,indicating when you can expect the next big break."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:392
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the total number of long breaks which you skipped."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:395
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the total number of long breaks which you postponed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:398
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the total number of long breaks which were skipped because you were idle."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:401
#, kde-format
msgid "This is an indication of how well you behaved with the breaks. It decreases every time you skip a break."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:404
#, kde-format
msgid "This is the current idle time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:406
#, kde-format
msgid "This is a percentage of activity during the last minute. The color indicates the level of your activity. When the color is close to full red it is recommended you lower your work pace."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:410
#, kde-format
msgid "This is a percentage of activity during the last hour. The color indicates the level of your activity. When the color is close to full red it is recommended you lower your work pace."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistats.cpp:414
#, kde-format
msgid "This is a percentage of activity during the last 6 hours. The color indicates the level of your activity. When the color is close to full red it is recommended you lower your work pace."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistatwidget.cpp:37
#, kde-format
msgid "Time"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistatwidget.cpp:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Short Breaks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistatwidget.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgid "Pause"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistatwidget.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Long Breaks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistatwidget.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Translate this as the longest plural form. This is used to calculate the width of window"
msgid "minutes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsistatwidget.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Translate this as the longest plural form. This is used to calculate the width of window"
msgid "seconds"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsiwidget.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Welcome to RSIBreak</p>"
"\n"
"<p>In your tray you can now see RSIBreak.</p>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsiwidget.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>When you right-click on that you will see a menu, from which you can go to the configuration for example.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>When you want to know when the next break is, hover over the icon.</p>"
"\n"
"<p>Use RSIBreak wisely.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/rsiwidget.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setup.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgid "General Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setup.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid "Timings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setup.cpp:63
#, kde-format
msgid "During Breaks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setup.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Actions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupgeneral.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgid "&Automatically start RSIBreak at startup"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupgeneral.cpp:53
#, kde-format
msgid "With this option you can indicate that you want RSIBreak to start on Desktop Environment start."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupgeneral.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Timer Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupgeneral.cpp:58
#, kde-format
msgid "Break at &fixed times"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupgeneral.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid "With this option you indicate that you want to break at fixed intervals"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupgeneral.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid "Take activity into account"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupgeneral.cpp:62
#, kde-format
msgid "With this option you indicate that you want to use idle detection. This means that only the time you are active (when you use the keyboard or the mouse) will be counted to calculate when to break next."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid "Simple Gray Effect"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:91
#, kde-format
msgid "Complete Black Effect"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Plasma Dashboard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Slide Show of Images"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Show a Passive Popup"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:101
#, kde-format
msgid "Skipping Breaks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "&Hide skip button"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this option to disable and hide the skip button. This way you can prevent skipping the break."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid "&Hide lock button"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this option to disable and hide the lock button. This way you can prevent pressing the wrong button."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgid "&Hide postpone button"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this option to disable and hide the postpone break button. This way you can prevent pressing the wrong button."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "&Disable shortcut (Esc)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this option to disable the ESC key skipping the break."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid "Plasma Dashboard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Read Only"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid "Transparency level"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgid "Transparent"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgid "Solid"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgid "Slideshow"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid "Select the folder from which you want to see images. These images are randomly shown during the breaks. It will be searched recursively if you want..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgid "Search path recursively"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Show small images"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgid "Expand image to full screen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid "If checked then image will be expanded to full screen. Part of the image outside the screen area will be cropped. Otherwise the image will be displayed completely but there may grey areas around it. "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid "Change images every:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: src/setupmaximized.cpp:192
#, kde-format
msgid "Here you can set how long one image should be shown before it is replaced by the next one."
"<p>Either the hardware/software the module configures is not available or the module has been disabled by the administrator.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcmoduleloader.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Error loading QML file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcmoduleloader.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid "The module %1 is not a valid configuration module."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcmoduleloader.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>The diagnosis is:<br />"
"The desktop file %1 does not specify a library.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcmoduleloader.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Possible reasons:"
"<ul>"
"<li>An error occurred during your last system upgrade, leaving an orphaned control module behind</li>"
"<li>You have old third party modules lying around.</li>"
"</ul>"
"</p>"
"<p>Check these points carefully and try to remove the module mentioned in the error message. If this fails, consider contacting your distributor or packager.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcmoduleproxy.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Argument is application name"
msgid "This configuration section is already opened in %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcmultidialog.cpp:63
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The settings of the current module have changed.\n"
"Do you want to apply the changes or discard them?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcmultidialog.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: kcmultidialog.cpp:243 kpluginselector.cpp:723
+#: kcmultidialog.cpp:228 kpluginselector.cpp:723
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (DesktopIcons)
#. +> trunk5
#: kdeglobals.kcfg:9
#, kde-format
msgid "Distance between desktop icons"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (DesktopIcons)
#. +> trunk5
#: kdeglobals.kcfg:10
#, kde-format
msgid "The distance between icons specified in pixels."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kdeglobals.kcfg:23
#, kde-format
msgid "Widget style to use"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kdeglobals.kcfg:24
#, kde-format
msgid "The name of the widget style, for example \"keramik\" or \"plastik\". Without quotes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kdeglobals.kcfg:30
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the PC speaker"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kdeglobals.kcfg:31
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether the ordinary PC speaker should be used instead of KDE's own notifications system."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kdeglobals.kcfg:35
#, kde-format
msgid "What terminal application to use"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kdeglobals.kcfg:37
#, kde-format
msgid "Whenever a terminal application is launched this terminal emulator program will be used.\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kdeglobals.kcfg:41
#, kde-format
msgid "Fixed width font"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kdeglobals.kcfg:43
#, kde-format
msgid "This font is used when a fixed font is needed. A fixed font has a constant width.\n"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kdeglobals.kcfg:46
#, kde-format
msgid "System wide font"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kdeglobals.kcfg:49
#, kde-format
msgid "Font for menus"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kdeglobals.kcfg:50
#, kde-format
msgid "What font to use for menus in applications."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kdeglobals.kcfg:53
#, kde-format
msgid "Color for links"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kdeglobals.kcfg:54
#, kde-format
msgid "What color links should be that have not yet been clicked on"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kdeglobals.kcfg:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Color for visited links"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kdeglobals.kcfg:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Font for the taskbar"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kdeglobals.kcfg:61
#, kde-format
msgid "What font to use for the panel at the bottom of the screen, where the currently running applications are."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5
#: kdeglobals.kcfg:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Fonts for toolbars"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Desktop Screenshot), group (Global Shortcuts)
msgid "Download of item failed: no download URL for \"%1\"."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/installation.cpp:231
#, kde-format
msgid "Download of \"%1\" failed, error: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/installation.cpp:241
#, kde-format
msgid "The downloaded file is a html file. This indicates a link to a website instead of the actual download. Would you like to open the site with a browser instead?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/installation.cpp:242
#, kde-format
msgid "Possibly bad download link"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/installation.cpp:245
#, kde-format
msgid "Downloaded file was a HTML file. Opened in browser."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/installation.cpp:307
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not install \"%1\": file not found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/installation.cpp:539
#, kde-format
msgid "This file already exists on disk (possibly due to an earlier failed download attempt). Continuing means overwriting it. Do you wish to overwrite the existing file?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/installation.cpp:540
#, kde-format
msgid "Overwrite File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/security.cpp:83
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Cannot start <i>gpg</i> and retrieve the available keys. Make sure that <i>gpg</i> is installed, otherwise verification of downloaded resources will not be possible.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/security.cpp:207
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Enter passphrase for key <b>0x%1</b>, belonging to<br />"
"<i>%2<%3></i><br />"
":</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/security.cpp:285
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Cannot start <i>gpg</i> and check the validity of the file. Make sure that <i>gpg</i> is installed, otherwise verification of downloaded resources will not be possible.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/security.cpp:340
#, kde-format
msgid "Key used for signing:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/security.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgid "Select Signing Key"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/security.cpp:376
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Cannot start <i>gpg</i> and sign the file. Make sure that <i>gpg</i> is installed, otherwise signing of the resources will not be possible.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: downloaddialog.cpp:79 downloadwidget.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid "Get Hot New Stuff"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: downloaddialog.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Program name followed by 'Add On Installer'"
msgid "Please select the option you wish to install from the list of downloadable items below. If it is unclear which you should chose out of the available options, please contact the author of this item and ask that they clarify this through the naming of the items."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: qtquick/qml/EntryDetails.qml:63
#, kde-format
msgctxt "A passive notification shown when installation of an item is initiated"
msgid "Installing %1 from %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: qtquick/qml/EntryDetails.qml:78
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Status message to be shown when the entry is in the process of being installed"
msgid "Currently installing the item %1 by %2. Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: qtquick/qml/EntryDetails.qml:80
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Status message to be shown when the entry is in the process of being updated"
msgid "Currently updating the item %1 by %2. Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: qtquick/qml/EntryDetails.qml:82
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Status message which should only be shown when the entry has been given some unknown or invalid status."
msgid "This item is currently in an invalid or unknown state. Please report this to the KDE Community in a bug report."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: qtquick/qml/EntryDetails.qml:93
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Combined title for the entry details page made of the name of the entry, and the author's name"
msgctxt "A link which, when clicked, opens a new sub page with comments (comments with or without ratings) for this entry"
msgid "%1 Reviews and Comments"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: qtquick/qml/EntryDetails.qml:183
#, kde-format
msgid "Rating:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: qtquick/qml/EntryDetails.qml:187
#, kde-format
msgid "Homepage:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: qtquick/qml/EntryDetails.qml:188
#, kde-format
msgctxt "A link which, when clicked, opens the website associated with the entry (this could be either one specific to the project, the author's homepage, or any other website they have chosen for the purpose)"
-msgid "Open the homepage for %2"
+msgid "Open the homepage for %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: qtquick/qml/EntryDetails.qml:192
#, kde-format
msgid "How To Donate:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: qtquick/qml/EntryDetails.qml:193
#, kde-format
msgctxt "A link which, when clicked, opens a website with information on donation in support of the entry"
msgctxt "List option which will set the sort order to based on number of downloads"
msgid "Show most downloaded first"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: qtquick/qml/Page.qml:78
#, kde-format
msgctxt "If a knsrc file defines an adoption command, the option to run this command and 'use' an item becomes available. This is the text for an action to do so."
msgid "Use"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: qtquick/qml/Page.qml:146
#, kde-format
msgid "Search..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: qtquick/qml/Page.qml:243
#, kde-format
msgctxt "A text shown beside a busy indicator suggesting that data is being fetched"
msgid "I ensure that this content does not violate any existing copyright, law or trademark. I agree for my IP address to be logged. (Distributing content without the permission of the copyright holder is illegal.)"
# This file is distributed under the same license as the plasma-desktop package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: plasma-desktop\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.kde.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-26 08:45+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-30 15:04+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#, kde-format
msgctxt "NAME OF TRANSLATORS"
msgid "Your names"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#, kde-format
msgctxt "EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS"
msgid "Your emails"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcm.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "Global Theme"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcm.cpp:78
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure Look and Feel details"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: kcm.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid "Download New Global Themes"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcm.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgid "Download New Look And Feel Packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: kcm.cpp:77 lnftool.cpp:45
#, kde-format
msgid "Marco Martin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcm.cpp:526
#, kde-format
msgid "You have to restart the Plasma session for these changes to take effect."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcm.cpp:550
#, kde-format
msgid "You have to restart KDE for cursor changes to take effect."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: kcm.cpp:527
#, kde-format
msgid "Cursor Settings Changed"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: lnftool.cpp:39 lnftool.cpp:43
#, kde-format
msgid "Look and feel tool"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lnftool.cpp:44
#, kde-format
msgid "Global Theme Tool"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lnftool.cpp:44
#, kde-format
msgid "Command line tool to apply global theme packages for changing the look and feel."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: lnftool.cpp:43
#, kde-format
msgid "Command line tool to apply look and feel packages."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: lnftool.cpp:44
#, kde-format
msgid "Copyright 2017, Marco Martin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: lnftool.cpp:45
#, kde-format
msgid "Maintainer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lnftool.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "List available global theme packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: lnftool.cpp:53
#, kde-format
msgid "List available Look and feel packages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: lnftool.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply a global theme package"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: lnftool.cpp:55
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply a look and feel package"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: lnftool.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "packagename"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: lnftool.cpp:58
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset the Plasma Desktop layout"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: package/contents/ui/main.qml:29
#, kde-format
msgid "This module lets you choose the global look and feel."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: package/contents/ui/main.qml:34
#, kde-format
msgid "This module lets you configure the look of the whole workspace with some ready to go presets."
msgstr ""
-#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#. +> plasma5lts
#: package/contents/ui/main.qml:50
#, kde-format
-msgid "Preview Theme"
+msgid "Select an overall theme for your workspace (including plasma theme, color scheme, mouse cursor, window and desktop switcher, splash screen, lock screen etc.)"
msgstr ""
-#. +> plasma5lts
-#: package/contents/ui/main.qml:50
+#. +> trunk5 stable5
+#: package/contents/ui/main.qml:53
#, kde-format
-msgid "Select an overall theme for your workspace (including plasma theme, color scheme, mouse cursor, window and desktop switcher, splash screen, lock screen etc.)"
+msgid "Preview Theme"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: package/contents/ui/main.qml:162
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Preview"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: package/contents/ui/main.qml:68
+#: package/contents/ui/main.qml:71
#, kde-format
msgid "Your desktop layout will be lost and reset to the default layout provided by the selected theme."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: package/contents/ui/main.qml:182
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning: your Plasma Desktop layout will be lost and reset to the default layout provided by the selected theme."
msgid "There are no languages available on this system."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: package/contents/ui/main.qml:149
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Your changes will take effect the next time you log in."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: package/contents/ui/main.qml:150
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "There are currently no preferred languages configured."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: package/contents/ui/main.qml:161
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info %2 is the language code"
msgid "The translation files for the language with the code '%2' could not be found. The language will be removed from your configuration. If you want to add it back, please install the localization files for it and add the language again."
msgid_plural "The translation files for the languages with the codes '%2' could not be found. These languages will be removed from your configuration. If you want to add them back, please install the localization files for it and the languages again."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: package/contents/ui/main.qml:164
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info separator in list of language codes"
msgid "', '"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: package/contents/ui/main.qml:174
#, kde-format
msgid "The language at the top of this list is the one you want to see and use most often."
msgctxt "%1 is language name, %2 is language code name"
msgid "%1 (%2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmtranslations.cpp:45
#, kde-format
msgid "Translations"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmtranslations.cpp:49
#, kde-format
msgid "John Layt"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmtranslations.cpp:49
#, kde-format
msgid "Maintainer"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmtranslations.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1 is the language code"
msgid "The translation files for the language with the code '%2' could not be found. The language has been removed from your configuration. If you want to add it back, please install the localization files for it and add the language again."
msgid_plural "The translation files for the languages with the codes '%2' could not be found. These languages have been removed from your configuration. If you want to add them back, please install the localization files for it and the languages again."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmtranslations.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid "Your changes will take effect the next time you log in."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmtranslations.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid "Applying Language Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmtranslations.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h1>Translations</h1>"
"\n"
"<p>Here you can set your preferred language for translating the user interface of your applications. You can choose a single language, or a list of languages to be applied in sequence. Only language translations that are installed on your system will be listed as available. If your language is not listed then you will need to install it first.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmtranslations.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgid "Available Languages:"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmtranslations.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"This is the list of installed KDE Plasma language translations not currently being used. <br />"
"To use a language translation move it to the 'Preferred Languages' list in the order of preference. <br />"
"If no suitable languages are listed, then you may need to install more language packages using your usual installation method."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmtranslations.cpp:214
#, kde-format
msgid "Preferred Languages:"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmtranslations.cpp:215
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"This is the list of installed KDE Plasma language translations currently being used, listed in order of preference. <br />"
"If a translation is not available for the first language in the list, the next language will be used. <br />"
" If no other translations are available then US English will be used."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmtranslations.cpp:316
#, kde-format
msgid "Install more languages"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmtranslations.cpp:317
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Click here to install more languages</p>"
msgid "Here you can choose a keyboard model. This setting is independent of your keyboard layout and refers to the \"hardware\" model, i.e. the way your keyboard is manufactured. Modern keyboards that come with your computer usually have two extra keys and are referred to as \"104-key\" models, which is probably what you want if you do not know what kind of keyboard you have.\n"
msgid "This is a shortcut for switching to a third level of the active layout (if it has one) which is handled by X.org. It allows modifier-only shortcuts."
msgid "This is a shortcut for switching layouts. It does not support modifier-only shortcuts and also may not work in some situations (e.g. if popup is active or from screensaver)."
msgid "If supported, this option allows you to set the delay after which a pressed key will start generating keycodes. The 'Repeat rate' option controls the frequency of these keycodes."
# This file is distributed under the same license as the plasma-desktop package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: plasma-desktop\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.kde.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-10-14 11:22+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-30 15:04+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
-#: kcmsmserver.cpp:62
+#: kcmsmserver.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h1>Session Manager</h1>"
" You can configure the session manager here. This includes options such as whether or not the session exit (logout) should be confirmed, whether the session should be restored again when logging in and whether the computer should be automatically shut down after session exit by default."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kcmsmserver.cpp:82
+#: kcmsmserver.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Restart Now"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kcmsmserver.cpp:123
+#: kcmsmserver.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to request restart to firmware setup: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kcmsmserver.cpp:135
+#: kcmsmserver.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Next time the computer is restarted, it will enter the UEFI setup screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: kcmsmserver.cpp:137
+#: kcmsmserver.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid "Next time the computer is restarted, it will enter the firmware setup screen."
"<li><b>Restore previous session:</b> Will save all applications running on exit and restore them when they next start up</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Restore manually saved session: </b> Allows the session to be saved at any time via \"Save Session\" in the K-Menu. This means the currently started applications will reappear when they next start up.</li>"
"\n"
"<li><b>Start with an empty session:</b> Do not save anything. Will come up with an empty desktop on next start.</li>"
msgid "Here you can enter a colon or comma separated list of applications that should not be saved in sessions, and therefore will not be started when restoring a session. For example 'xterm:konsole' or 'xterm,konsole'."
# This file is distributed under the same license as the plasma-desktop package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: plasma-desktop\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.kde.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-26 08:45+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-30 15:04+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#, kde-format
msgctxt "NAME OF TRANSLATORS"
msgid "Your names"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#, kde-format
msgctxt "EMAIL OF TRANSLATORS"
msgid "Your emails"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcmstyle.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid "Application Style"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcmstyle.cpp:91
#, kde-format
msgid "(c) 2002 Karol Szwed, Daniel Molkentin, (c) 2019 Kai Uwe Broulik"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h1>Style</h1>"
"This module allows you to modify the visual appearance of user interface elements, such as the widget style and effects."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid "KDE Style Module"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:177
#, kde-format
msgid "Ralf Nolden"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid "(c) 2002 Karol Szwed, Daniel Molkentin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid "Karol Szwed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Daniel Molkentin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcmstyle.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Kai Uwe Broulik"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:172 kcmstyle.cpp:179
#, kde-format
msgid "There was an error loading the configuration dialog for this style."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid "Preview"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:202
#, kde-format
msgid "Widget style:"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:212
#, kde-format
msgid "Con&figure..."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:249
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "&Applications"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:250
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "&Fine Tuning"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:252 kcmstyle.cpp:263
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to Load Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: kcmstyle.cpp:255
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to apply selected style '%1'."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:479
#, kde-format
msgid "No description available."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:626
#, kde-format
msgid "Description: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:686
#, kde-format
msgid "This area shows a preview of the currently selected style without having to apply it to the whole desktop."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:688
#, kde-format
msgid "Here you can choose from a list of predefined widget styles (e.g. the way buttons are drawn) which may or may not be combined with a theme (additional information like a marble texture or a gradient)."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: kcmstyle.cpp:692
#, kde-format
msgid "If you enable this option, applications will show small icons alongside some important buttons."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:744
#, kde-format
msgid "If you enable this option, KDE Applications will show small icons alongside some important buttons."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: kcmstyle.cpp:694
#, kde-format
msgid "If you enable this option, applications will show small icons alongside most menu items."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:746
#, kde-format
msgid "If you enable this option, KDE Applications will show small icons alongside most menu items."
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5
#: kcmstyle.cpp:696
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>No text:</b> Shows only icons on toolbar buttons. Best option for low resolutions.</p>"
"<p><b>Text only: </b>Shows only text on toolbar buttons.</p>"
"<p><b>Text beside icons: </b> Shows icons and text on toolbar buttons. Text is aligned beside the icon.</p>"
"<b>Text below icons: </b> Shows icons and text on toolbar buttons. Text is aligned below the icon."
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:736
#, kde-format
msgid "This page allows you to choose details about the widget style options"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: kcmstyle.cpp:737
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Text:</b> Shows only icons on toolbar buttons. Best option for low resolutions.</p>"
"<p><b>Text Only: </b>Shows only text on toolbar buttons.</p>"
"<p><b>Text Beside Icons: </b> Shows icons and text on toolbar buttons. Text is aligned beside the icon.</p>"
"<b>Text Below Icons: </b> Shows icons and text on toolbar buttons. Text is aligned below the icon."
msgid "Sends anonymized usage information to KDE so we can better understand our users. For more information see https://kde.org/privacypolicy-apps.php."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: discover/qml/Feedback.qml:14
#, kde-format
msgid "Submitting usage information..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: discover/qml/Feedback.qml:14
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: discover/qml/Feedback.qml:18
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure feedback..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: discover/qml/Feedback.qml:47
#, kde-format
msgid "You can help us improving this application by sharing statistics and participate in surveys."
msgid "With the Desktop Toolbox hidden, right-click on the desktop and choose 'Configure Desktop...' to access this configuration window in the future"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 plasma5lts
#: package/contents/ui/ConfigTweaks.qml:54
msgid "Show the desktop toolbox"
msgstr ""
#. +> plasma5lts
#: package/contents/ui/ConfigTweaks.qml:59
msgid "Widget Handling"
msgstr ""
#. +> stable5 plasma5lts
#: package/contents/ui/ConfigTweaks.qml:72
msgid "Press and hold widgets to move them and reveal their handles"
msgid "<b>Note</b>: the information here is used only for annotations. The information is saved in annotated documents, and so will be transmitted together with the document."
msgid "Keeps used memory as low as possible. Do not reuse anything. (For systems with low memory.)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: conf/dlgperformance.cpp:58
#, kde-format
msgid "A good compromise between memory usage and speed gain. Preload next page and boost searches. (For systems with 2GB of memory, typically.)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: conf/dlgperformance.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid "Keeps everything in memory. Preload next pages. Boost searches. (For systems with more than 4GB of memory.)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: conf/dlgperformance.cpp:65
#, kde-format, no-c-format
msgid "Loads and keeps everything in memory. Preload all pages. (Will use at maximum 50% of your total memory or your free memory, whatever is bigger.)"
"<qt>More than one backend found for the MIME type:<br />"
"<b>%1</b> (%2).<br />"
"<br />"
"Please select which one to use:</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgctxt "paper type and orientation (eg: Portrait A4)"
msgid "Portrait %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgctxt "paper type and orientation (eg: Portrait A4)"
msgid "Landscape %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1 is width, %2 is height, %3 is paper size name"
msgid "%1 x %2 in (%3)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:214
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1 is width, %2 is height, %3 is paper size name"
msgid "%1 x %2 mm (%3)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:1734
#, kde-format
msgid "Continuing search from beginning"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:1739
#, kde-format
msgid "Continuing search from bottom"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:2548
#, kde-format
msgid "Can not find a plugin which is able to handle the document being passed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:3679
#, kde-format
msgctxt "remove a collection of annotations from the page"
msgid "remove annotations"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:4256 core/document.cpp:4264
#, kde-format
msgid "The document is trying to execute an external application and, for your safety, Okular does not allow that."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:4277
#, kde-format
msgid "No application found for opening file of mimetype %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:4652
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not open a temporary file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:4654
#, kde-format
msgid "Print conversion failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:4656
#, kde-format
msgid "Printing process crashed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:4658
#, kde-format
msgid "Printing process could not start"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:4660
#, kde-format
msgid "Printing to file failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:4662
#, kde-format
msgid "Printer was in invalid state"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:4664
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to find file to print"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:4666
#, kde-format
msgid "There was no file to print"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:4668
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not find a suitable binary for printing. Make sure CUPS lpr binary is available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:4670
#, kde-format
msgid "The page print size is invalid"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:5329 part.cpp:1114
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not open '%1'. File does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:5810
#, kde-format
msgid "Title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:5813
#, kde-format
msgid "Subject"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:5816
#, kde-format
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:5819
#, kde-format
msgid "Author"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:5822
#, kde-format
msgid "Creator"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:5825
#, kde-format
msgid "Producer"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:5828
#, kde-format
msgid "Copyright"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:5831
#, kde-format
msgid "Pages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:5834
#, kde-format
msgid "Created"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:5837
#, kde-format
msgid "Modified"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:5840
#, kde-format
msgid "Mime Type"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:5843
#, kde-format
msgid "Category"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:5846
#, kde-format
msgid "Keywords"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:5849
#, kde-format
msgid "File Path"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:5852
#, kde-format
msgid "File Size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/document.cpp:5855
#, kde-format
msgid "Page Size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/documentcommands.cpp:69
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Add an annotation to the page"
msgid "add annotation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/documentcommands.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Remove an annotation from the page"
msgid "remove annotation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/documentcommands.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Modify an annotation's internal properties (Color, line-width, etc.)"
msgid "modify annotation properties"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/documentcommands.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Translate an annotation's position on the page"
msgid "translate annotation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/documentcommands.cpp:282
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Change an annotation's size"
msgid "adjust annotation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/documentcommands.cpp:355
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Generic text edit command"
msgid "edit text"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/documentcommands.cpp:444
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Edit an annotation's text contents"
msgid "edit annotation contents"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/documentcommands.cpp:502
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Edit an form's text contents"
msgid "edit form contents"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/documentcommands.cpp:559
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Edit a list form's choices"
msgid "edit list form choices"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/documentcommands.cpp:601
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Edit a combo form's selection"
msgid "edit combo form selection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/documentcommands.cpp:690
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Edit the state of a group of form buttons"
msgid "edit form button states"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/generator.cpp:771
#, kde-format
msgid "Plain &Text..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/generator.cpp:774
#, kde-format
msgid "PDF"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/generator.cpp:779
#, kde-format
msgctxt "This is the document format"
msgid "OpenDocument Text"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/generator.cpp:783
#, kde-format
msgctxt "This is the document format"
msgid "HTML"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/printoptionswidget.cpp:22
#, kde-format
msgid "Print Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/printoptionswidget.cpp:26
#, kde-format
msgid "Fit to printable area"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/printoptionswidget.cpp:27
#, kde-format
msgid "Fit to full page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/printoptionswidget.cpp:28
#, kde-format
msgid "Scale mode:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/script/kjs_app.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid "Missing alert type"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/script/kjs_app.cpp:225
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not show this message again"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/sourcereference.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgctxt "'source' is a source file"
msgid "Source: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: core/textdocumentsettings.cpp:40
#, kde-format
msgid "&Default Font:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (file)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part-viewermode.rc:5 part.rc:4
#, kde-format
msgid "&File"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part-viewermode.rc:9 part.rc:89
#, kde-format
msgid "&Settings"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (help)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part-viewermode.rc:14 part.rc:95
#, kde-format
msgid "&Help"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (view_orientation)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part-viewermode.rc:32 part.rc:44
#, kde-format
msgid "&Orientation"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (bookmarks)
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (okular_bookmarks)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part-viewermode.rc:51 part.rc:66
#, kde-format
msgid "&Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: ToolBar (OkularViewerToolBar)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part-viewermode.rc:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Viewer Toolbar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:425
#, kde-format
msgid "Contents"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:431
#, kde-format
msgid "Layers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:443
#, kde-format
msgid "Thumbnails"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:449
#, kde-format
msgid "Reviews"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:454
#, kde-format
msgid "Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:460
#, kde-format
msgid "Signatures"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:494
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"This document contains annotations or form data that were saved internally by a previous Okular version. Internal storage is <b>no longer supported</b>.<br/>"
"Please save to a file in order to move them if you want to continue to edit the document."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:500
#, kde-format
msgid "This document has embedded files. <a href=\"okular:/embeddedfiles\">Click here to see them</a> or go to File -> Embedded Files."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:667
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Previous page"
msgid "Previous"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:668
#, kde-format
msgid "Go back to the Previous Page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:669
#, kde-format
msgid "Moves to the previous page of the document"
msgid "The program \"ps2pdf\" was not found, so Okular can not import PS files using it."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1317
#, kde-format
msgid "ps2pdf not found"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1322
#, kde-format
msgid "PostScript files (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1338
#, kde-format
msgid "Importing PS file as PDF (this may take a while)..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1477
#, kde-format
msgid "Please enter the password to read the document:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1479
#, kde-format
msgid "Incorrect password. Try again:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1484
#, kde-format
msgid "Document Password"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1596
#, kde-format
msgid "This document has XFA forms, which are currently <b>unsupported</b>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1604
#, kde-format
msgid "This document has forms. Click on the button to interact with them, or use View -> Show Forms."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1617
#, kde-format
msgid "All editing and interactive features for this document are disabled. Please save a copy and reopen to edit this document."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1621
#, kde-format
msgid "This document is digitally signed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1705
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"This document wants to be shown full screen.\n"
"Leave normal mode and enter presentation mode?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1707
#, kde-format
msgid "Request to Change Viewing Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1708
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter Presentation Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1709
#, kde-format
msgid "Deny Request"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1788
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not open %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1808
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"There are unsaved changes, and the file '%1' has been modified by another program. Your changes will be lost, because the file can no longer be saved.<br>"
"Do you want to continue reloading the file?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1809 part.cpp:1817 part.cpp:2598
#, kde-format
msgid "File Changed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1810
#, kde-format
msgid "Continue Reloading"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1811
#, kde-format
msgid "Abort Reloading"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1816
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"There are unsaved changes, and the file '%1' has been modified by another program. Your changes will be lost, because the file can no longer be saved.<br>"
"Do you want to continue closing the file?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1818
#, kde-format
msgid "Continue Closing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1819
#, kde-format
msgid "Abort Closing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1825
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you want to save your changes to \"%1\" or discard them?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1826
#, kde-format
msgid "Close Document"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1945
#, kde-format
msgid "This link points to a close document action that does not work when using the embedded viewer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:1951
#, kde-format
msgid "This link points to a quit application action that does not work when using the embedded viewer."
msgid "File could not be saved in '%1'. Try to save it to another location."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:2673
#, kde-format
msgid "Filled form contents"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:2674
#, kde-format
msgid "User annotations"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:2680
#, kde-format
msgid "You are about to save changes, but the current file format does not support saving the following elements. Please use the <i>Okular document archive</i> format to preserve them."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:2683 part.cpp:2706
#, kde-format
msgid "Warning"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:2684 part.cpp:2707
#, kde-format
msgid "Save as Okular document archive..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:2699
#, kde-format
msgid "You are about to save changes, but the current file format does not support saving the following elements. Please use the <i>Okular document archive</i> format to preserve them. Click <i>Continue</i> to save the document and discard these elements."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:2700
#, kde-format
msgid "You are about to save changes, but the current file format does not support saving the following elements. Please use the <i>Okular document archive</i> format to preserve them. Click <i>Continue</i> to save, but you will lose these elements as well as the undo/redo history."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:2702
#, kde-format
msgid "Continue"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:2703
#, kde-format
msgid "Continue losing changes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:2733
#, kde-format
msgid "File could not be saved in '%1'. %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:2777
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Okular cannot copy %1 to the specified location.\n"
"\n"
"The document does not exist anymore."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:2811
#, kde-format
msgid "File could not be saved in '%1'. Error: '%2'. Try to save it to another location."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3092
#, kde-format
msgid "Expand whole section"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3094
#, kde-format
msgid "Collapse whole section"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3096
#, kde-format
msgid "Expand all"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3098
#, kde-format
msgid "Collapse all"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3108 ui/annotationmodel.cpp:334
#, kde-format
msgid "Page %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3113
#, kde-format
msgid "Add Bookmark"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3123
#, kde-format
msgid "Tools"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3335
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Print"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3412
#, kde-format
msgid "Printing this document is not allowed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3421
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not print the document. Unknown error. Please report to bugs.kde.org"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3425
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not print the document. Detailed error is \"%1\". Please report to bugs.kde.org"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3512
#, kde-format
msgid "Go to the place you were before"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3516
#, kde-format
msgid "Go to the place you were after"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3543
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt><strong>File Error!</strong> Could not create temporary file <nobr><strong>%1</strong></nobr>.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3556
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt><strong>File Error!</strong> Could not open the file <nobr><strong>%1</strong></nobr> for uncompression. The file will not be loaded.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3559
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>This error typically occurs if you do not have enough permissions to read the file. You can check ownership and permissions if you right-click on the file in the Dolphin file manager, then choose the 'Properties' option, and select 'Permissions' tab in the opened window.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3583
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt><strong>File Error!</strong> Could not uncompress the file <nobr><strong>%1</strong></nobr>. The file will not be loaded.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3586
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>This error typically occurs if the file is corrupt. If you want to be sure, try to decompress the file manually using command-line tools.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3615
#, kde-format
msgid "No Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3689
#, kde-format
msgid "There was a problem sharing the document: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3690 part.cpp:3697
#, kde-format
msgid "Share"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3694
#, kde-format
msgid "Document shared successfully"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.cpp:3696
#, kde-format
msgid "You can find the shared document at: <a href=\"%1\">%1</a>"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (edit)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.rc:18
#, kde-format
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (view)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.rc:31
#, kde-format
msgid "&View"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (go)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.rc:54
#, kde-format
msgid "&Go"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: Menu (tools)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.rc:74
#, kde-format
msgid "&Tools"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: ToolBar (mainToolBar)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: part.rc:99 shell/shell.rc:22
#, kde-format
msgid "Main Toolbar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/main.cpp:59
#, kde-format
msgid "Page of the document to be shown"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/main.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Start the document in presentation mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/main.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid "Start with print dialog"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/main.cpp:62
#, kde-format
msgid "Start with print dialog and exit after printing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/main.cpp:63
#, kde-format
msgid "\"Unique instance\" control"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/main.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Not raise window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/main.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgid "Find a string on the text"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/main.cpp:66
#, kde-format
msgid "Documents to open. Specify '-' to read from stdin."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/okular_main.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "Error: Can't open more than one document with the --unique switch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/okular_main.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "Error: Can't open more than one document with the --presentation switch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/okular_main.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgid "Error: Can't open more than one document with the --print switch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/okular_main.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Error: Can't open more than one document with the --page switch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/okular_main.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Error: Can't open more than one document with the --find switch"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/shell.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to find the Okular component: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/shell.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "There is already a unique Okular instance running. This instance won't be the unique one."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/shell.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to find the Okular component."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/shell.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Click to open a file\n"
"Click and hold to open a recent file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/shell.cpp:342
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Click</b> to open a file or <b>Click and hold</b> to select a recent file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/shell.cpp:355
#, kde-format
msgid "Next Tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/shell.cpp:361
#, kde-format
msgid "Previous Tab"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/shell.cpp:471
#, kde-format
msgid "All files (*)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/shell.cpp:472
#, kde-format
msgid "All supported files (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/shell.cpp:475
#, kde-format
msgid "Open Document"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/shell.cpp:580
#, kde-format
msgid "Confirm Close"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/shell.cpp:584
#, kde-format
msgid "Close Tabs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/shell.cpp:590
#, kde-format
msgid "You are about to close %1 tabs. Are you sure you want to continue?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: shell/shell.cpp:591
#, kde-format
msgid "Warn me when I attempt to close multiple tabs"
msgid "There are two ways of exiting presentation mode, you can press either ESC key or click with the quit button that appears when placing the mouse in the top-right corner. Of course you can cycle windows (Alt+TAB by default)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ui/presentationwidget.cpp:1785
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Reason for inhibiting the screensaver activation, when the presentation mode is active"
msgid "Draw the points starting with the highest frequency first."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/audiospectrum.xml:45
#, kde-format
msgid "Line Tension"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/audiospectrum.xml:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Affects the amount of curve in the line interpolating between points. 0.0 = a straight line between points. 100 = very curved lines between points. Values < 0 and > 100 will cause loops in the lines. Only applies to line graph type."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/audiospectrum.xml:49
#, kde-format
msgid "Points"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/audiospectrum.xml:50
#, kde-format
msgid "The number of bands to draw in the spectrum. Each band shows up as a data point in the graph."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/audiospectrum.xml:53
#, kde-format
msgid "Low Frequency"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/audiospectrum.xml:54
#, kde-format
msgid "The low end of the frequency range to be used for the graph."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/audiospectrum.xml:57
#, kde-format
msgid "High Frequency"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/audiospectrum.xml:58
#, kde-format
msgid "The high end of the frequency range to be used for the graph."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/audiospectrum.xml:61
#, kde-format
msgid "Level Threshold"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/audiospectrum.xml:62
#, kde-format
msgid "The minimum amplitude of sound that must occur within the frequency range to cause the value to be applied."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/audiospectrum.xml:65
#, kde-format
msgid "Window Size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/audiospectrum.xml:66
#, kde-format
msgid "The number of samples that the FFT will be performed on. If window size is less than the number of samples in a frame, extra samples will be ignored. If window size is more than the number of samples in a frame, samples will be buffered from previous frames to fill the window. The buffering is performed as a sliding window so that the most recent samples are always transformed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/audiowave.xml:3
#, kde-format
msgid "Audio Wave"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/audiowave.xml:4
#, kde-format
msgid "Display the audio waveform instead of the video"
" <full><![CDATA[This effect allows to do Light Painting (i.e. painting with light sources on a photo by keeping the shutter\n"
" opened for a while), but for video.]]></full>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:10
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:83
#, kde-format
msgid "Brightness Threshold"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:12
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:85
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<![CDATA[How bright (<code>R+G+B</code>) does a pixel need to be in order to be recognized as a light source?<br/>"
"\n"
" Increasing this threshold requires brighter light sources (i.e. more white or less color, respectively) but prevents some «false alarms» where semi-bright parts, e.g. hands where colors can change quite a lot compared to the background, are incorrectly recognized as light source.]]>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:15
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Difference Threshold"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:17
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:90
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<![CDATA[How much does the strongest color channel of a pixel have to change, compared to the background image (<code>max(dR, dG, dB)</code>), in order to be recognized as light source? <br/>"
"\n"
" Increasing this threshold makes it harder for light sources to be accepted on bright backgrounds, but decreases the danger of noise or generally bright spots counting as light source.]]>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:20
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:93
#, kde-format
msgid "Difference Sum Threshold"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:22
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:95
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<![CDATA[How much does the sum of all color channels <em>relative to the background image</em> (<code>dR + dG + dB</code>) have to change until a pixel is recognized as a light source?<br/>"
"\n"
" Raising this value might, in some cases, avoid that some light objects lit by the light source are added to the light mask.]]>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:25
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Sensitivity"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:27
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:100
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<![CDATA[Light sensitivity.<br/>"
"\n"
" For slowly moving light source try to use a lower sensitivity to obtain a better exposure.]]>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:30
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Lower Overexposure"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:32
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:105
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<![CDATA[Lowers overexposure.<br/>"
"\n"
" The light mask does not get white immediately when the light source is moving slowly or staying steady.]]>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:35
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:108
#, kde-format
msgid "Dimming"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:36
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:109
#, kde-format
msgid "Dims the light mask. Lights will leave a fainting trail if it is set to a value > 0."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:39
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:112
#, kde-format
msgid "Background Weight"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:40
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:113
#, kde-format
msgid "Strength of the (calculated) background image. Setting it to 100 paints the light mask directly over the background, without the painting person in the image if the video starts with a «clean» background image. (See the α parameter.)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:43
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:116
#, kde-format
msgid "α"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:45
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:118
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<![CDATA[Determines how the effect tries to adapt to background changes. <br/>"
"\n"
" The Light Graffiti effect remembers the first frame of the clip it is applied to, so the clip should <em>always</em> start with the painter outside of the video. If the background constantly changes, e.g. on a street, try to set α > 0 to calculate an average background image.]]>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:49
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:122
#, kde-format
msgid "Increases the saturation of lights."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:52
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Show brightness statistics"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:54
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:127
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<![CDATA[The stats switches allow easy and accurate adjustment of the threshold parameters.<br/>"
"\n"
" Example: To adjust the brightness threshold, check this box and adjust the threshold until the whole light source is highlighted. Repeat the same with the other parameters. Only parts that are highlighted in <em>all</em> thresholds will count as light source.]]>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:57
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Show background difference statistics"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:60
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:133
#, kde-format
msgid "Show background difference sum statistics"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:64
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:137
#, kde-format
msgid "Makes the background transparent, allowing to apply a composite effect and paint the light mask over a completely different video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:67
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Nonlinear dimming"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:68
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:141
#, kde-format
msgid "If normal dimming does not look natural enough, try this one."
msgid "Resets the light mask and the background image. This is necessary e.g. if you apply this effect to a clip in the timeline and then move the timeline cursor from outside of the clip to the middle of it. The effect receives this frame in the middle as first frame and uses it as background image. For proper threshold adjusting move the timeline cursor to the beginning of the clip, check the Reset box and uncheck it again."
"<![CDATA[Changing the slope means multiplying the pixel value with a constant value. Black pixels will remain black, whileas brighter ones will be changed.<br/>"
"\n"
" All effects can be observed well when applied on a greyscale gradient and looking at the RGB Parade monitor.]]>"
" is on a removable device, will not be available when device is unplugged or mounted at a different position. You may want to copy it first to your hard-drive. Would you like to add it anyways?"
msgid "%1 missing source clips, you can only use the proxies"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentchecker.cpp:619
#, kde-format
msgid "Missing source clip"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentchecker.cpp:717
#, kde-format
msgid "Clips folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentchecker.cpp:909
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter new location for file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentchecker.cpp:1183
#, kde-format
msgid "This will remove the selected clip from this project"
msgid_plural "This will remove the selected clips from this project"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentchecker.cpp:1185
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove clips"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentvalidator.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "The document was created in \"%1\" locale, which is not installed on your system. Please install that language pack. Until then, Kdenlive might not be able to correctly open the document."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentvalidator.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid "There is a locale conflict on your system. The document uses locale %1 which uses a \"%2\" as numeric separator (in system libraries) but Qt expects \"%3\". You might not be able to correctly open the project."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentvalidator.cpp:184
#, kde-format
msgid "There is a locale conflict. The document uses a \"%1\" as numeric separator, but your computer is configured to use \"%2\". Change your computer settings or you might not be able to correctly open the project."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentvalidator.cpp:365
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"This project type is unsupported (version %1) and cannot be loaded.\n"
"Please consider upgrading your Kdenlive version."
msgid "This project type is unsupported (version %1) and cannot be loaded."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentvalidator.cpp:944
#, kde-format
msgid "Some of your text clips were saved with size in points, which means different sizes on different displays. Do you want to convert them to pixel size, making them portable? It is recommended you do this on the computer they were first created on, or you could have to adjust their size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentvalidator.cpp:947
#, kde-format
msgid "Update Text Clips"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentvalidator.cpp:1818
#, kde-format
msgid "extra audio"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentvalidator.cpp:2114
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The project file uses some GPU effects. GPU acceleration is not currently enabled.\n"
"Do you want to convert the project to a non-GPU version?\n"
"This might result in data loss."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentvalidator.cpp:2206
#, kde-format
msgid "The following filters/transitions were converted to non GPU versions:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentvalidator.cpp:2209
#, kde-format
msgid "The following filters/transitions were deleted from the project:"
msgid "You have changed the proxy parameters. Do you want to recreate all proxy clips for this project?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:1714
#, kde-format
msgid "The current project has not been saved. This will first save the project, then move all temporary files from <b>%1</b> to <b>%2</b>, and the project file will be reloaded"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:1722
#, kde-format
msgid "This will move all temporary files from <b>%1</b> to <b>%2</b>, the project file will then be reloaded"
msgid "Enter your freesound account details to download the highest quality version of this file. Or use the High Quality preview file instead (no freesound account required)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/abstractscopewidget.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid "Auto Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/abstractscopewidget.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "Realtime (with precision loss)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/audiospectrum.cpp:60
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/spectrogram.cpp:47
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset maximum frequency to sampling rate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/audiospectrum.cpp:61
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/spectrogram.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Track mouse"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/audiospectrum.cpp:63
#, kde-format
msgid "Show maximum"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/audiospectrum.cpp:77
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/spectrogram.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Rectangular window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/audiospectrum.cpp:78
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/spectrogram.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid "Triangular window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/audiospectrum.cpp:79
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/spectrogram.cpp:69
#, kde-format
msgid "Hamming window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/audiospectrum.cpp:86
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/spectrogram.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "The maximum window size is limited by the number of samples per frame."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/audiospectrum.cpp:87
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/spectrogram.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid "A bigger window improves the accuracy at the cost of computational power."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/audiospectrum.cpp:88
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/spectrogram.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgid "The rectangular window function is good for signals with equal signal strength (narrow peak), but creates more smearing. See Window function on Wikipedia."
msgid "This title clip was created with a different frame size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/titledocument.cpp:378
#, kde-format
msgid "Title Profile"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/titledocument.cpp:430
#, kde-format
msgid "Some of your text clips were saved with size in points, which means different sizes on different displays. They will be converted to pixel size, making them portable, but you could have to adjust their size."
msgid "Information about unicode characters: <a href=\"http://decodeunicode.org\">http://decodeunicode.org</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgid "Previous Unicode character (Arrow Up)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Next Unicode character (Arrow Down)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter your Unicode number here. Allowed characters: [0-9] and [a-f]."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "<small>(no character selected)</small>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "Control character. Cannot be inserted/printed. See <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Control_character\">Wikipedia:Control_character</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Line Feed (newline character, \\\\n)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgid "Standard space character. (Other space characters: U+00a0, U+2000–200b, U+202f)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid "No-break space. &nbsp; in HTML. See U+2009 and U+0020."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><strong>«</strong> (u+00ab, <code>&lfquo;</code> in HTML) and <strong>»</strong> (u+00bb, <code>&rfquo;</code> in HTML) are called Guillemets or angle quotes. Usage in different countries: France (with non-breaking Space 0x00a0), Switzerland, Germany, Finland and Sweden.</p>"
"<p><strong>‹</strong> and <strong>›</strong> (U+2039/203a, <code>&lsaquo;/&rsaquo;</code>) are their single quote equivalents.</p>"
msgid "Three-Per-Em Space. Width: 1/3 of one <em>em</em>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgid "Four-Per-Em Space. Width: 1/4 of one <em>em</em>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:168
#, kde-format
msgid "Six-Per-Em Space. Width: 1/6 of one <em>em</em>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid "Figure space (non-breaking). Width of a digit if digits have fixed width in this font."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid "Punctuation Space. Width the same as between a punctuation character and the next character."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "Thin space, in HTML also &thinsp;. See U+202f and <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Space_(punctuation)\">Wikipedia:Space_(punctuation)</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:177
#, kde-format
msgid "Hair Space. Thinner than U+2009."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgid "Punctuation Apostrophe. Should be used instead of U+0027. See <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apostrophe\">Wikipedia:Apostrophe</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>An en Dash (dash of the width of an n).</p>"
"<p>Usage examples: In English language for value ranges (1878–1903), for relationships/connections (Zurich–Dublin). In the German language it is also used (with spaces!) for showing thoughts: “Es war – wie immer in den Ferien – ein regnerischer Tag.</p>"
"<p>Narrow no-break space. Has the same width as U+2009.</p>"
"<p>Usage: For units (spaces are marked with U+2423, ␣): 230␣V, −21␣°C, 50␣lb, <em>but</em> 90° (no space). In German for abbreviations (like: i. d. R. instead of i. d. R. with U+00a0).</p>"
msgid "Ellipsis: If text has been left o… See <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ellipsis\">Wikipedia:Ellipsis</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:197
#, kde-format
msgid "Minus sign. For numbers: −42"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgid "Open box; stands for a space."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:201
#, kde-format
msgid "Quarter note (Am.) or crochet (Brit.). See <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quarter_note\">Wikipedia:Quarter_note</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:203
#, kde-format
msgid "Eighth note (Am.) or quaver (Brit.). Half as long as a quarter note (U+2669). See <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eighth_note\">Wikipedia:Eighth_note</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:206
#, kde-format
msgid "Sixteenth note (Am.) or semiquaver (Brit.). Half as long as an eighth note (U+266a). See <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sixteenth_note\">Wikipedia:Sixteenth_note</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:209
#, kde-format
msgid "Thirty-second note (Am.) or demisemiquaver (Brit.). Half as long as a sixteenth note (U+266b). See <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thirty-second_note\">Wikipedia:Thirty-second_note</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:212
#, kde-format
msgid "<small>No additional information available for this character.</small>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/transitions/transitionsrepository.cpp:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Some of your favorite compositions are invalid and were removed: %1"
"<p>Enter your freesound account details to download the highest quality version of this file. Or use the High Quality preview file instead (no freesound account required).</p>"
"HQ preview files are all mp3 files. We have added .mp3 as a file extension to the destination file name you chose. However, there is an existing file of this name present.\n"
msgid "Try importing again to obtain a new freesound connection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/utils/resourcewidget.cpp:796
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you want to overwrite the existing file?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/utils/resourcewidget.cpp:840
#, kde-format
msgid "Saved file to"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/utils/resourcewidget.cpp:847
#, kde-format
msgid "Error Saving File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/utils/resourcewidget.cpp:860
#, kde-format
msgid "Error Downloading File. Error code: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/utils/thememanager.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "&Color Theme"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/widgets/colorpickerwidget.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid "Pick a color on the screen. By pressing the mouse button and then moving your mouse you can select a section of the screen from which to get an average color."
msgid "When this option is enabled, articles you marked as important will not be removed when limit the archive size by either age or number of the articles."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Concurrent Fetches"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Number of concurrent fetches"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:129
#, kde-format
msgid "Use HTML Cache"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the KDE-wide HTML cache settings when downloading feeds, to avoid unnecessary traffic. Disable only when necessary."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Network)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:134
#, kde-format
msgid "This option allows user to specify custom user-agent string instead of using the default one. This is here because some proxies may interrupt the connection because of having \"gator\" in the name."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Fetch on startup"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:141
#, kde-format
msgid "Fetch feedlist on startup."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:145
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark all feeds as read on startup"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:146
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark all feeds as read on startup."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:150
#, kde-format
msgid "Use interval fetching"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:151
#, kde-format, no-c-format
msgid "Fetch all feeds every %1 minutes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Interval for autofetching"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:156
#, kde-format
msgid "Interval for autofetching in minutes."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:160
#, kde-format
msgid "Use notifications"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:161
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies if the balloon notifications are used or not."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:165
#, kde-format
msgid "Show tray icon"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:166
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies if the tray icon is shown or not."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:170
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Unread In Taskbar"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:171
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies if we show unread article in taskbar."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:185
#, kde-format
msgid "Always show the tab bar, even when only one tab is open"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:189
#, kde-format
msgid "Show close buttons on tabs"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:190
#, kde-format
msgid "Show close buttons on tabs instead of icons"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:195
#, kde-format
msgid "Open a link which would normally open in a new window (external browser) in a new tab instead"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:199
#, kde-format
msgid "Use default KDE web browser"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:200
#, kde-format
msgid "Use KDE web browser when opening in external browser."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:204
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this command:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:205
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the specified command when opening in external browser."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:209
#, kde-format, no-c-format
msgid "Command to launch external browser. URL will substitute for %u."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:213
#, kde-format
msgid "What the click with left mouse button should do."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Browser)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:222
#, kde-format
msgid "What the click with middle mouse button should do."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Advanced)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:247
#, kde-format
msgid "Archive Backend"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UseMarkReadDelay), group (Advanced)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:251
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether to delay before marking an article as read upon selecting it."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (MarkReadDelay), group (Advanced)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:255
#, kde-format
msgid "Configurable delay between selecting an article and it being marked as read."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Advanced)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: interfaces/akregator.kcfg:259
#, kde-format
msgid "Resets the quick filter when changing feeds."
msgid "Feed readers provide a convenient way to browse different kinds of content, including news, blogs, and other content from online sites. Instead of checking all your favorite web sites manually for updates, Akregator collects the content for you."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/about/introduction_akregator.html:19
msgid "For more information about using Akregator, check the <a href='https://kontact.kde.org/components/akregator.html'>Akregator website</a>. If you do not want to see this page anymore, <a href='config:/disable_introduction'>click here</a>."
"Here you can browse articles from the currently selected feed. You can also manage articles, as marking them as persistent (\"Mark as Important\") or delete them, using the right mouse button menu. To view the web page of the article, you can open the article internally in a tab or in an external browser window."
msgid "Archiving saves old items into the given file and then deletes them in the current calendar. If the archive file already exists they will be added. (<link url=\"#\">How to restore</link>)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "In order to add an archive to your calendar, use the Merge Calendar function. You can view an archive by opening it like you would any other calendar. It is not saved in a special format, but as vCalendar."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:radio"
msgid "Archive now items older than:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Enable one time archiving or purging of older items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "If you check this box, events and to-dos older than the specified age will be archived or purged. The items will be archived unless the \"Delete only\" option is enabled; else the items will be purged and not saved."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Set the one time archiving cut-off date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "The date before which items should be archived. All older events and to-dos will be saved and deleted, the newer (and events exactly on that date) will be kept."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:radio"
msgid "Automaticall&y archive items older than:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Enable automatic archiving or purging of older items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "If this feature is enabled, the application will regularly check if events and to-dos have to be archived; this means you will not need to use this dialog box again, except to change the settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:160
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Set the archival age in days, weeks or months"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "The age of the events and to-dos to archive. All older items will be saved and deleted, the newer will be kept."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Set the units for the automatic archive age"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Select the time units (days, weeks or months) for automatic archiving."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox expires in daily units"
msgid "Day(s)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox expiration in weekly units"
msgid "Week(s)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox expiration in monthly units"
msgid "Month(s)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:185
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Archive &file:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:190
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label filter for KUrlRequester"
msgid "*.ics|iCalendar Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:193
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Set the location of the archive"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "The path of the archive file. The events and to-dos will be appended to the specified file, so any events that are already in the file will not be modified or deleted. You can later load or merge the file like any other calendar. It is not saved in a special format, it uses the iCalendar format."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:group"
msgid "Type of Items to Archive"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:208
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Here you can select which items should be archived. Events are archived if they ended before the date given above; to-dos are archived if they were finished before the date."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Archive &Events"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:218
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Archive or purge events"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:221
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Select this option to archive events if they ended before the date given above."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:224
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Archive Completed &To-dos"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:226
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Archive or purge completed to-dos"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:229
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Select this option to archive to-dos if they were completed before the date given above."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:233
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "&Delete only, do not save"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:236
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Purge the old items without saving them"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:239
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Select this option to delete old events and to-dos without saving them. It is not possible to recover the events later."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: archivedialog.cpp:304
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "The archive file name is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: attachmenthandler.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid "No attachment named \"%1\" found in the incidence."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: attachmenthandler.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgid "The attachment \"%1\" is a web link that is inaccessible from this computer. "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: attachmenthandler.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "The calendar invitation stored in this email message is broken in some way. Unable to continue."
msgid "Unable to create a temporary file for the attachment."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: attachmenthandler.cpp:232
#, kde-format
msgid "Save Attachment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: calendarutils.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Unable to purge to-dos with uncompleted children."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: calendarutils.cpp:263
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Delete To-do"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:33
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category: appointment"
msgid "Appointment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:34
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category"
msgid "Business"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:35
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category"
msgid "Meeting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:36
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category: phone call"
msgid "Phone Call"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:37
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category"
msgid "Education"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:41
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category: official or unofficial observance of religious/national/cultural/other significance, often accompanied by celebrations or festivities"
msgid "Holiday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:44
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category: a lengthy time away from work or school, a trip abroad, or simply a pleasure trip away from home"
msgid "Vacation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:47
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category: examples: anniversary of historical or personal event; big date; remembrance, etc"
msgid "Special Occasion"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category"
msgid "Personal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category: typically associated with leaving home for business, and not pleasure"
msgid "Travel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:52
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category"
msgid "Miscellaneous"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: categoryconfig.cpp:53
#, kde-format
msgctxt "incidence category"
msgid "Birthday"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: cellitem.cpp:52
#, kde-kuit-format
msgid "<placeholder>undefined</placeholder>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: eventarchiver.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "There are no items before %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: eventarchiver.cpp:179
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Delete all items before %1 without saving?\n"
"The following items will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: eventarchiver.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete Old Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: eventarchiver.cpp:289
#, kde-format
msgctxt "save failure cause unknown"
msgid "Reason unknown"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: eventarchiver.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot write archive file %1. %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: eventarchiver.cpp:303
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot write archive. %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: eventarchiver.cpp:312
#, kde-format
msgid "Archiving events"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freebusycalendar.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid "Free"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freebusycalendar.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgid "Busy"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freebusycalendar.cpp:144
#, kde-format
msgid "Unavailable"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freebusycalendar.cpp:147
#, kde-format
msgid "Tentative"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freebusycalendar.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freebusyitemmodel.cpp:234
#, kde-format
msgid "Attendee"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freeperiodmodel.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label Day of the week name, example: Monday,"
msgid "%1,"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freeperiodmodel.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label A time period duration. It is preceded/followed (based on the orientation) by the name of the week, see the message above. example: 12 June, 8:00am to 9:30am"
msgid "%1 %2, %3 to %4"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freeperiodmodel.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label A time period duration. KLocale is used to format the components. example: Monday, 12 June, 8:00am to 9:30am"
msgid "%1, %2 %3, %4 to %5"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freeperiodmodel.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Free Period"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freeperiodmodel.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip period start time"
msgid "Start:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freeperiodmodel.cpp:203
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip period end time"
msgid "End:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: freebusymodel/freeperiodmodel.cpp:207
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip period duration"
msgid "Duration:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalmodel.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "This model can only handle event, task, journal or free-busy list folders. The current collection holds mimetypes: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalmodel.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column, calendar event summary"
msgid "Summary"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalmodel.cpp:192
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column, calendar event start date and time"
msgid "Start date and time"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalmodel.cpp:194
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column, calendar event end date and time"
msgid "End date and time"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalmodel.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column, calendar event type"
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EmailControlCenter), group (Personal Settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:15
#, kde-format
msgid "Use email settings from System Settings"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (EmailControlCenter), group (Personal Settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:16
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this box to use the KDE-wide e-mail settings, which are defined using the System Settings \"About Me\" Module. Uncheck this box to be able to specify your full name and e-mail."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StartTime), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:24
#, kde-format
msgid "Default appointment time"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (StartTime), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:25
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the default time for events here. The default is used if you do not supply a start time."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DefaultDuration), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:30
#, kde-format
msgid "Default duration of new appointment (HH:MM)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DefaultDuration), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:31
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter default duration for events here. The default is used if you do not supply an end time."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (defaultAudioFileReminders), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:36
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable a default sound file for audio reminders"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (defaultAudioFileReminders), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:37
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this box if you want to enable the specified file to be used as the default sound file for new reminders. You can always specify another file in the Reminder configuration accessible from the Event or To-do editors."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (audioFilePath), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:42
#, kde-format
msgid "Default audio file"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (audioFilePath), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:43
#, kde-format
msgid "Set a file to be used as the default sound file for new reminders. You can always specify another file in the Reminder configuration accessible from the Event or To-do editors."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (defaultEventReminders), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:47
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable reminders for new Events"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (defaultEventReminders), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this box if you want to enable reminders for all newly created Events. You can always turn-off the reminders in the Event editor dialog."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry (defaultEventReminders), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:49
#, kde-format
msgid "By default, enable reminders for new events"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (defaultTodoReminders), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable reminders for new To-dos"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (defaultTodoReminders), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:55
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this box if you want to enable reminders for all newly created To-dos. You can always turn-off the reminders in the To-do editor dialog."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry (defaultTodoReminders), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:56
#, kde-format
msgid "By default, enable reminders for new to-dos"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ReminderTime), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:62
#, kde-format
msgid "Default reminder time"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ReminderTime), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:63
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the default reminder time for all newly created items. The time unit is specified in the adjacent combobox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry (ReminderTime), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:64
#, kde-format
msgid "Default time for reminders"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ReminderTimeUnits), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:69
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the default reminder time units for all newly created items. The time is specified in the adjacent spinbox."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry (ReminderTimeUnits), group (Default Datetimes)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:70
#, kde-format
msgid "Default time unit for reminders"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DayBegins), group (Time & Date)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:78
#, kde-format
msgid "Day begins at"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (DayBegins), group (Time & Date)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:79
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the start time for events here. This time should be the earliest time that you use for events."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Time & Date)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:84
#, kde-format
msgid "Exclude holidays"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Time & Date)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:85
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this box to prevent KOrganizer from marking the working hours on holidays."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (Holidays), group (Time & Date)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:90
#, kde-format
msgid "Use holiday regions:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (Holidays), group (Time & Date)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:91
#, kde-format
msgid "Select which regions you want to use the holidays here. Defined holidays are shown as non-working days in the date navigator, the agenda view, etc."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Group Scheduling)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Groupware communication"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Group Scheduling)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:99
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this box to enable automatic generation of mails when creating, updating or deleting events (or to-dos) involving other attendees. You should check this box if you want to use the groupware functionality (e.g. Configuring Kontact as a KDE Kolab client)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SendPolicy), group (Group Scheduling)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Default policy for invitations to other users:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SendPolicy), group (Group Scheduling)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:107
#, kde-format
msgid "Send mails without asking."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SendPolicy), group (Group Scheduling)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:110
#, kde-format
msgid "Ask for every individual attendee what to do."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SendPolicy), group (Group Scheduling)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:113
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not send invitation emails at all (this can break group scheduling for iTip compliant clients)."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowTimeZoneSelectorInIncidenceEditor), group (Hidden Options)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Show timezone selectors in the event and todo editor dialog."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:134
#, kde-format
msgid "Regularly archive events"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:139
#, kde-format
msgid "If auto-archiving is enabled, events older than this amount will be archived. The unit of this value is specified in another field."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ExpiryUnit), group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:144
#, kde-format
msgid "The unit in which the expiry time is expressed."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ExpiryUnit), group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:147
#, kde-format
msgid "In days"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ExpiryUnit), group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:150
#, kde-format
msgid "In weeks"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ExpiryUnit), group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:153
#, kde-format
msgid "In months"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:160
#, kde-format
msgid "URL of the file where old events should be archived"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:164
#, kde-format
msgid "Archive events"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:169
#, kde-format
msgid "Archive to-dos"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:174
#, kde-format
msgid "What to do when archiving"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:177
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete old events"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Archive Dialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:180
#, kde-format
msgid "Archive old events to a separate file"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UserName), group (Internal Settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:194
#, kde-format
msgid "Full &name"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UserName), group (Internal Settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:195
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter your full name here. This name will be displayed as \"Organizer\" in to-dos and events you create."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:196
#, kde-format
msgid "Anonymous"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UserEmail), group (Internal Settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:200
#, kde-format
msgid "E&mail address"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (UserEmail), group (Internal Settings)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:201
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter here your e-mail address. This e-mail address will be used to identify the owner of the calendar, and displayed in events and to-dos you create."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:202
#, kde-format
msgid "nobody@nowhere"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:220
#, kde-format
msgid "\"No category\" color (for \"Only category\" drawing schemes)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry, group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:221
#, kde-format
msgid "Select a color to use for the \"no category\" or \"unset category\" situation, when an item does not belong to any category. This color is used when drawing items in the agenda or month views using the \"Only category\" scheme."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: tooltip, entry, group (Colors)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kcalprefs.kcfg:222
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this color when drawing items without a category"
msgid "If you want to print more days at once, you can define a range of dates with this option and the <i>End date</i> option. This option is used to define the start date."
msgid "It is possible to print only those events which are inside a given timerange. With this time selection box you can define the start of this time range. The end time should be defined with the <i>End time</i> option. Note you can automatically modify these settings if you check <i>Extend time range to include all events</i>."
msgid "If you want to print more days at once, you can define a range of dates with this option and the <i>Start date</i> option. This option is used to define the end date."
msgid "It is possible to print only those events which are inside a given timerange. With this time selection box you can define the end of this time range. The start time should be defined with the <i>Start time</i> option. Note you can automatically modify these settings if you check <i>Extend time range to include all events</i>."
msgid "Prints all events of a single day on one page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprintdefaultplugins.h:163
#, kde-format
msgid "Print &week"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprintdefaultplugins.h:168
#, kde-format
msgid "Prints all events of one week on one page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprintdefaultplugins.h:223
#, kde-format
msgid "Print mont&h"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprintdefaultplugins.h:228
#, kde-format
msgid "Prints all events of one month on one page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprintdefaultplugins.h:279
#, kde-format
msgid "Print to-&dos"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprintdefaultplugins.h:284
#, kde-format
msgid "Prints all to-dos in a (tree-like) list"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Unable to print, an invalid print style was specified."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Printing error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:184
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Print"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:group"
msgid "Print Style"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Page &orientation:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Set the print orientation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:225
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Choose if you want your output to be printed in \"portrait\" or \"landscape\". You can also default to the orientation best suited to the selected style or to your printer's default setting."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:229
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Use Default Orientation of Selected Style"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:231
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Use Printer Default"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:233
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Portrait"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:235
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Landscape"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:260
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Select the type of print"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: printing/calprinter.cpp:263
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Select one of the following types of prints you want to make. You may want to print an individual item, or all the items for a specific time range (like a day, week or month), or you may want to print your to-do list."
msgid "Check this box if you want to draw note lines in the empty area of the print. This is useful if you want to hand-write notes on this print-out."
msgid "When you want to print more months at once, you can define a month range. This option defines the first month to be printed. Use the option <i>End month</i> to define the last month in this range."
msgid "When you want to print more years at once, you can define a year range. This option defines the first year to be printed. Use the option <i>End year</i> to define the last year in this range."
msgid "When you want to print more months at once, you can define a month range. This option defines the last month to be printed. Use the option <i>Start month</i> to define the first month in this range."
msgid "When you want to print more years at once, you can define a year range. This option defines the last year to be printed. Use the option <i>Start year</i> to define the first year in this range."
msgid "With this option it is possible to leave out the daily recurring to-dos and events in the print. They take a lot of space and make the month view needlessly complicated."
msgid "Here you can choose which events should be printed based on their date. This check enables you to enter the start date of the date range. Use the <i>End date</i> to enter the end date of the daterange."
msgid "Here you can choose which events should be printed based on their date. This check enables you to enter the end date of the date range. Use the <i>Start date</i> to enter the start date of the daterange."
msgid "This view is similar to the weekview. The week is printed in landscape layout. You can even use the same colors for the items if you check <i>Use Colors</i>."
msgid "This view is similar to the week view. The only difference with the timetable view is the page layout. Timetables are printed in landscape, the split week view in portrait."
msgid "KMail is the email client by KDE. It is designed to be fully compatible with Internet mailing standards including IMAP, POP3 and SMTP."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: about/introduction_kmail.html:10
msgid "KMail has many powerful features that are described in the <a href='help:/kmail2/index.html'>documentation</a>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: about/introduction_kmail.html:16
msgid "Important changes since last version:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: about/introduction_kmail.html:25
msgid "Some of the new features in this release of KMail include:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: about/introduction_kmail.html:34
msgid "Please take a moment to fill in the KMail configuration panel at Settings->Configure KMail. You need to create at least a default identity and incoming as well as outgoing mail account."
msgid "KMail was unable to fully detect a mailing list in this folder. Please fill in the addresses by hand."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionquotapage.cpp:44
#, kde-format
msgid "Quota"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionquotawidget.cpp:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Usage:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionquotawidget.cpp:53
#, kde-format
msgid "Status:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionquotawidget.cpp:57
#, kde-format, no-c-format
msgid "%p% full"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionquotawidget.cpp:66
#, kde-format
msgid "%1 of %2 used"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionshortcutpage.cpp:39
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab Shortcut settings for a folder."
msgid "Shortcut"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionshortcutpage.cpp:53
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>To choose a key or a combination of keys which select the current folder, click the button below and then press the key(s) you wish to associate with this folder.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectiontemplatespage.cpp:39
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:683
#, kde-format
msgid "Templates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectiontemplatespage.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "&Use custom message templates in this folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectiontemplatespage.cpp:76
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:676
#, kde-format
msgid "&Copy Global Templates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionviewpage.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab View settings for a folder."
msgid "View"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionviewpage.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid "Use custom &icons"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionviewpage.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Icon used for folders with no unread messages."
msgid "&Normal:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionviewpage.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Icon used for folders which do have unread messages."
msgid "&Unread:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: collectionpage/collectionviewpage.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Sender/Receiver Column in List of Messages"
msgid "&Keep original charset when replying or forwarding (if possible)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:814
#, kde-format
msgid "This charset is not supported."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:879
#, kde-format
msgid "&Use custom message-id suffix"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:892
#, kde-format
msgid "Custom message-&id suffix:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:904
#, kde-format
msgid "Define custom mime header fields:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:912
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column Name of the mime header."
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:913
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:column Value of the mimeheader."
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:921
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:button Add new mime header field."
msgid "Ne&w"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:934
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:textbox Name of the mime header."
msgid "&Name:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:944
#, kde-format
msgid "&Value:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1086
#, kde-format
msgid "'Content-Type' is not an authorized string. This header will be not saved."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1086
#, kde-format
msgid "Invalid header"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1128
#, kde-format
msgid "Outlook-compatible attachment naming"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1131
#, kde-format
msgid "Turn this option on to make Outlook(tm) understand attachment names containing non-English characters"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1140
#, kde-format
msgid "E&nable detection of missing attachments"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1146
#, kde-format
msgid "Recognize any of the following key words as intention to attach a file:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1159
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter new key word:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1167
#, kde-format
msgid "Maximum Attachment Size:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1174
#, kde-format
msgctxt "spinbox suffix: unit for kilobyte"
msgid " kB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1176
#, kde-format
msgid "No limit"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: configuredialog/configurecomposerpage.cpp:1204
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"You have chosen to encode attachment names containing non-English characters in a way that is understood by Outlook(tm) and other mail clients that do not support standard-compliant encoded attachment names.\n"
"Note that KMail may create non-standard compliant messages, and consequently it is possible that your messages will not be understood by standard-compliant mail clients; so, unless you have no other choice, you should not enable this option."
"<p>You have requested that messages be encrypted to yourself, but the currently selected identity does not define an (OpenPGP or S/MIME) encryption key to use for this.</p>"
"<p>Please select the key(s) to use in the identity configuration.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2399
#, kde-format
msgid "Undefined Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2463
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>In order to be able to sign this message you first have to define the (OpenPGP or S/MIME) signing key to use.</p>"
"<p>Please select the key to use in the identity configuration.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2470
#, kde-format
msgid "Undefined Signing Key"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2628
#, kde-format
msgid "You must enter your email address in the From: field. You should also set your email address for all identities, so that you do not have to enter it for each message."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2637
#, kde-format
msgid "You must specify at least one receiver, either in the To: field or as CC or as BCC."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2643
#, kde-format
msgid "To: field is empty. Send message anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2645
#, kde-format
msgid "No To: specified"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2658
#, kde-format
msgid "You did not specify a subject. Send message anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2660
#, kde-format
msgid "No Subject Specified"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2661
#, kde-format
msgid "S&end as Is"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2662
#, kde-format
msgid "&Specify the Subject"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2707
#, kde-format
msgid "You must specify at least one receiver in order to be able to encrypt a draft."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2899
#, kde-format
msgid "About to send email..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2900
#, kde-format
msgid "Send Confirmation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2901
#, kde-format
msgid "&Send Now"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2975
#, kde-format
msgid "You are trying to send the mail to more than %1 recipients. Send message anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2976
#, kde-format
msgid "Too many recipients"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2977
#, kde-format
msgid "&Send as Is"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:2978
#, kde-format
msgid "&Edit Recipients"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:3012
#, kde-format
msgid "Turning HTML mode off will cause the text to lose the formatting. Are you sure?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:3014
#, kde-format
msgid "Lose the formatting?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:3014
#, kde-format
msgid "Lose Formatting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:3014
#, kde-format
msgid "Add Markup Plain Text"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:3684
#, kde-format
msgid "High security encryption will be used for this recipient (the encryption key is fully trusted). Click the icon for details."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:3689
#, kde-format
msgid "Medium security encryption will be used for this recipient (the encryption key is marginally trusted). Click the icon for details."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:3694
#, kde-format
msgid "Low security encryption will be used for this recipient (the encryption key is untrusted). Click the icon for details."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: editor/kmcomposerwin.cpp:3700
#, kde-format
msgid "The email to this recipient will be encrypted, but the security of the encryption is unknown (the encryption key could not be verified). Click the icon for details."
msgid "The message you have composed seems to refer to an attached file but you have not attached anything. Do you want to attach a file to your message?"
"<p>This field should contain your name as you would like it to appear in the email header that is sent out;</p>"
"<p>if you leave this blank your real name will not appear, only the email address.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:323
#, kde-format
msgid "Organi&zation:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:326
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<h3>Organization</h3>"
"<p>This field should have the name of your organization if you would like it to be shown in the email header that is sent out.</p>"
"<p>It is safe (and normal) to leave this blank.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:339
#, kde-format
msgid "&Email address:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:342
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<h3>Email address</h3>"
"<p>This field should have your full email address.</p>"
"<p>This address is the primary one, used for all outgoing mail. If you have more than one address, either create a new identity, or add additional alias addresses in the field below.</p>"
"<p>If you leave this blank, or get it wrong, people will have trouble replying to you.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:363
#, kde-format
msgid "Email a&liases:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:366
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<h3>Email aliases</h3>"
"<p>This field contains alias addresses that should also be considered as belonging to this identity (as opposed to representing a different identity).</p>"
"<p>Example:</p>"
"<table>"
"<tr>"
"<th>Primary address:</th>"
"<td>first.last@example.org</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<th>Aliases:</th>"
"<td>first@example.org<br>"
"last@example.org</td>"
"</tr>"
"</table>"
"<p>Type one alias address per line.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:384
#, kde-format
msgid "Cryptography"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:391
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>The OpenPGP key you choose here will be used to digitally sign messages. You can also use GnuPG keys.</p>"
"<p>You can leave this blank, but KMail will not be able to digitally sign emails using OpenPGP; normal mail functions will not be affected.</p>"
"<p>You can find out more about keys at <a>https://www.gnupg.org</a></p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:397
#, kde-format
msgid "OpenPGP signing key:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:408
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>The OpenPGP key you choose here will be used to encrypt messages to yourself and for the \"Attach My Public Key\" feature in the composer. You can also use GnuPG keys.</p>"
"<p>You can leave this blank, but KMail will not be able to encrypt copies of outgoing messages to you using OpenPGP; normal mail functions will not be affected.</p>"
"<p>You can find out more about keys at <a>https://www.gnupg.org</a></p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:415
#, kde-format
msgid "OpenPGP encryption key:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:426
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>The S/MIME (X.509) certificate you choose here will be used to digitally sign messages.</p>"
"<p>You can leave this blank, but KMail will not be able to digitally sign emails using S/MIME; normal mail functions will not be affected.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:431
#, kde-format
msgid "S/MIME signing certificate:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:446
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>The S/MIME certificate you choose here will be used to encrypt messages to yourself and for the \"Attach My Certificate\" feature in the composer.</p>"
"<p>You can leave this blank, but KMail will not be able to encrypt copies of outgoing messages to you using S/MIME; normal mail functions will not be affected.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:452
#, kde-format
msgid "S/MIME encryption certificate:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:473
#, kde-format
msgctxt "preferred format of encrypted messages"
msgid "Preferred format:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:480
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically sign messages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:484
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically encrypt messages when possible"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:498
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab Advanced identity settings."
msgid "Advanced"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:510
#, kde-format
msgid "&Reply-To address:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:513
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<h3>Reply-To addresses</h3>"
"<p>This sets the <tt>Reply-to:</tt> header to contain a different email address to the normal <tt>From:</tt> address.</p>"
"<p>This can be useful when you have a group of people working together in similar roles. For example, you might want any emails sent to have your email in the <tt>From:</tt> field, but any responses to go to a group address.</p>"
"<p>If in doubt, leave this field blank.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:532
#, kde-format
msgid "&CC addresses:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:535
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<h3>CC (Carbon Copy) addresses</h3>"
"<p>The addresses that you enter here will be added to each outgoing mail that is sent with this identity.</p>"
"<p>This is commonly used to send a copy of each sent message to another account of yours.</p>"
"<p>To specify more than one address, use commas to separate the list of CC recipients.</p>"
"<p>If in doubt, leave this field blank.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:552
#, kde-format
msgid "&BCC addresses:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:555
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<h3>BCC (Blind Carbon Copy) addresses</h3>"
"<p>The addresses that you enter here will be added to each outgoing mail that is sent with this identity. They will not be visible to other recipients.</p>"
"<p>This is commonly used to send a copy of each sent message to another account of yours.</p>"
"<p>To specify more than one address, use commas to separate the list of BCC recipients.</p>"
"One of the configured OpenPGP signing keys does not contain any user ID with the configured email address for this identity (%1).\n"
"This might result in warning messages on the receiving side when trying to verify signatures made with this configuration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:825
#, kde-format
msgid "One of the configured OpenPGP encryption keys does not contain any user ID with the configured email address for this identity (%1)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:830
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"One of the configured S/MIME signing certificates does not contain the configured email address for this identity (%1).\n"
"This might result in warning messages on the receiving side when trying to verify signatures made with this configuration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:837
#, kde-format
msgid "One of the configured S/MIME encryption certificates does not contain the configured email address for this identity (%1)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:845
#, kde-format
msgid "Email Address Not Found in Key/Certificates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:858
#, kde-format
msgid "The signature file is not valid"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:874
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit Identity \"%1\""
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:932
#, kde-format
msgid "Some custom folder for identity does not exist (anymore); therefore, default folders will be used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitydialog.cpp:1148
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identityeditvcarddialog.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit own vCard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identityeditvcarddialog.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete current vCard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identityeditvcarddialog.cpp:71
#, kde-format
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete this vCard?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identityeditvcarddialog.cpp:71
#: identity/identityeditvcarddialog.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete vCard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identityeditvcarddialog.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid "We cannot delete vCard file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identityeditvcarddialog.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Do you really want to cancel?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identityeditvcarddialog.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Confirmation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitylistview.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1: identity name. Used in the config dialog, section Identity, to indicate the default identity"
msgid "%1 (Default)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitylistview.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgid "Identity Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitylistview.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitypage.cpp:227
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Do you really want to remove the identity named <b>%1</b>?</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitypage.cpp:229
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove Identity"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitypage.cpp:230
#, kde-format
msgid "&Remove"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitypage.cpp:282
#, kde-format
msgid "Rename"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/identitypage.cpp:288
#, kde-format
msgid "Set as Default"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/newidentitydialog.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "New Identity"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/newidentitydialog.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "&New identity:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/newidentitydialog.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "&Use System Settings values"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/newidentitydialog.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "&Duplicate existing identity"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "&Send picture with every message"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgid "Check this box if you want KMail to add a so-called X-Face header to messages written with this identity. An X-Face is a small (48x48 pixels) black and white image that some mail clients are able to display."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "This is a preview of the picture selected/entered below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Click on the widgets below to obtain help on the input methods."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgctxt "continuation of \"obtain picture from\""
msgid "External Source"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgctxt "continuation of \"obtain picture from\""
msgid "Input Field Below"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:101
#, kde-format
msgid "Obtain pic&ture from:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid "Select File..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this to select an image file to create the picture from. The image should be of high contrast and nearly quadratic shape. A light background helps improve the result."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Set From Address Book"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid "You can use a scaled-down version of the picture you have set in your address book entry."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>KMail can send a small (48x48 pixels), low-quality, monochrome picture with every message. For example, this could be a picture of you or a glyph. It is shown in the recipient's mail client (if supported).</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid "Use this field to enter an arbitrary X-Face string."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: identity/xfaceconfigurator.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgid "Examples are available at <a href=\"https://ace.home.xs4all.nl/X-Faces/\">https://ace.home.xs4all.nl/X-Faces/</a>."
"<qt>Are you sure you want to delete the search <b>%1</b>?<br />"
"Any messages it shows will still be available in their original folder.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: job/removecollectionjob.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:button Delete search"
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: job/removecollectionjob.cpp:76
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: job/removecollectionjob.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Are you sure you want to delete the empty folder <b>%1</b>?</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: job/removecollectionjob.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Are you sure you want to delete the empty folder <resource>%1</resource> and all its subfolders? Those subfolders might not be empty and their contents will be discarded as well. "
"<p><b>Beware</b> that discarded messages are not saved into your Trash folder and are permanently deleted.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: job/removecollectionjob.cpp:93
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Are you sure you want to delete the folder <resource>%1</resource>, discarding its contents? "
"<p><b>Beware</b> that discarded messages are not saved into your Trash folder and are permanently deleted.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: job/removecollectionjob.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Are you sure you want to delete the folder <resource>%1</resource> and all its subfolders, discarding their contents? "
"<p><b>Beware</b> that discarded messages are not saved into your Trash folder and are permanently deleted.</p>"
msgid "Could not start \"PIM Data Exporter\" program. Please check your installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmlaunchexternalcomponent.cpp:101
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to start \"PIM Data Exporter\" program"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmlaunchexternalcomponent.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not start the ImportWizard. Please make sure you have ImportWizard properly installed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmlaunchexternalcomponent.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Unable to start ImportWizard"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:316
#, kde-format
msgid "Another mailer was found on system. Do you want to import data from it?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:319
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not start the import wizard. Please check your installation."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1384
#, kde-format
msgid "No Subject"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1398
#, kde-format
msgid "(no templates)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1450
#, kde-format
msgid "This folder does not have any expiry options set"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1456
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Are you sure you want to expire the folder <b>%1</b>?</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1458
#, kde-format
msgid "Expire Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1459
#, kde-format
msgid "&Expire"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1476
#, kde-format
msgid "Empty Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1476 util.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "Move to Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1478
#, kde-format
msgid "Are you sure you want to empty the trash folder?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1479
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Are you sure you want to move all messages from folder <b>%1</b> to the trash?</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1504
#, kde-format
msgid "Moved all messages to the trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1559
#, kde-format
msgid "Are you sure you want to expire all old messages?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1560
#, kde-format
msgid "Expire Old Messages?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1560
#, kde-format
msgid "Expire"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1585
#, kde-format
msgid "Loading external references in html mail will make you more vulnerable to \"spam\" and may increase the likelihood that your system will be compromised by other present and anticipated security exploits."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1588 kmmainwidget.cpp:4706
#, kde-format
msgid "Security Warning"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1589
#, kde-format
msgid "Load External References"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1661
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Do you really want to delete the selected message?<br />"
"Once deleted, it cannot be restored.</qt>"
msgid_plural ""
"<qt>Do you really want to delete the %1 selected messages?<br />"
"Once deleted, they cannot be restored.</qt>"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1667
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete Messages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1667
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete Message"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1686
#, kde-format
msgid "Moving messages..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1688 kmmainwidget.cpp:1879
#, kde-format
msgid "Deleting messages..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1703 kmmainwidget.cpp:1899
#, kde-format
msgid "Messages deleted successfully."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1705
#, kde-format
msgid "Messages moved successfully."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1710 kmmainwidget.cpp:1912
#, kde-format
msgid "Deleting messages failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1712 kmmainwidget.cpp:1925
#, kde-format
msgid "Deleting messages canceled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1716
#, kde-format
msgid "Moving messages failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1718
#, kde-format
msgid "Moving messages canceled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1784
#, kde-format
msgid "Move Messages to Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1814
#, kde-format
msgid "Copying messages..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1822
#, kde-format
msgid "Messages copied successfully."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1825
#, kde-format
msgid "Copying messages failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1827
#, kde-format
msgid "Copying messages canceled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1837
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy Messages to Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1876
#, kde-format
msgid "Moving messages to trash..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1883
#, kde-format
msgid "Deleting and moving messages to trash..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1896
#, kde-format
msgid "Messages moved to trash successfully."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1903
#, kde-format
msgid "Messages moved to trash or deleted successfully"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1909
#, kde-format
msgid "Moving messages to trash failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1916
#, kde-format
msgid "Deleting or moving messages to trash failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1922
#, kde-format
msgid "Moving messages to trash canceled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:1929
#, kde-format
msgid "Deleting or moving messages to trash canceled."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2201
#, kde-format
msgid "Jump to Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2848
#, kde-format
msgid "Save &As..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2862
#, kde-format
msgid "&Expire All Folders"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2867
#, kde-format
msgid "Check &Mail"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2875
#, kde-format
msgid "Check Mail In"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2877 kmmainwidget.cpp:2878
#, kde-format
msgid "Check Mail"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2882
#, kde-format
msgid "&Send Queued Messages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2890
#, kde-format
msgid "Online status (unknown)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2895
#, kde-format
msgid "Send Queued Messages Via"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2911
#, kde-format
msgid "Certificate Manager"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2921
#, kde-format
msgid "&Import Messages..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2931
#, kde-format
msgid "&Debug Sieve..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2938
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter &Log Viewer..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2943
#, kde-format
msgid "&Import from another Email Client..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2948
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit \"Out of Office\" Replies..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2954
#, kde-format
msgid "&Configure Automatic Archiving..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2960
#, kde-format
msgid "Delayed Messages..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2966
#, kde-format
msgid "Followup Reminder Messages..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2977 util.cpp:184
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Hard delete, bypassing trash"
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2982 kmmainwidget.cpp:4051
#, kde-format
msgid "M&ove Thread to Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2986
#, kde-format
msgid "Move thread to trashcan"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2989 kmmainwidget.cpp:4051
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete T&hread"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:2995 kmmainwidget.cpp:4053
#, kde-format
msgid "&Find Messages..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3000
#, kde-format
msgid "Select &All Messages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3007
#, kde-format
msgid "&Mailing List Management..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3012
#, kde-format
msgid "&Assign Shortcut..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3028
#, kde-format
msgid "&Expiration Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3044
#, kde-format
msgid "&Archive Folder..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3052
#, kde-format
msgid "Load E&xternal References"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3075 kmreadermainwin.cpp:517
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy Message To..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3077 kmreadermainwin.cpp:530
#, kde-format
msgid "Move Message To..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3082
#, kde-format
msgid "&New Message..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3084
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:intoolbar New Empty Message"
msgid "New"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3092
#, kde-format
msgid "Message From &Template"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3102
#, kde-format
msgid "New Message t&o Mailing-List..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3110
#, kde-format
msgid "&Create Filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3115
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter on &Subject..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3122
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter on &From..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3128
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter on &To..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3134
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter on &Cc..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3142
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark &Thread"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3145
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark Thread as &Read"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3148
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark all messages in the selected thread as read"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3151
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark Thread as &Unread"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3154
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark all messages in the selected thread as unread"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3160
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark Thread as &Important"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3163
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove &Important Thread Mark"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3166
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark Thread as &Action Item"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3169
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove &Action Item Thread Mark"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3173
#, kde-format
msgid "&Watch Thread"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3177
#, kde-format
msgid "&Ignore Thread"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3185 kmreadermainwin.cpp:450
#, kde-format
msgid "Save A&ttachments..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3193
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy Decrypted To..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3199
#, kde-format
msgid "Appl&y All Filters"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3209
#, kde-format
msgctxt "View->"
msgid "&Expand Thread / Group"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3212
#, kde-format
msgid "Expand the current thread or group"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3216
#, kde-format
msgctxt "View->"
msgid "&Collapse Thread / Group"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3219
#, kde-format
msgid "Collapse the current thread or group"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3223
#, kde-format
msgctxt "View->"
msgid "Ex&pand All Threads"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3226
#, kde-format
msgid "Expand all threads in the current folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3230
#, kde-format
msgctxt "View->"
msgid "C&ollapse All Threads"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3233
#, kde-format
msgid "Collapse all threads in the current folder"
msgid "Go to the next folder with unread messages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3309
#, kde-format
msgid "Previous Unread F&older"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3315
#, kde-format
msgid "Go to the previous folder with unread messages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3319
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Go->"
msgid "Next Unread &Text"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3322
#, kde-format
msgid "Go to the next unread text"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3323
#, kde-format
msgid "Scroll down current message. If at end of current message, go to next unread message."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3331
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure &Filters..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3337
#, kde-format
msgid "Manage &Sieve Scripts..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3342
#, kde-format
msgid "&Add Account..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3347
#, kde-format
msgid "KMail &Introduction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3349
#, kde-format
msgid "Display KMail's Welcome Page"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3357
#, kde-format
msgid "Configure &Notifications..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3364
#, kde-format
msgid "&Configure KMail..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3371
#, kde-format
msgid "Expire..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3377
#, kde-format
msgid "Add Favorite Folder..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3383
#, kde-format
msgid "Serverside Subscription..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3389 kmmainwidget.cpp:3398
#, kde-format
msgid "Apply All Filters"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3417
#, kde-format
msgid "Import/Export KMail Data..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3423
#, kde-format
msgid "New AddressBook Contact..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3445
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy Message to Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3452
#, kde-format
msgid "Jump to Folder..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3459
#, kde-format
msgid "Abort Current Operation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3466
#, kde-format
msgid "Focus on Next Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3473
#, kde-format
msgid "Focus on Previous Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3480
#, kde-format
msgid "Select Folder with Focus"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3488
#, kde-format
msgid "Focus on First Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3495
#, kde-format
msgid "Focus on Last Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3502
#, kde-format
msgid "Focus on Next Message"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3509
#, kde-format
msgid "Focus on Previous Message"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3516
#, kde-format
msgid "Select First Message"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3523
#, kde-format
msgid "Select Last Message"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3530
#, kde-format
msgid "Select Message with Focus"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3538
#, kde-format
msgid "Set Focus to Quick Search"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3547
#, kde-format
msgid "Extend Selection to Previous Message"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3554
#, kde-format
msgid "Extend Selection to Next Message"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3562
#, kde-format
msgid "Move Message to Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3573
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Less Bandwidth"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3577
#, kde-format
msgid "Mark All Messages As Read in This Folder and All its Subfolder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3582
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove Duplicates in This Folder and All its Subfolder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3586
#, kde-format
msgid "Account &Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3590
#, kde-format
msgid "Restart Account"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3601
#, kde-format
msgid "Add Favorite Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3943
#, kde-format
msgid "E&mpty Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:3944
#, kde-format
msgid "&Move All Messages to Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:4041
#, kde-format
msgid "&Delete Search"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:4053
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit Search..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:4165
#, kde-format
msgid "&Undo"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:4167
#, kde-format
msgid "&Undo: \"%1\""
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:4224
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:4695
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Show shortcut for focus quick search. Don't change it"
msgid "Search... <%1>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:4703
#, kde-format
msgid "Use of HTML in mail will make you more vulnerable to \"spam\" and may increase the likelihood that your system will be compromised by other present and anticipated security exploits."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:4707
#, kde-format
msgid "Use HTML"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:4892
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"You have more than one email account set up.\n"
"Do you want to enable the Unified Mailbox feature to show unified content of your inbox, sent and drafts folders?\n"
"You can configure unified mailboxes, create custom ones or\n"
"disable the feature completely in KMail's Plugin settings."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:4895
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable Unified Mailboxes?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:4896
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable Unified Mailboxes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwidget.cpp:4897
#, kde-format
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmmainwin.cpp:175
#, kde-format
msgid "Starting..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreadermainwin.cpp:453 util.cpp:184
#, kde-format
msgid "&Move to Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreadermainwin.cpp:454
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:intoolbar Move to Trash"
msgid "Trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreadermainwin.cpp:455
#, kde-format
msgid "Move message to trashcan"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreadermainwin.cpp:576
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot copy item. %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid "New Message To..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid "Reply To..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Forward To..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgid "Add to Existing Contact"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:160
#, kde-format
msgid "Open in Address Book"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:165
#, kde-format
msgid "Bookmark This Link"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid "Edit contact..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:177
#, kde-format
msgid "Save Link As..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid "&Find in Message..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid "Save Image On Disk..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid "Show HTML Format"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid "Show HTML format when mail comes from this contact"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:202
#, kde-format
msgid "Load external reference when mail comes for this contact"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:208
#, kde-format
msgid "Share image..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:265
#, kde-format
msgid "KMail is now based on the Akonadi Personal Information Management framework, which brings many changes all around."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:276
#, kde-format
msgid "Push email (IMAP IDLE)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:277
#, kde-format
msgid "Improved searches"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgid "Support for adding notes (annotations) to mails"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:279
#, kde-format
msgid "Less GUI freezes, mail checks happen in the background"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:280
#, kde-format
msgid "Plugins support"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgid "New HTML renderer (QtWebEngine)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:282
#, kde-format
msgid "Added Check for Phishing URL"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:312
#, kde-format
msgid "The KDE Mail Client"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:321
#, kde-format
msgid "Retrieving Folder Contents"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:322
#, kde-format
msgid "Please wait . . ."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:329 kmreaderwin.cpp:340
#, kde-format
msgid "Offline"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:331
#, kde-format
msgid "KMail is currently in offline mode. Click <a href=\"kmail:goOnline\">here</a> to go online . . .</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kmreaderwin.cpp:342
#, kde-format
msgid "Account is currently in offline mode. Click <a href=\"kmail:goResourceOnline\">here</a> to go online . . .</p>"
msgid "Enable this option if you want to see the full path for each folder listed in the summary. If this option is not enabled, then only the base folder path will be shown."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kontactplugin/kmail/kmail_plugin.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "New Message..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kontactplugin/kmail/kmail_plugin.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "You will be presented with a dialog where you can create and send a new email message."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kontactplugin/kmail/kmail_plugin.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Sync Mail"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kontactplugin/kmail/kmail_plugin.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Choose this option to synchronize your groupware email."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kontactplugin/kmail/summarywidget.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "New Messages"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kontactplugin/kmail/summarywidget.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt><b>%1</b><br/>"
"Total: %2<br/>"
"Unread: %3</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kontactplugin/kmail/summarywidget.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgctxt "%1: number of unread messages %2: total number of messages"
msgid "%1 / %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: kontactplugin/kmail/summarywidget.cpp:211
#, kde-format
msgid "No unread messages in your monitored folders"
msgid "Choosing this will show a dialog where you can select which summaries you want to see and also allow you to configure the summaries to your liking."
msgid "All folders selected are empty or were not indexed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:481
#, kde-format
msgid "You forgot to add conditions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:485
#, kde-format
msgid "Contains condition cannot be used with a number of characters inferior to 4."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:522
#, kde-format
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:534
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot get search result. %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:537
#, kde-format
msgid "Search failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:578
#, kde-format
msgid "Search complete."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:616
#, kde-format
msgid "Search stopped."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:673
#, kde-format
msgid "There was a problem renaming your search folder. A common reason for this is that another search folder with the same name already exists. Error returned \"%1\"."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:776
#, kde-format
msgid "Copy Message"
msgid_plural "Copy %1 Messages"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:779
#, kde-format
msgid "Cut Message"
msgid_plural "Cut %1 Messages"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: searchdialog/searchwindow.cpp:907
#, kde-format
msgid "Checking index status..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: secondarywindow.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Document/application separator in titlebar"
msgid " – "
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (ExcludeImportantMailFromExpiry), group (Behaviour)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:50
#, kde-format
msgid "This prevents the automatic expiry of old messages in a folder from deleting (or moving to an archive folder) the messages that are marked 'Important' or 'Action Item'"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AllowLocalFlags), group (Behaviour)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Allow local flags in read-only folders"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SendOnCheck), group (Behaviour)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Send queued mail on mail check"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (SendOnCheck), group (Behaviour)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:61
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Select whether you want KMail to send all messages in the outbox on manual or all mail checks, or whether you do not want messages to be sent automatically at all. </p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (LastSelectedFolder), group (FolderSelectionDialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:73
#, kde-format
msgid "The most recently selected folder in the folder selection dialog."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowUnreadInTaskbar), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:92
#, kde-format
msgid "Show Unread Email in TaskBar"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ExternalEditor), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Specify e&ditor:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (UseExternalEditor), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:100
#, kde-format
msgid "Use e&xternal editor instead of composer"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CustomMessageHeadersCount), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the number of custom MIME header fields to be inserted in messages (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CloseToQuotaThreshold), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:107
#, kde-format
msgid "The threshold for when to warn the user that a folder is nearing its quota limit."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EmptyTrashOnExit), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:111
#, kde-format
msgid "Empty the local trash folder on program exit"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DeleteMessageWithoutConfirmation), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:115
#, kde-format
msgid "Delete messages without confirmation"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StartSpecificFolderAtStartup), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:119
#, kde-format
msgid "Allow to start specific folder"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (StartupFolder), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:123
#, kde-format
msgid "Specify the folder to open when the program is started"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutoExpiring), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies whether the folders will expire in the background (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FirstStart), group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:134
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies whether this is the very first time that the application is run (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry, group (General)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:159
#, kde-format
msgid "Whether to ask if users wants to enable Unified Mailboxes if more than one email accounts are detected. We only ever ask once."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (PreviousNewFeaturesMD5), group (Internal)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:167
#, kde-format
msgid "This value is used to decide whether the KMail Introduction should be displayed."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (EnableFolderQuickSearch), group (UserInterface)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:174
#, kde-format
msgid "Show folder quick search line edit"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ForwardingInlineByDefault), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:182
#, kde-format
msgid "Forward Inline As Default."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TooManyRecipients), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:185
#, kde-format
msgid "Warn if the number of recipients is more than:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (TooManyRecipients), group (Composer)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RecipientThreshold), group (Composer)
msgid "If the number of recipients is larger than this value, KMail will warn and ask for a confirmation before sending the mail. The warning can be turned off."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CheckSpellingBeforeSend), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:215
#, kde-format
msgid "Check spelling before send"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RequestMDN), group (Composer)
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (RequestMDN), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:220
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Enable this option if you want KMail to request Message Disposition Notifications (MDNs) for each of your outgoing messages.</p>"
"<p>This option only affects the default; you can still enable or disable MDN requesting on a per-message basis in the composer, menu item <em>Options</em>-><em>Request Disposition Notification</em>.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (AutosaveInterval), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:242
#, kde-format
msgid "Autosave interval:"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: whatsthis, entry (AutosaveInterval), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:243
#, kde-format
msgid "A backup copy of the text in the composer window can be created regularly. The interval used to create the backups is set here. You can disable autosaving by setting it to the value 0."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowSnippetManager), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:250
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the Text Snippet Management and Insertion Panel in the composer."
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CryptoStoreEncrypted), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:256
#, kde-format
msgid "When check, sent messages will be stored in the encrypted form"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RecentUrls), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:260
#, kde-format
msgid "A list of all the recently used URLs"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (RecentEncodings), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:266
#, kde-format
msgid "A list of all the recently used encodings"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ShowCryptoLabelIndicator), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:272
#, kde-format
msgid "Show crypto label indicator"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CheckSendDefaultActionShortcut), group (Composer)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:276
#, kde-format
msgid "Validate Send Default Shortcut"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (IdentityDialogSize), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:293
#, kde-format
msgid "The size of the identity dialog (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SearchWidgetWidth), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:297
#, kde-format
msgid "The width of the search window (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SearchWidgetHeight), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:301
#, kde-format
msgid "The height of the search window (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ConfigureDialogWidth), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:305
#, kde-format
msgid "The width of the Configure KMail dialog (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ConfigureDialogHeight), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:309
#, kde-format
msgid "The height of the Configure KMail dialog (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (readerWindowMode), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:335
#, kde-format
msgid "Message Preview Pane"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (readerWindowMode), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:338
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not show a message preview pane"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (readerWindowMode), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:341
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the message preview pane below the message list"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (readerWindowMode), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:344
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the message preview pane next to the message list"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FolderList), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:351
#, kde-format
msgid "Folder List"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FolderList), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:354
#, kde-format
msgid "Long folder list"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FolderList), group (Geometry)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:357
#, kde-format
msgid "Short folder list"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TemplateNewMessage), group (GlobalTemplates)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:366
#, kde-format
msgid "Message template for new message"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TemplateReply), group (GlobalTemplates)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:371
#, kde-format
msgid "Message template for reply"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TemplateReplyAll), group (GlobalTemplates)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:376
#, kde-format
msgid "Message template for reply to all"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (TemplateForward), group (GlobalTemplates)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:381
#, kde-format
msgid "Message template for forward"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (QuoteString), group (GlobalTemplates)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:386
#, kde-format
msgid "Quote characters"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ToolTipDisplayPolicy), group (MainFolderView)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:401
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the policy used when displaying policy"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (CollectionWidth), group (SearchDialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:409
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the width of the collection field in the Search Window dialog (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SubjectWidth), group (SearchDialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:413
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the width of the subject field in the Search Window dialog (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (SenderWidth), group (SearchDialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:417
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the width of the sender field in the Search Window dialog (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (ReceiverWidth), group (SearchDialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:421
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the width of the receiver field in the Search Window dialog (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (DateWidth), group (SearchDialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:425
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the width of the date field in the Search Window dialog (for internal use only)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n: ectx: label, entry (FolderWidth), group (SearchDialog)
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: settings/kmail.kcfg.cmake:429
#, kde-format
msgid "Specifies the width of the folder field in the Search Window dialog (for internal use only)"
msgid "When this option is enabled, the message/file will not only be encrypted with the receiver's public key, but also with your key. This will enable you to decrypt the message/file at a later time. This is generally a good idea."
"When this box is checked, sent messages are stored encrypted like they were sent. This is not recommended, as you will not be able to read the messages any longer if a necessary certificate expires.\n"
"<p>\n"
"However, there may be local rules that require you to turn this option on. When in doubt, check with your local administrator.\n"
msgid "When this option is enabled, the application will always show you a list of public keys from which you can choose the one it will use for encryption. If it is off, the application will only show the dialog if it cannot find the right key or if there are several which could be used."
msgid "Some of the folders you want to search in are not fully indexed yet or have been excluded from indexing. All the folders checked below will be scheduled for priority reindexing. If you uncheck a folder it may still be indexed later, unless it was manually excluded from indexing."
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">When jumping to the next unread message, it may occur that no more unread messages are below the current message.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Do not loop:</span> The search will stop at the last message in the current folder.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Loop in current folder:</span> The search will continue at the top of the message list, but not go to another folder.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Loop in all folders:</span> The search will continue at the top of the message list. If no unread messages are found it will then continue to the next folder.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Similarly, when searching for the previous unread message, the search will start from the bottom of the message list and continue to the previous folder depending on which option is selected.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Loop in all marked folders: </span>This is the same as \"Loop in all folders\" except that only folders are taken into account which have been marked with the folder property \"Act on new/unread mail in this folder\".</p>"
msgid "<b>WARNING:</b> Allowing HTML in email may increase the risk that your system will be compromised by present and anticipated security exploits. <a href=\"whatsthis1\">More about HTML mails...</a> <a href=\"whatsthis2\">More about external references...</a>"
"<p>Messages sometimes come in both formats. This option controls whether you want the HTML part or the plain text part to be displayed.</p>"
"<p>Displaying the HTML part makes the message look better, but at the same time increases the risk of security holes being exploited.</p>"
"<p>Displaying the plain text part loses much of the message's formatting, but makes it almost <em>impossible</em> to exploit security holes in the HTML renderer (Konqueror).</p>"
"<p>The option below guards against one common misuse of HTML messages, but it cannot guard against security issues that were not known at the time this version of KMail was written.</p>"
"<p>It is therefore advisable to <em>not</em> prefer HTML to plain text.</p>"
"<p><b>Note:</b> You can set this option on a per-folder basis from the <i>Folder</i> menu of KMail's main window.</p>"
"<p>Some mail advertisements are in HTML and contain references to, for example, images that the advertisers employ to find out that you have read their message (\"web bugs\").</p>"
"<p>There is no valid reason to load images off the Internet like this, since the sender can always attach the required images directly to the message.</p>"
"<p>To guard from such a misuse of the HTML displaying feature of KMail, this option is <em>disabled</em> by default.</p>"
"<p>However, if you wish to, for example, view images in HTML messages that were not attached to it, you can enable this option, but you should be aware of the possible problem.</p>"
"<p>MDNs are a generalization of what is commonly called <b>read receipt</b>. The message author requests a disposition notification to be sent and the receiver's mail program generates a reply from which the author can learn what happened to his message. Common disposition types include <b>displayed</b> (i.e. read), <b>deleted</b> and <b>dispatched</b> (e.g. forwarded).</p>"
"<p>The following options are available to control KMail's sending of MDNs:</p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><em>Ignore</em>: Ignores any request for disposition notifications. No MDN will ever be sent automatically (recommended).</li>"
"<li><em>Ask</em>: Answers requests only after asking the user for permission. This way, you can send MDNs for selected messages while denying or ignoring them for others.</li>"
"<li><em>Deny</em>: Always sends a <b>denied</b> notification. This is only <em>slightly</em> better than always sending MDNs. The author will still know that the messages has been acted upon, he just cannot tell whether it was deleted or read etc.</li>"
"<li><em>Always send</em>: Always sends the requested disposition notification. That means that the author of the message gets to know when the message was acted upon and, in addition, what happened to it (displayed, deleted, etc.). This option is strongly discouraged, but since it makes much sense e.g. for customer relationship management, it has been made available.</li>"
msgid "If this option is selected, S/MIME certificates are validated online using the Online Certificates Status Protocol (OCSP). Fill in the URL of the OCSP responder below."
msgid "By default GnuPG uses the file ~/.gnupg/policies.txt to check if a certificate policy is allowed. If this option is selected, policies are not checked."
msgid "When looking for the location of a CRL, the to-be-tested certificate usually contains what are known as \"CRL Distribution Point\" (DP) entries, which are URLs describing the way to access the URL. The first found DP entry is used. With this option all entries using the HTTP scheme are ignored when looking for a suitable DP."
msgid "If this option is selected, the value of the HTTP proxy shown on the right (which comes from the environment variable http_proxy) will be used for any HTTP request."
msgid "Enter here the location of your HTTP Proxy, which will be used for all HTTP requests relating to S/MIME. The syntax is host:port, for instance myproxy.nowhere.com:3128."
msgid "When looking for the location of a CRL, the to-be-tested certificate usually contains what are known as \"CRL Distribution Point\" (DP) entries, which are URLs describing the way to access the URL. The first found DP entry is used. With this option all entries using the LDAP scheme are ignored when looking for a suitable DP."
"Entering a LDAP server here will make all LDAP requests go to that server first. More precisely, this setting overrides any specified host and port part in a LDAP URL and will also be used if host and port have been omitted from the URL. Other LDAP servers will be used only if the connection to the \"proxy\" failed.\n"
"The syntax is \"HOST\" or \"HOST:PORT\". If PORT is omitted, port 389 (standard LDAP port) is used."
msgid "An error occurred during the connection initialization phase."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ldapconnection.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot set protocol version to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ldapconnection.cpp:273
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot set timeout to %1 second."
msgid_plural "Cannot set timeout to %1 seconds."
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ldapconnection.cpp:288
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not set CA certificate file."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ldapconnection.cpp:313
#, kde-format
msgid "Invalid TLS require certificate mode."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ldapconnection.cpp:318
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not set TLS require certificate mode."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ldapconnection.cpp:327
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not initialize new TLS context."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ldapconnection.cpp:342
#, kde-format
msgid "TLS support not available in the LDAP client libraries."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ldapconnection.cpp:352
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot set size limit."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ldapconnection.cpp:362
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot set time limit."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ldapconnection.cpp:371
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot initialize the SASL client."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ldapconnection.cpp:448
#, kde-format
msgid "LDAP support not compiled in. Please recompile libkldap with the OpenLDAP (or compatible) client libraries, or complain to your distribution packagers."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: ldapsearch.cpp:240
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot access to server. Please reconfigure it."
# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
#
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-29 08:28+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2019-11-30 15:08+0100\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
#. +> trunk5
msgid "Learn More"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
msgid "Release"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
msgid "Announcements"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
msgid "RSS Feed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
msgid "Products"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
msgid "Develop"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
msgid "Get Involved"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
msgid "Donate"
msgstr ""
+#. +> trunk5
+msgid "KDE Announcement | Release Service"
+msgstr ""
+
#. type: Plain text
#. +> trunk5
#: content/19.12-rc/_index.md:1
#, no-wrap
msgid "---\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. +> trunk5
#: content/19.12-rc/_index.md:7
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"title: 19.12 RC Releases\n"
-"publishDate: 2019-11-28 00:01:00\n"
+"publishDate: 2019-11-29 00:01:00\n"
"layout: page # don't translate\n"
"summary: \"Over 120 individual programs plus dozens of programmer libraries and feature plugins are released simultaneously as part of KDE's release service.\"\n"
"type: announcement # don't translate\n"
"---\n"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. +> trunk5
#: content/19.12-rc/_index.md:10
-msgid "NOT RELEASED YET"
+msgid "November 29, 2019. Over 120 individual programs plus dozens of programmer libraries and feature plugins are released simultaneously as part of KDE's release service."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. +> trunk5
#: content/19.12-rc/_index.md:12
-msgid "November 28, 2019. Over 120 individual programs plus dozens of programmer libraries and feature plugins are released simultaneously as part of KDE's release service."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Plain text
-#. +> trunk5
-#: content/19.12-rc/_index.md:14
msgid "Today they all get release candidate sources meaning they are feature complete but need testing for final bugfixes."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. +> trunk5
-#: content/19.12-rc/_index.md:16
+#: content/19.12-rc/_index.md:14
msgid "Distro and app store packagers should update their pre-release channels to check for issues."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. +> trunk5
-#: content/19.12-rc/_index.md:18
+#: content/19.12-rc/_index.md:16
msgid "[19.12 release notes](https://community.kde.org/Releases/19.12_Release_Notes) for information on tarballs and known issues."
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. +> trunk5
-#: content/19.12-rc/_index.md:19
+#: content/19.12-rc/_index.md:17
msgid "[Package download wiki page](https://community.kde.org/Get_KDE_Software_on_Your_Linux_Distro)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. +> trunk5
-#: content/19.12-rc/_index.md:20
+#: content/19.12-rc/_index.md:18
msgid "[19.12 RC source info page](https://kde.org/info/applications-19.11.90)"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. +> trunk5
-#: content/19.12-rc/_index.md:22
+#: content/19.12-rc/_index.md:20
msgid "## Press Contacts"
msgstr ""
#. type: Plain text
#. +> trunk5
-#: content/19.12-rc/_index.md:23
+#: content/19.12-rc/_index.md:21
msgid "For more information send us an email: [press@kde.org](mailto:press@kde.org)."